Index: vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Driver.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Driver.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Driver.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,860 +1,865 @@
 //===- Driver.cpp ---------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "Driver.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "Writer.h"
 #include "lld/Driver/Driver.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
 #include "llvm/LibDriver/LibDriver.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/Arg.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/ArgList.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/Option.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Process.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/TarWriter.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/TargetSelect.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <memory>
 
 #ifdef _MSC_VER
 // <future> depends on <eh.h> for __uncaught_exception.
 #include <eh.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <future>
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::COFF;
 using llvm::sys::Process;
 using llvm::sys::fs::OpenFlags;
 using llvm::sys::fs::file_magic;
 using llvm::sys::fs::identify_magic;
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace coff {
 
 Configuration *Config;
 LinkerDriver *Driver;
 
 BumpPtrAllocator BAlloc;
 StringSaver Saver{BAlloc};
 std::vector<SpecificAllocBase *> SpecificAllocBase::Instances;
 
 bool link(ArrayRef<const char *> Args) {
   Config = make<Configuration>();
   Driver = make<LinkerDriver>();
   Driver->link(Args);
   return true;
 }
 
 // Drop directory components and replace extension with ".exe" or ".dll".
 static std::string getOutputPath(StringRef Path) {
   auto P = Path.find_last_of("\\/");
   StringRef S = (P == StringRef::npos) ? Path : Path.substr(P + 1);
   const char* E = Config->DLL ? ".dll" : ".exe";
   return (S.substr(0, S.rfind('.')) + E).str();
 }
 
 // ErrorOr is not default constructible, so it cannot be used as the type
 // parameter of a future.
 // FIXME: We could open the file in createFutureForFile and avoid needing to
 // return an error here, but for the moment that would cost us a file descriptor
 // (a limited resource on Windows) for the duration that the future is pending.
 typedef std::pair<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>, std::error_code> MBErrPair;
 
 // Create a std::future that opens and maps a file using the best strategy for
 // the host platform.
 static std::future<MBErrPair> createFutureForFile(std::string Path) {
 #if LLVM_ON_WIN32
   // On Windows, file I/O is relatively slow so it is best to do this
   // asynchronously.
   auto Strategy = std::launch::async;
 #else
   auto Strategy = std::launch::deferred;
 #endif
   return std::async(Strategy, [=]() {
     auto MBOrErr = MemoryBuffer::getFile(Path);
     if (!MBOrErr)
       return MBErrPair{nullptr, MBOrErr.getError()};
     return MBErrPair{std::move(*MBOrErr), std::error_code()};
   });
 }
 
 MemoryBufferRef LinkerDriver::takeBuffer(std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> MB) {
   MemoryBufferRef MBRef = *MB;
   OwningMBs.push_back(std::move(MB));
 
-  if (Driver->Cpio)
-    Driver->Cpio->append(relativeToRoot(MBRef.getBufferIdentifier()),
-                         MBRef.getBuffer());
+  if (Driver->Tar)
+    Driver->Tar->append(relativeToRoot(MBRef.getBufferIdentifier()),
+                        MBRef.getBuffer());
 
   return MBRef;
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::addBuffer(std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> MB) {
   MemoryBufferRef MBRef = takeBuffer(std::move(MB));
 
   // File type is detected by contents, not by file extension.
   file_magic Magic = identify_magic(MBRef.getBuffer());
   if (Magic == file_magic::windows_resource) {
     Resources.push_back(MBRef);
     return;
   }
 
   FilePaths.push_back(MBRef.getBufferIdentifier());
   if (Magic == file_magic::archive)
     return Symtab.addFile(make<ArchiveFile>(MBRef));
   if (Magic == file_magic::bitcode)
     return Symtab.addFile(make<BitcodeFile>(MBRef));
   if (Magic == file_magic::coff_cl_gl_object)
     fatal(MBRef.getBufferIdentifier() + ": is not a native COFF file. "
           "Recompile without /GL");
   Symtab.addFile(make<ObjectFile>(MBRef));
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::enqueuePath(StringRef Path) {
   auto Future =
       std::make_shared<std::future<MBErrPair>>(createFutureForFile(Path));
   std::string PathStr = Path;
   enqueueTask([=]() {
     auto MBOrErr = Future->get();
     if (MBOrErr.second)
       fatal(MBOrErr.second, "could not open " + PathStr);
     Driver->addBuffer(std::move(MBOrErr.first));
   });
 
   if (Config->OutputFile == "")
     Config->OutputFile = getOutputPath(Path);
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::addArchiveBuffer(MemoryBufferRef MB, StringRef SymName,
                                     StringRef ParentName) {
   file_magic Magic = identify_magic(MB.getBuffer());
   if (Magic == file_magic::coff_import_library) {
     Symtab.addFile(make<ImportFile>(MB));
     return;
   }
 
   InputFile *Obj;
   if (Magic == file_magic::coff_object)
     Obj = make<ObjectFile>(MB);
   else if (Magic == file_magic::bitcode)
     Obj = make<BitcodeFile>(MB);
   else
     fatal("unknown file type: " + MB.getBufferIdentifier());
 
   Obj->ParentName = ParentName;
   Symtab.addFile(Obj);
   if (Config->Verbose)
     outs() << "Loaded " << toString(Obj) << " for " << SymName << "\n";
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::enqueueArchiveMember(const Archive::Child &C,
                                         StringRef SymName,
                                         StringRef ParentName) {
   if (!C.getParent()->isThin()) {
     MemoryBufferRef MB = check(
         C.getMemoryBufferRef(),
         "could not get the buffer for the member defining symbol " + SymName);
     enqueueTask([=]() { Driver->addArchiveBuffer(MB, SymName, ParentName); });
     return;
   }
 
   auto Future = std::make_shared<std::future<MBErrPair>>(createFutureForFile(
       check(C.getFullName(),
             "could not get the filename for the member defining symbol " +
                 SymName)));
   enqueueTask([=]() {
     auto MBOrErr = Future->get();
     if (MBOrErr.second)
       fatal(MBOrErr.second,
             "could not get the buffer for the member defining " + SymName);
     Driver->addArchiveBuffer(takeBuffer(std::move(MBOrErr.first)), SymName,
                              ParentName);
   });
 }
 
 static bool isDecorated(StringRef Sym) {
   return Sym.startswith("_") || Sym.startswith("@") || Sym.startswith("?");
 }
 
 // Parses .drectve section contents and returns a list of files
 // specified by /defaultlib.
 void LinkerDriver::parseDirectives(StringRef S) {
   opt::InputArgList Args = Parser.parse(S);
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args) {
     switch (Arg->getOption().getID()) {
     case OPT_alternatename:
       parseAlternateName(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_defaultlib:
       if (Optional<StringRef> Path = findLib(Arg->getValue()))
         enqueuePath(*Path);
       break;
     case OPT_export: {
       Export E = parseExport(Arg->getValue());
       E.Directives = true;
       Config->Exports.push_back(E);
       break;
     }
     case OPT_failifmismatch:
       checkFailIfMismatch(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_incl:
       addUndefined(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_merge:
       parseMerge(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_nodefaultlib:
       Config->NoDefaultLibs.insert(doFindLib(Arg->getValue()));
       break;
     case OPT_section:
       parseSection(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_editandcontinue:
     case OPT_fastfail:
     case OPT_guardsym:
     case OPT_throwingnew:
       break;
     default:
       fatal(Arg->getSpelling() + " is not allowed in .drectve");
     }
   }
 }
 
 // Find file from search paths. You can omit ".obj", this function takes
 // care of that. Note that the returned path is not guaranteed to exist.
 StringRef LinkerDriver::doFindFile(StringRef Filename) {
   bool HasPathSep = (Filename.find_first_of("/\\") != StringRef::npos);
   if (HasPathSep)
     return Filename;
   bool HasExt = (Filename.find('.') != StringRef::npos);
   for (StringRef Dir : SearchPaths) {
     SmallString<128> Path = Dir;
     sys::path::append(Path, Filename);
     if (sys::fs::exists(Path.str()))
       return Saver.save(Path.str());
     if (!HasExt) {
       Path.append(".obj");
       if (sys::fs::exists(Path.str()))
         return Saver.save(Path.str());
     }
   }
   return Filename;
 }
 
 // Resolves a file path. This never returns the same path
 // (in that case, it returns None).
 Optional<StringRef> LinkerDriver::findFile(StringRef Filename) {
   StringRef Path = doFindFile(Filename);
   bool Seen = !VisitedFiles.insert(Path.lower()).second;
   if (Seen)
     return None;
   return Path;
 }
 
 // Find library file from search path.
 StringRef LinkerDriver::doFindLib(StringRef Filename) {
   // Add ".lib" to Filename if that has no file extension.
   bool HasExt = (Filename.find('.') != StringRef::npos);
   if (!HasExt)
     Filename = Saver.save(Filename + ".lib");
   return doFindFile(Filename);
 }
 
 // Resolves a library path. /nodefaultlib options are taken into
 // consideration. This never returns the same path (in that case,
 // it returns None).
 Optional<StringRef> LinkerDriver::findLib(StringRef Filename) {
   if (Config->NoDefaultLibAll)
     return None;
   if (!VisitedLibs.insert(Filename.lower()).second)
     return None;
   StringRef Path = doFindLib(Filename);
   if (Config->NoDefaultLibs.count(Path))
     return None;
   if (!VisitedFiles.insert(Path.lower()).second)
     return None;
   return Path;
 }
 
 // Parses LIB environment which contains a list of search paths.
 void LinkerDriver::addLibSearchPaths() {
   Optional<std::string> EnvOpt = Process::GetEnv("LIB");
   if (!EnvOpt.hasValue())
     return;
   StringRef Env = Saver.save(*EnvOpt);
   while (!Env.empty()) {
     StringRef Path;
     std::tie(Path, Env) = Env.split(';');
     SearchPaths.push_back(Path);
   }
 }
 
 SymbolBody *LinkerDriver::addUndefined(StringRef Name) {
   SymbolBody *B = Symtab.addUndefined(Name);
   Config->GCRoot.insert(B);
   return B;
 }
 
 // Symbol names are mangled by appending "_" prefix on x86.
 StringRef LinkerDriver::mangle(StringRef Sym) {
   assert(Config->Machine != IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN);
   if (Config->Machine == I386)
     return Saver.save("_" + Sym);
   return Sym;
 }
 
 // Windows specific -- find default entry point name.
 StringRef LinkerDriver::findDefaultEntry() {
   // User-defined main functions and their corresponding entry points.
   static const char *Entries[][2] = {
       {"main", "mainCRTStartup"},
       {"wmain", "wmainCRTStartup"},
       {"WinMain", "WinMainCRTStartup"},
       {"wWinMain", "wWinMainCRTStartup"},
   };
   for (auto E : Entries) {
     StringRef Entry = Symtab.findMangle(mangle(E[0]));
     if (!Entry.empty() && !isa<Undefined>(Symtab.find(Entry)->body()))
       return mangle(E[1]);
   }
   return "";
 }
 
 WindowsSubsystem LinkerDriver::inferSubsystem() {
   if (Config->DLL)
     return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI;
   if (Symtab.findUnderscore("main") || Symtab.findUnderscore("wmain"))
     return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_CUI;
   if (Symtab.findUnderscore("WinMain") || Symtab.findUnderscore("wWinMain"))
     return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_WINDOWS_GUI;
   return IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN;
 }
 
 static uint64_t getDefaultImageBase() {
   if (Config->is64())
     return Config->DLL ? 0x180000000 : 0x140000000;
   return Config->DLL ? 0x10000000 : 0x400000;
 }
 
 static std::string createResponseFile(const opt::InputArgList &Args,
                                       ArrayRef<StringRef> FilePaths,
                                       ArrayRef<StringRef> SearchPaths) {
   SmallString<0> Data;
   raw_svector_ostream OS(Data);
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args) {
     switch (Arg->getOption().getID()) {
     case OPT_linkrepro:
     case OPT_INPUT:
     case OPT_defaultlib:
     case OPT_libpath:
       break;
     default:
-      OS << stringize(Arg) << "\n";
+      OS << toString(Arg) << "\n";
     }
   }
 
   for (StringRef Path : SearchPaths) {
     std::string RelPath = relativeToRoot(Path);
     OS << "/libpath:" << quote(RelPath) << "\n";
   }
 
   for (StringRef Path : FilePaths)
     OS << quote(relativeToRoot(Path)) << "\n";
 
   return Data.str();
 }
 
 static unsigned getDefaultDebugType(const opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   unsigned DebugTypes = static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::CV);
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_driver))
     DebugTypes |= static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::PData);
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_profile))
     DebugTypes |= static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::Fixup);
   return DebugTypes;
 }
 
 static unsigned parseDebugType(StringRef Arg) {
   SmallVector<StringRef, 3> Types;
   Arg.split(Types, ',', /*KeepEmpty=*/false);
 
   unsigned DebugTypes = static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::None);
   for (StringRef Type : Types)
     DebugTypes |= StringSwitch<unsigned>(Type.lower())
                       .Case("cv", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::CV))
                       .Case("pdata", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::PData))
                       .Case("fixup", static_cast<unsigned>(DebugType::Fixup));
   return DebugTypes;
 }
 
 static std::string getMapFile(const opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_lldmap, OPT_lldmap_file);
   if (!Arg)
     return "";
   if (Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_lldmap_file)
     return Arg->getValue();
 
   assert(Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_lldmap);
   StringRef OutFile = Config->OutputFile;
   return (OutFile.substr(0, OutFile.rfind('.')) + ".map").str();
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::enqueueTask(std::function<void()> Task) {
   TaskQueue.push_back(std::move(Task));
 }
 
 bool LinkerDriver::run() {
   bool DidWork = !TaskQueue.empty();
   while (!TaskQueue.empty()) {
     TaskQueue.front()();
     TaskQueue.pop_front();
   }
   return DidWork;
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::link(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr) {
   // If the first command line argument is "/lib", link.exe acts like lib.exe.
   // We call our own implementation of lib.exe that understands bitcode files.
   if (ArgsArr.size() > 1 && StringRef(ArgsArr[1]).equals_lower("/lib")) {
     if (llvm::libDriverMain(ArgsArr.slice(1)) != 0)
       fatal("lib failed");
     return;
   }
 
   // Needed for LTO.
   InitializeAllTargetInfos();
   InitializeAllTargets();
   InitializeAllTargetMCs();
   InitializeAllAsmParsers();
   InitializeAllAsmPrinters();
   InitializeAllDisassemblers();
 
   // Parse command line options.
   opt::InputArgList Args = Parser.parseLINK(ArgsArr.slice(1));
 
   // Handle /help
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_help)) {
     printHelp(ArgsArr[0]);
     return;
   }
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_linkrepro)) {
     SmallString<64> Path = StringRef(Arg->getValue());
-    sys::path::append(Path, "repro");
-    ErrorOr<CpioFile *> F = CpioFile::create(Path);
-    if (F)
-      Cpio.reset(*F);
-    else
-      errs() << "/linkrepro: failed to open " << Path
-             << ".cpio: " << F.getError().message() << '\n';
+    sys::path::append(Path, "repro.tar");
+
+    Expected<std::unique_ptr<TarWriter>> ErrOrWriter =
+        TarWriter::create(Path, "repro");
+
+    if (ErrOrWriter) {
+      Tar = std::move(*ErrOrWriter);
+    } else {
+      errs() << "/linkrepro: failed to open " << Path << ": "
+             << toString(ErrOrWriter.takeError()) << '\n';
+    }
   }
 
   if (Args.filtered_begin(OPT_INPUT) == Args.filtered_end())
     fatal("no input files");
 
   // Construct search path list.
   SearchPaths.push_back("");
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_libpath))
     SearchPaths.push_back(Arg->getValue());
   addLibSearchPaths();
 
   // Handle /out
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_out))
     Config->OutputFile = Arg->getValue();
 
   // Handle /verbose
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_verbose))
     Config->Verbose = true;
 
   // Handle /force or /force:unresolved
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_force) || Args.hasArg(OPT_force_unresolved))
     Config->Force = true;
 
   // Handle /debug
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_debug)) {
     Config->Debug = true;
     Config->DebugTypes =
         Args.hasArg(OPT_debugtype)
             ? parseDebugType(Args.getLastArg(OPT_debugtype)->getValue())
             : getDefaultDebugType(Args);
   }
 
   // Create a dummy PDB file to satisfy build sytem rules.
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_pdb))
     Config->PDBPath = Arg->getValue();
 
   // Handle /noentry
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_noentry)) {
     if (!Args.hasArg(OPT_dll))
       fatal("/noentry must be specified with /dll");
     Config->NoEntry = true;
   }
 
   // Handle /dll
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_dll)) {
     Config->DLL = true;
     Config->ManifestID = 2;
   }
 
   // Handle /fixed
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_fixed)) {
     if (Args.hasArg(OPT_dynamicbase))
       fatal("/fixed must not be specified with /dynamicbase");
     Config->Relocatable = false;
     Config->DynamicBase = false;
   }
 
   // Handle /machine
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_machine))
     Config->Machine = getMachineType(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /nodefaultlib:<filename>
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_nodefaultlib))
     Config->NoDefaultLibs.insert(doFindLib(Arg->getValue()));
 
   // Handle /nodefaultlib
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_nodefaultlib_all))
     Config->NoDefaultLibAll = true;
 
   // Handle /base
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_base))
     parseNumbers(Arg->getValue(), &Config->ImageBase);
 
   // Handle /stack
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_stack))
     parseNumbers(Arg->getValue(), &Config->StackReserve, &Config->StackCommit);
 
   // Handle /heap
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_heap))
     parseNumbers(Arg->getValue(), &Config->HeapReserve, &Config->HeapCommit);
 
   // Handle /version
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_version))
     parseVersion(Arg->getValue(), &Config->MajorImageVersion,
                  &Config->MinorImageVersion);
 
   // Handle /subsystem
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_subsystem))
     parseSubsystem(Arg->getValue(), &Config->Subsystem, &Config->MajorOSVersion,
                    &Config->MinorOSVersion);
 
   // Handle /alternatename
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_alternatename))
     parseAlternateName(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /include
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_incl))
     addUndefined(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /implib
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_implib))
     Config->Implib = Arg->getValue();
 
   // Handle /opt
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_opt)) {
     std::string Str = StringRef(Arg->getValue()).lower();
     SmallVector<StringRef, 1> Vec;
     StringRef(Str).split(Vec, ',');
     for (StringRef S : Vec) {
       if (S == "noref") {
         Config->DoGC = false;
         Config->DoICF = false;
         continue;
       }
       if (S == "icf" || StringRef(S).startswith("icf=")) {
         Config->DoICF = true;
         continue;
       }
       if (S == "noicf") {
         Config->DoICF = false;
         continue;
       }
       if (StringRef(S).startswith("lldlto=")) {
         StringRef OptLevel = StringRef(S).substr(7);
         if (OptLevel.getAsInteger(10, Config->LTOOptLevel) ||
             Config->LTOOptLevel > 3)
           fatal("/opt:lldlto: invalid optimization level: " + OptLevel);
         continue;
       }
       if (StringRef(S).startswith("lldltojobs=")) {
         StringRef Jobs = StringRef(S).substr(11);
         if (Jobs.getAsInteger(10, Config->LTOJobs) || Config->LTOJobs == 0)
           fatal("/opt:lldltojobs: invalid job count: " + Jobs);
         continue;
       }
       if (S != "ref" && S != "lbr" && S != "nolbr")
         fatal("/opt: unknown option: " + S);
     }
   }
 
   // Handle /failifmismatch
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_failifmismatch))
     checkFailIfMismatch(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /merge
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_merge))
     parseMerge(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /section
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_section))
     parseSection(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /manifest
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_manifest_colon))
     parseManifest(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /manifestuac
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_manifestuac))
     parseManifestUAC(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle /manifestdependency
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_manifestdependency))
     Config->ManifestDependency = Arg->getValue();
 
   // Handle /manifestfile
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_manifestfile))
     Config->ManifestFile = Arg->getValue();
 
   // Handle /manifestinput
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_manifestinput))
     Config->ManifestInput.push_back(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Handle miscellaneous boolean flags.
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_allowbind_no))
     Config->AllowBind = false;
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_allowisolation_no))
     Config->AllowIsolation = false;
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_dynamicbase_no))
     Config->DynamicBase = false;
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_nxcompat_no))
     Config->NxCompat = false;
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_tsaware_no))
     Config->TerminalServerAware = false;
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_nosymtab))
     Config->WriteSymtab = false;
   Config->DumpPdb = Args.hasArg(OPT_dumppdb);
   Config->DebugPdb = Args.hasArg(OPT_debugpdb);
 
   // Create a list of input files. Files can be given as arguments
   // for /defaultlib option.
   std::vector<MemoryBufferRef> MBs;
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_INPUT))
     if (Optional<StringRef> Path = findFile(Arg->getValue()))
       enqueuePath(*Path);
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_defaultlib))
     if (Optional<StringRef> Path = findLib(Arg->getValue()))
       enqueuePath(*Path);
 
   // Windows specific -- Create a resource file containing a manifest file.
   if (Config->Manifest == Configuration::Embed)
     addBuffer(createManifestRes());
 
   // Read all input files given via the command line.
   run();
 
   // We should have inferred a machine type by now from the input files, but if
   // not we assume x64.
   if (Config->Machine == IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN) {
     errs() << "warning: /machine is not specified. x64 is assumed.\n";
     Config->Machine = AMD64;
   }
 
   // Windows specific -- Input files can be Windows resource files (.res files).
   // We invoke cvtres.exe to convert resource files to a regular COFF file
   // then link the result file normally.
   if (!Resources.empty())
     addBuffer(convertResToCOFF(Resources));
 
-  if (Cpio)
-    Cpio->append("response.txt",
-                 createResponseFile(Args, FilePaths,
-                                    ArrayRef<StringRef>(SearchPaths).slice(1)));
+  if (Tar)
+    Tar->append("response.txt",
+                createResponseFile(Args, FilePaths,
+                                   ArrayRef<StringRef>(SearchPaths).slice(1)));
 
   // Handle /largeaddressaware
   if (Config->is64() || Args.hasArg(OPT_largeaddressaware))
     Config->LargeAddressAware = true;
 
   // Handle /highentropyva
   if (Config->is64() && !Args.hasArg(OPT_highentropyva_no))
     Config->HighEntropyVA = true;
 
   // Handle /entry and /dll
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_entry)) {
     Config->Entry = addUndefined(mangle(Arg->getValue()));
   } else if (Args.hasArg(OPT_dll) && !Config->NoEntry) {
     StringRef S = (Config->Machine == I386) ? "__DllMainCRTStartup@12"
                                             : "_DllMainCRTStartup";
     Config->Entry = addUndefined(S);
   } else if (!Config->NoEntry) {
     // Windows specific -- If entry point name is not given, we need to
     // infer that from user-defined entry name.
     StringRef S = findDefaultEntry();
     if (S.empty())
       fatal("entry point must be defined");
     Config->Entry = addUndefined(S);
     if (Config->Verbose)
       outs() << "Entry name inferred: " << S << "\n";
   }
 
   // Handle /export
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_export)) {
     Export E = parseExport(Arg->getValue());
     if (Config->Machine == I386) {
       if (!isDecorated(E.Name))
         E.Name = Saver.save("_" + E.Name);
       if (!E.ExtName.empty() && !isDecorated(E.ExtName))
         E.ExtName = Saver.save("_" + E.ExtName);
     }
     Config->Exports.push_back(E);
   }
 
   // Handle /def
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_deffile)) {
     // parseModuleDefs mutates Config object.
     parseModuleDefs(
         takeBuffer(check(MemoryBuffer::getFile(Arg->getValue()),
                          Twine("could not open ") + Arg->getValue())));
   }
 
   // Handle /delayload
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_delayload)) {
     Config->DelayLoads.insert(StringRef(Arg->getValue()).lower());
     if (Config->Machine == I386) {
       Config->DelayLoadHelper = addUndefined("___delayLoadHelper2@8");
     } else {
       Config->DelayLoadHelper = addUndefined("__delayLoadHelper2");
     }
   }
 
   // Set default image base if /base is not given.
   if (Config->ImageBase == uint64_t(-1))
     Config->ImageBase = getDefaultImageBase();
 
   Symtab.addRelative(mangle("__ImageBase"), 0);
   if (Config->Machine == I386) {
     Config->SEHTable = Symtab.addRelative("___safe_se_handler_table", 0);
     Config->SEHCount = Symtab.addAbsolute("___safe_se_handler_count", 0);
   }
 
   // We do not support /guard:cf (control flow protection) yet.
   // Define CFG symbols anyway so that we can link MSVC 2015 CRT.
   Symtab.addAbsolute(mangle("__guard_fids_table"), 0);
   Symtab.addAbsolute(mangle("__guard_fids_count"), 0);
   Symtab.addAbsolute(mangle("__guard_flags"), 0x100);
 
   // This code may add new undefined symbols to the link, which may enqueue more
   // symbol resolution tasks, so we need to continue executing tasks until we
   // converge.
   do {
     // Windows specific -- if entry point is not found,
     // search for its mangled names.
     if (Config->Entry)
       Symtab.mangleMaybe(Config->Entry);
 
     // Windows specific -- Make sure we resolve all dllexported symbols.
     for (Export &E : Config->Exports) {
       if (!E.ForwardTo.empty())
         continue;
       E.Sym = addUndefined(E.Name);
       if (!E.Directives)
         Symtab.mangleMaybe(E.Sym);
     }
 
     // Add weak aliases. Weak aliases is a mechanism to give remaining
     // undefined symbols final chance to be resolved successfully.
     for (auto Pair : Config->AlternateNames) {
       StringRef From = Pair.first;
       StringRef To = Pair.second;
       Symbol *Sym = Symtab.find(From);
       if (!Sym)
         continue;
       if (auto *U = dyn_cast<Undefined>(Sym->body()))
         if (!U->WeakAlias)
           U->WeakAlias = Symtab.addUndefined(To);
     }
 
     // Windows specific -- if __load_config_used can be resolved, resolve it.
     if (Symtab.findUnderscore("_load_config_used"))
       addUndefined(mangle("_load_config_used"));
   } while (run());
 
   // Do LTO by compiling bitcode input files to a set of native COFF files then
   // link those files.
   Symtab.addCombinedLTOObjects();
   run();
 
   // Make sure we have resolved all symbols.
   Symtab.reportRemainingUndefines();
 
   // Windows specific -- if no /subsystem is given, we need to infer
   // that from entry point name.
   if (Config->Subsystem == IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN) {
     Config->Subsystem = inferSubsystem();
     if (Config->Subsystem == IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_UNKNOWN)
       fatal("subsystem must be defined");
   }
 
   // Handle /safeseh.
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_safeseh))
     for (ObjectFile *File : Symtab.ObjectFiles)
       if (!File->SEHCompat)
         fatal("/safeseh: " + File->getName() + " is not compatible with SEH");
 
   // Windows specific -- when we are creating a .dll file, we also
   // need to create a .lib file.
   if (!Config->Exports.empty() || Config->DLL) {
     fixupExports();
     writeImportLibrary();
     assignExportOrdinals();
   }
 
   // Windows specific -- Create a side-by-side manifest file.
   if (Config->Manifest == Configuration::SideBySide)
     createSideBySideManifest();
 
   // Identify unreferenced COMDAT sections.
   if (Config->DoGC)
     markLive(Symtab.getChunks());
 
   // Identify identical COMDAT sections to merge them.
   if (Config->DoICF)
     doICF(Symtab.getChunks());
 
   // Write the result.
   writeResult(&Symtab);
 
   // Create a symbol map file containing symbol VAs and their names
   // to help debugging.
   std::string MapFile = getMapFile(Args);
   if (!MapFile.empty()) {
     std::error_code EC;
     raw_fd_ostream Out(MapFile, EC, OpenFlags::F_Text);
     if (EC)
       fatal(EC, "could not create the symbol map " + MapFile);
     Symtab.printMap(Out);
   }
 
   // Call exit to avoid calling destructors.
   exit(0);
 }
 
 } // namespace coff
 } // namespace lld
Index: vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Driver.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Driver.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Driver.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,191 +1,192 @@
 //===- Driver.h -------------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_COFF_DRIVER_H
 #define LLD_COFF_DRIVER_H
 
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "lld/Core/Reproduce.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/Archive.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/COFF.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/Arg.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/ArgList.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/TarWriter.h"
 #include <memory>
 #include <set>
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace coff {
 
 class LinkerDriver;
 extern LinkerDriver *Driver;
 
 using llvm::COFF::MachineTypes;
 using llvm::COFF::WindowsSubsystem;
 using llvm::Optional;
 class InputFile;
 
 // Implemented in MarkLive.cpp.
 void markLive(const std::vector<Chunk *> &Chunks);
 
 // Implemented in ICF.cpp.
 void doICF(const std::vector<Chunk *> &Chunks);
 
 class ArgParser {
 public:
   // Parses command line options.
   llvm::opt::InputArgList parse(llvm::ArrayRef<const char *> Args);
 
   // Concatenate LINK environment varirable and given arguments and parse them.
   llvm::opt::InputArgList parseLINK(llvm::ArrayRef<const char *> Args);
 
   // Tokenizes a given string and then parses as command line options.
   llvm::opt::InputArgList parse(StringRef S) { return parse(tokenize(S)); }
 
 private:
   std::vector<const char *> tokenize(StringRef S);
 
   std::vector<const char *> replaceResponseFiles(std::vector<const char *>);
 };
 
 class LinkerDriver {
 public:
   LinkerDriver() { coff::Symtab = &Symtab; }
   void link(llvm::ArrayRef<const char *> Args);
 
   // Used by the resolver to parse .drectve section contents.
   void parseDirectives(StringRef S);
 
   // Used by ArchiveFile to enqueue members.
   void enqueueArchiveMember(const Archive::Child &C, StringRef SymName,
                             StringRef ParentName);
 
 private:
   ArgParser Parser;
   SymbolTable Symtab;
 
-  std::unique_ptr<CpioFile> Cpio; // for /linkrepro
+  std::unique_ptr<llvm::TarWriter> Tar; // for /linkrepro
 
   // Opens a file. Path has to be resolved already.
   MemoryBufferRef openFile(StringRef Path);
 
   // Searches a file from search paths.
   Optional<StringRef> findFile(StringRef Filename);
   Optional<StringRef> findLib(StringRef Filename);
   StringRef doFindFile(StringRef Filename);
   StringRef doFindLib(StringRef Filename);
 
   // Parses LIB environment which contains a list of search paths.
   void addLibSearchPaths();
 
   // Library search path. The first element is always "" (current directory).
   std::vector<StringRef> SearchPaths;
   std::set<std::string> VisitedFiles;
   std::set<std::string> VisitedLibs;
 
   SymbolBody *addUndefined(StringRef Sym);
   StringRef mangle(StringRef Sym);
 
   // Windows specific -- "main" is not the only main function in Windows.
   // You can choose one from these four -- {w,}{WinMain,main}.
   // There are four different entry point functions for them,
   // {w,}{WinMain,main}CRTStartup, respectively. The linker needs to
   // choose the right one depending on which "main" function is defined.
   // This function looks up the symbol table and resolve corresponding
   // entry point name.
   StringRef findDefaultEntry();
   WindowsSubsystem inferSubsystem();
 
   MemoryBufferRef takeBuffer(std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> MB);
   void addBuffer(std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> MB);
   void addArchiveBuffer(MemoryBufferRef MBRef, StringRef SymName,
                         StringRef ParentName);
 
   void enqueuePath(StringRef Path);
 
   void enqueueTask(std::function<void()> Task);
   bool run();
 
   // Driver is the owner of all opened files.
   // InputFiles have MemoryBufferRefs to them.
   std::vector<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>> OwningMBs;
 
   std::list<std::function<void()>> TaskQueue;
   std::vector<StringRef> FilePaths;
   std::vector<MemoryBufferRef> Resources;
 };
 
 void parseModuleDefs(MemoryBufferRef MB);
 void writeImportLibrary();
 
 // Functions below this line are defined in DriverUtils.cpp.
 
 void printHelp(const char *Argv0);
 
 // For /machine option.
 MachineTypes getMachineType(StringRef Arg);
 StringRef machineToStr(MachineTypes MT);
 
 // Parses a string in the form of "<integer>[,<integer>]".
 void parseNumbers(StringRef Arg, uint64_t *Addr, uint64_t *Size = nullptr);
 
 // Parses a string in the form of "<integer>[.<integer>]".
 // Minor's default value is 0.
 void parseVersion(StringRef Arg, uint32_t *Major, uint32_t *Minor);
 
 // Parses a string in the form of "<subsystem>[,<integer>[.<integer>]]".
 void parseSubsystem(StringRef Arg, WindowsSubsystem *Sys, uint32_t *Major,
                     uint32_t *Minor);
 
 void parseAlternateName(StringRef);
 void parseMerge(StringRef);
 void parseSection(StringRef);
 
 // Parses a string in the form of "EMBED[,=<integer>]|NO".
 void parseManifest(StringRef Arg);
 
 // Parses a string in the form of "level=<string>|uiAccess=<string>"
 void parseManifestUAC(StringRef Arg);
 
 // Create a resource file containing a manifest XML.
 std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> createManifestRes();
 void createSideBySideManifest();
 
 // Used for dllexported symbols.
 Export parseExport(StringRef Arg);
 void fixupExports();
 void assignExportOrdinals();
 
 // Parses a string in the form of "key=value" and check
 // if value matches previous values for the key.
 // This feature used in the directive section to reject
 // incompatible objects.
 void checkFailIfMismatch(StringRef Arg);
 
 // Convert Windows resource files (.res files) to a .obj file
 // using cvtres.exe.
 std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>
 convertResToCOFF(const std::vector<MemoryBufferRef> &MBs);
 
 // Create enum with OPT_xxx values for each option in Options.td
 enum {
   OPT_INVALID = 0,
 #define OPTION(_1, _2, ID, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10, _11) OPT_##ID,
 #include "Options.inc"
 #undef OPTION
 };
 
 } // namespace coff
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/COFF/InputFiles.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/COFF/InputFiles.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/COFF/InputFiles.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,398 +1,397 @@
 //===- InputFiles.cpp -----------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "Chunks.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Driver.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "llvm-c/lto.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/LTO/legacy/LTOModule.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/Binary.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/COFF.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/COFF.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Error.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorOr.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
 #include "llvm/Target/TargetOptions.h"
 #include <cstring>
 #include <system_error>
 #include <utility>
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::COFF;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::support::endian;
 
 using llvm::Triple;
 using llvm::support::ulittle32_t;
 using llvm::sys::fs::file_magic;
 using llvm::sys::fs::identify_magic;
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace coff {
 
 LLVMContext BitcodeFile::Context;
 
 ArchiveFile::ArchiveFile(MemoryBufferRef M) : InputFile(ArchiveKind, M) {}
 
 void ArchiveFile::parse() {
   // Parse a MemoryBufferRef as an archive file.
   File = check(Archive::create(MB), toString(this));
 
   // Read the symbol table to construct Lazy objects.
   for (const Archive::Symbol &Sym : File->symbols())
     Symtab->addLazy(this, Sym);
 }
 
 // Returns a buffer pointing to a member file containing a given symbol.
 void ArchiveFile::addMember(const Archive::Symbol *Sym) {
   const Archive::Child &C =
       check(Sym->getMember(),
             "could not get the member for symbol " + Sym->getName());
 
   // Return an empty buffer if we have already returned the same buffer.
   if (!Seen.insert(C.getChildOffset()).second)
     return;
 
   Driver->enqueueArchiveMember(C, Sym->getName(), getName());
 }
 
 void ObjectFile::parse() {
   // Parse a memory buffer as a COFF file.
   std::unique_ptr<Binary> Bin = check(createBinary(MB), toString(this));
 
   if (auto *Obj = dyn_cast<COFFObjectFile>(Bin.get())) {
     Bin.release();
     COFFObj.reset(Obj);
   } else {
     fatal(toString(this) + " is not a COFF file");
   }
 
   // Read section and symbol tables.
   initializeChunks();
   initializeSymbols();
   initializeSEH();
 }
 
 void ObjectFile::initializeChunks() {
   uint32_t NumSections = COFFObj->getNumberOfSections();
   Chunks.reserve(NumSections);
   SparseChunks.resize(NumSections + 1);
   for (uint32_t I = 1; I < NumSections + 1; ++I) {
     const coff_section *Sec;
     StringRef Name;
     if (auto EC = COFFObj->getSection(I, Sec))
       fatal(EC, "getSection failed: #" + Twine(I));
     if (auto EC = COFFObj->getSectionName(Sec, Name))
       fatal(EC, "getSectionName failed: #" + Twine(I));
     if (Name == ".sxdata") {
       SXData = Sec;
       continue;
     }
     if (Name == ".drectve") {
       ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data;
       COFFObj->getSectionContents(Sec, Data);
       Directives = std::string((const char *)Data.data(), Data.size());
       continue;
     }
 
     // Object files may have DWARF debug info or MS CodeView debug info
     // (or both).
     //
     // DWARF sections don't need any special handling from the perspective
     // of the linker; they are just a data section containing relocations.
     // We can just link them to complete debug info.
     //
     // CodeView needs a linker support. We need to interpret and debug
     // info, and then write it to a separate .pdb file.
 
     // Ignore debug info unless /debug is given.
     if (!Config->Debug && Name.startswith(".debug"))
       continue;
 
     // CodeView sections are stored to a different vector because they are
     // not linked in the regular manner.
     if (Name == ".debug" || Name.startswith(".debug$")) {
       DebugChunks.push_back(new (Alloc) SectionChunk(this, Sec));
       continue;
     }
 
     if (Sec->Characteristics & llvm::COFF::IMAGE_SCN_LNK_REMOVE)
       continue;
     auto *C = new (Alloc) SectionChunk(this, Sec);
     Chunks.push_back(C);
     SparseChunks[I] = C;
   }
 }
 
 void ObjectFile::initializeSymbols() {
   uint32_t NumSymbols = COFFObj->getNumberOfSymbols();
   SymbolBodies.reserve(NumSymbols);
   SparseSymbolBodies.resize(NumSymbols);
   SmallVector<std::pair<SymbolBody *, uint32_t>, 8> WeakAliases;
   int32_t LastSectionNumber = 0;
   for (uint32_t I = 0; I < NumSymbols; ++I) {
     // Get a COFFSymbolRef object.
     ErrorOr<COFFSymbolRef> SymOrErr = COFFObj->getSymbol(I);
     if (!SymOrErr)
       fatal(SymOrErr.getError(), "broken object file: " + toString(this));
     COFFSymbolRef Sym = *SymOrErr;
 
     const void *AuxP = nullptr;
     if (Sym.getNumberOfAuxSymbols())
       AuxP = COFFObj->getSymbol(I + 1)->getRawPtr();
     bool IsFirst = (LastSectionNumber != Sym.getSectionNumber());
 
     SymbolBody *Body = nullptr;
     if (Sym.isUndefined()) {
       Body = createUndefined(Sym);
     } else if (Sym.isWeakExternal()) {
       Body = createUndefined(Sym);
       uint32_t TagIndex =
           static_cast<const coff_aux_weak_external *>(AuxP)->TagIndex;
       WeakAliases.emplace_back(Body, TagIndex);
     } else {
       Body = createDefined(Sym, AuxP, IsFirst);
     }
     if (Body) {
       SymbolBodies.push_back(Body);
       SparseSymbolBodies[I] = Body;
     }
     I += Sym.getNumberOfAuxSymbols();
     LastSectionNumber = Sym.getSectionNumber();
   }
   for (auto WeakAlias : WeakAliases) {
     auto *U = dyn_cast<Undefined>(WeakAlias.first);
     if (!U)
       continue;
     // Report an error if two undefined symbols have different weak aliases.
     if (U->WeakAlias && U->WeakAlias != SparseSymbolBodies[WeakAlias.second])
       Symtab->reportDuplicate(U->symbol(), this);
     U->WeakAlias = SparseSymbolBodies[WeakAlias.second];
   }
 }
 
 SymbolBody *ObjectFile::createUndefined(COFFSymbolRef Sym) {
   StringRef Name;
   COFFObj->getSymbolName(Sym, Name);
   return Symtab->addUndefined(Name, this, Sym.isWeakExternal())->body();
 }
 
 SymbolBody *ObjectFile::createDefined(COFFSymbolRef Sym, const void *AuxP,
                                       bool IsFirst) {
   StringRef Name;
   if (Sym.isCommon()) {
     auto *C = new (Alloc) CommonChunk(Sym);
     Chunks.push_back(C);
     return Symtab->addCommon(this, Sym, C)->body();
   }
   if (Sym.isAbsolute()) {
     COFFObj->getSymbolName(Sym, Name);
     // Skip special symbols.
     if (Name == "@comp.id")
       return nullptr;
     // COFF spec 5.10.1. The .sxdata section.
     if (Name == "@feat.00") {
       if (Sym.getValue() & 1)
         SEHCompat = true;
       return nullptr;
     }
     if (Sym.isExternal())
       return Symtab->addAbsolute(Name, Sym)->body();
     else
       return new (Alloc) DefinedAbsolute(Name, Sym);
   }
   int32_t SectionNumber = Sym.getSectionNumber();
   if (SectionNumber == llvm::COFF::IMAGE_SYM_DEBUG)
     return nullptr;
 
   // Reserved sections numbers don't have contents.
   if (llvm::COFF::isReservedSectionNumber(SectionNumber))
     fatal("broken object file: " + toString(this));
 
   // This symbol references a section which is not present in the section
   // header.
   if ((uint32_t)SectionNumber >= SparseChunks.size())
     fatal("broken object file: " + toString(this));
 
   // Nothing else to do without a section chunk.
   auto *SC = cast_or_null<SectionChunk>(SparseChunks[SectionNumber]);
   if (!SC)
     return nullptr;
 
   // Handle section definitions
   if (IsFirst && AuxP) {
     auto *Aux = reinterpret_cast<const coff_aux_section_definition *>(AuxP);
     if (Aux->Selection == IMAGE_COMDAT_SELECT_ASSOCIATIVE)
       if (auto *ParentSC = cast_or_null<SectionChunk>(
               SparseChunks[Aux->getNumber(Sym.isBigObj())]))
         ParentSC->addAssociative(SC);
     SC->Checksum = Aux->CheckSum;
   }
 
   DefinedRegular *B;
   if (Sym.isExternal())
     B = cast<DefinedRegular>(Symtab->addRegular(this, Sym, SC)->body());
   else
     B = new (Alloc) DefinedRegular(this, Sym, SC);
   if (SC->isCOMDAT() && Sym.getValue() == 0 && !AuxP)
     SC->setSymbol(B);
 
   return B;
 }
 
 void ObjectFile::initializeSEH() {
   if (!SEHCompat || !SXData)
     return;
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> A;
   COFFObj->getSectionContents(SXData, A);
   if (A.size() % 4 != 0)
     fatal(".sxdata must be an array of symbol table indices");
   auto *I = reinterpret_cast<const ulittle32_t *>(A.data());
   auto *E = reinterpret_cast<const ulittle32_t *>(A.data() + A.size());
   for (; I != E; ++I)
     SEHandlers.insert(SparseSymbolBodies[*I]);
 }
 
 MachineTypes ObjectFile::getMachineType() {
   if (COFFObj)
     return static_cast<MachineTypes>(COFFObj->getMachine());
   return IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN;
 }
 
 StringRef ltrim1(StringRef S, const char *Chars) {
   if (!S.empty() && strchr(Chars, S[0]))
     return S.substr(1);
   return S;
 }
 
 void ImportFile::parse() {
   const char *Buf = MB.getBufferStart();
   const char *End = MB.getBufferEnd();
   const auto *Hdr = reinterpret_cast<const coff_import_header *>(Buf);
 
   // Check if the total size is valid.
   if ((size_t)(End - Buf) != (sizeof(*Hdr) + Hdr->SizeOfData))
     fatal("broken import library");
 
   // Read names and create an __imp_ symbol.
   StringRef Name = StringAlloc.save(StringRef(Buf + sizeof(*Hdr)));
   StringRef ImpName = StringAlloc.save("__imp_" + Name);
   const char *NameStart = Buf + sizeof(coff_import_header) + Name.size() + 1;
   DLLName = StringRef(NameStart);
   StringRef ExtName;
   switch (Hdr->getNameType()) {
   case IMPORT_ORDINAL:
     ExtName = "";
     break;
   case IMPORT_NAME:
     ExtName = Name;
     break;
   case IMPORT_NAME_NOPREFIX:
     ExtName = ltrim1(Name, "?@_");
     break;
   case IMPORT_NAME_UNDECORATE:
     ExtName = ltrim1(Name, "?@_");
     ExtName = ExtName.substr(0, ExtName.find('@'));
     break;
   }
 
   this->Hdr = Hdr;
   ExternalName = ExtName;
 
   ImpSym = cast<DefinedImportData>(
       Symtab->addImportData(ImpName, this)->body());
 
   // If type is function, we need to create a thunk which jump to an
   // address pointed by the __imp_ symbol. (This allows you to call
   // DLL functions just like regular non-DLL functions.)
   if (Hdr->getType() != llvm::COFF::IMPORT_CODE)
     return;
   ThunkSym = cast<DefinedImportThunk>(
       Symtab->addImportThunk(Name, ImpSym, Hdr->Machine)->body());
 }
 
 void BitcodeFile::parse() {
   Context.enableDebugTypeODRUniquing();
   ErrorOr<std::unique_ptr<LTOModule>> ModOrErr = LTOModule::createFromBuffer(
       Context, MB.getBufferStart(), MB.getBufferSize(), llvm::TargetOptions());
   M = check(std::move(ModOrErr), "could not create LTO module");
 
   StringSaver Saver(Alloc);
   for (unsigned I = 0, E = M->getSymbolCount(); I != E; ++I) {
     lto_symbol_attributes Attrs = M->getSymbolAttributes(I);
     if ((Attrs & LTO_SYMBOL_SCOPE_MASK) == LTO_SYMBOL_SCOPE_INTERNAL)
       continue;
 
     StringRef SymName = Saver.save(M->getSymbolName(I));
     int SymbolDef = Attrs & LTO_SYMBOL_DEFINITION_MASK;
     if (SymbolDef == LTO_SYMBOL_DEFINITION_UNDEFINED) {
       SymbolBodies.push_back(Symtab->addUndefined(SymName, this, false)->body());
     } else {
       bool Replaceable =
           (SymbolDef == LTO_SYMBOL_DEFINITION_TENTATIVE || // common
            (Attrs & LTO_SYMBOL_COMDAT) ||                  // comdat
            (SymbolDef == LTO_SYMBOL_DEFINITION_WEAK &&     // weak external
             (Attrs & LTO_SYMBOL_ALIAS)));
       SymbolBodies.push_back(
           Symtab->addBitcode(this, SymName, Replaceable)->body());
     }
   }
 
   Directives = M->getLinkerOpts();
 }
 
 MachineTypes BitcodeFile::getMachineType() {
   if (!M)
     return IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN;
   switch (Triple(M->getTargetTriple()).getArch()) {
   case Triple::x86_64:
     return AMD64;
   case Triple::x86:
     return I386;
   case Triple::arm:
     return ARMNT;
   default:
     return IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN;
   }
 }
+} // namespace coff
+} // namespace lld
 
 // Returns the last element of a path, which is supposed to be a filename.
 static StringRef getBasename(StringRef Path) {
   size_t Pos = Path.find_last_of("\\/");
   if (Pos == StringRef::npos)
     return Path;
   return Path.substr(Pos + 1);
 }
 
 // Returns a string in the format of "foo.obj" or "foo.obj(bar.lib)".
-std::string toString(InputFile *File) {
+std::string lld::toString(coff::InputFile *File) {
   if (!File)
     return "(internal)";
   if (File->ParentName.empty())
     return File->getName().lower();
 
   std::string Res =
       (getBasename(File->ParentName) + "(" + getBasename(File->getName()) + ")")
           .str();
   return StringRef(Res).lower();
 }
-
-} // namespace coff
-} // namespace lld
Index: vendor/lld/dist/COFF/InputFiles.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/COFF/InputFiles.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/COFF/InputFiles.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,211 +1,210 @@
 //===- InputFiles.h ---------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_COFF_INPUT_FILES_H
 #define LLD_COFF_INPUT_FILES_H
 
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/LTO/legacy/LTOModule.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/Archive.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/COFF.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/StringSaver.h"
 #include <memory>
 #include <set>
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace coff {
 
 using llvm::LTOModule;
 using llvm::COFF::IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN;
 using llvm::COFF::MachineTypes;
 using llvm::object::Archive;
 using llvm::object::COFFObjectFile;
 using llvm::object::COFFSymbolRef;
 using llvm::object::coff_import_header;
 using llvm::object::coff_section;
 
 class Chunk;
 class Defined;
 class DefinedImportData;
 class DefinedImportThunk;
 class Lazy;
 class SectionChunk;
 struct Symbol;
 class SymbolBody;
 class Undefined;
 
 // The root class of input files.
 class InputFile {
 public:
   enum Kind { ArchiveKind, ObjectKind, ImportKind, BitcodeKind };
   Kind kind() const { return FileKind; }
   virtual ~InputFile() {}
 
   // Returns the filename.
   StringRef getName() { return MB.getBufferIdentifier(); }
 
   // Reads a file (the constructor doesn't do that).
   virtual void parse() = 0;
 
   // Returns the CPU type this file was compiled to.
   virtual MachineTypes getMachineType() { return IMAGE_FILE_MACHINE_UNKNOWN; }
 
   // An archive file name if this file is created from an archive.
   StringRef ParentName;
 
   // Returns .drectve section contents if exist.
   StringRef getDirectives() { return StringRef(Directives).trim(); }
 
 protected:
   InputFile(Kind K, MemoryBufferRef M) : MB(M), FileKind(K) {}
 
   MemoryBufferRef MB;
   std::string Directives;
 
 private:
   const Kind FileKind;
 };
 
 // .lib or .a file.
 class ArchiveFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit ArchiveFile(MemoryBufferRef M);
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == ArchiveKind; }
   void parse() override;
 
   // Enqueues an archive member load for the given symbol. If we've already
   // enqueued a load for the same archive member, this function does nothing,
   // which ensures that we don't load the same member more than once.
   void addMember(const Archive::Symbol *Sym);
 
 private:
   std::unique_ptr<Archive> File;
   std::string Filename;
   llvm::DenseSet<uint64_t> Seen;
 };
 
 // .obj or .o file. This may be a member of an archive file.
 class ObjectFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit ObjectFile(MemoryBufferRef M) : InputFile(ObjectKind, M) {}
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == ObjectKind; }
   void parse() override;
   MachineTypes getMachineType() override;
   std::vector<Chunk *> &getChunks() { return Chunks; }
   std::vector<SectionChunk *> &getDebugChunks() { return DebugChunks; }
   std::vector<SymbolBody *> &getSymbols() { return SymbolBodies; }
 
   // Returns a SymbolBody object for the SymbolIndex'th symbol in the
   // underlying object file.
   SymbolBody *getSymbolBody(uint32_t SymbolIndex) {
     return SparseSymbolBodies[SymbolIndex];
   }
 
   // Returns the underying COFF file.
   COFFObjectFile *getCOFFObj() { return COFFObj.get(); }
 
   // True if this object file is compatible with SEH.
   // COFF-specific and x86-only.
   bool SEHCompat = false;
 
   // The list of safe exception handlers listed in .sxdata section.
   // COFF-specific and x86-only.
   std::set<SymbolBody *> SEHandlers;
 
 private:
   void initializeChunks();
   void initializeSymbols();
   void initializeSEH();
 
   SymbolBody *createDefined(COFFSymbolRef Sym, const void *Aux, bool IsFirst);
   SymbolBody *createUndefined(COFFSymbolRef Sym);
 
   std::unique_ptr<COFFObjectFile> COFFObj;
   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc;
   const coff_section *SXData = nullptr;
 
   // List of all chunks defined by this file. This includes both section
   // chunks and non-section chunks for common symbols.
   std::vector<Chunk *> Chunks;
 
   // CodeView debug info sections.
   std::vector<SectionChunk *> DebugChunks;
 
   // This vector contains the same chunks as Chunks, but they are
   // indexed such that you can get a SectionChunk by section index.
   // Nonexistent section indices are filled with null pointers.
   // (Because section number is 1-based, the first slot is always a
   // null pointer.)
   std::vector<Chunk *> SparseChunks;
 
   // List of all symbols referenced or defined by this file.
   std::vector<SymbolBody *> SymbolBodies;
 
   // This vector contains the same symbols as SymbolBodies, but they
   // are indexed such that you can get a SymbolBody by symbol
   // index. Nonexistent indices (which are occupied by auxiliary
   // symbols in the real symbol table) are filled with null pointers.
   std::vector<SymbolBody *> SparseSymbolBodies;
 };
 
 // This type represents import library members that contain DLL names
 // and symbols exported from the DLLs. See Microsoft PE/COFF spec. 7
 // for details about the format.
 class ImportFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit ImportFile(MemoryBufferRef M)
       : InputFile(ImportKind, M), StringAlloc(StringAllocAux) {}
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == ImportKind; }
 
   DefinedImportData *ImpSym = nullptr;
   DefinedImportThunk *ThunkSym = nullptr;
   std::string DLLName;
 
 private:
   void parse() override;
 
   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc;
   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator StringAllocAux;
   llvm::StringSaver StringAlloc;
 
 public:
   StringRef ExternalName;
   const coff_import_header *Hdr;
   Chunk *Location = nullptr;
 };
 
 // Used for LTO.
 class BitcodeFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit BitcodeFile(MemoryBufferRef M) : InputFile(BitcodeKind, M) {}
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == BitcodeKind; }
   std::vector<SymbolBody *> &getSymbols() { return SymbolBodies; }
   MachineTypes getMachineType() override;
   std::unique_ptr<LTOModule> takeModule() { return std::move(M); }
 
   static llvm::LLVMContext Context;
 
 private:
   void parse() override;
 
   std::vector<SymbolBody *> SymbolBodies;
   llvm::BumpPtrAllocator Alloc;
   std::unique_ptr<LTOModule> M;
 };
-
-std::string toString(InputFile *File);
-
 } // namespace coff
+
+std::string toString(coff::InputFile *File);
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Symbols.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Symbols.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Symbols.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,85 +1,84 @@
 //===- Symbols.cpp --------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "Strings.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 
+// Returns a symbol name for an error message.
+std::string lld::toString(coff::SymbolBody &B) {
+  if (Optional<std::string> S = coff::demangle(B.getName()))
+    return ("\"" + *S + "\" (" + B.getName() + ")").str();
+  return B.getName();
+}
+
 namespace lld {
 namespace coff {
 
 StringRef SymbolBody::getName() {
   // DefinedCOFF names are read lazily for a performance reason.
   // Non-external symbol names are never used by the linker except for logging
   // or debugging. Their internal references are resolved not by name but by
   // symbol index. And because they are not external, no one can refer them by
   // name. Object files contain lots of non-external symbols, and creating
   // StringRefs for them (which involves lots of strlen() on the string table)
   // is a waste of time.
   if (Name.empty()) {
     auto *D = cast<DefinedCOFF>(this);
     D->File->getCOFFObj()->getSymbolName(D->Sym, Name);
   }
   return Name;
 }
 
 InputFile *SymbolBody::getFile() {
   if (auto *Sym = dyn_cast<DefinedCOFF>(this))
     return Sym->File;
   if (auto *Sym = dyn_cast<DefinedBitcode>(this))
     return Sym->File;
   if (auto *Sym = dyn_cast<Lazy>(this))
     return Sym->File;
   return nullptr;
 }
 
 COFFSymbolRef DefinedCOFF::getCOFFSymbol() {
   size_t SymSize = File->getCOFFObj()->getSymbolTableEntrySize();
   if (SymSize == sizeof(coff_symbol16))
     return COFFSymbolRef(reinterpret_cast<const coff_symbol16 *>(Sym));
   assert(SymSize == sizeof(coff_symbol32));
   return COFFSymbolRef(reinterpret_cast<const coff_symbol32 *>(Sym));
 }
 
 DefinedImportThunk::DefinedImportThunk(StringRef Name, DefinedImportData *S,
                                        uint16_t Machine)
     : Defined(DefinedImportThunkKind, Name) {
   switch (Machine) {
   case AMD64: Data = make<ImportThunkChunkX64>(S); return;
   case I386:  Data = make<ImportThunkChunkX86>(S); return;
   case ARMNT: Data = make<ImportThunkChunkARM>(S); return;
   default:    llvm_unreachable("unknown machine type");
   }
 }
 
 Defined *Undefined::getWeakAlias() {
   // A weak alias may be a weak alias to another symbol, so check recursively.
   for (SymbolBody *A = WeakAlias; A; A = cast<Undefined>(A)->WeakAlias)
     if (auto *D = dyn_cast<Defined>(A))
       return D;
   return nullptr;
 }
-
-// Returns a symbol name for an error message.
-std::string toString(SymbolBody &B) {
-  if (Optional<std::string> S = demangle(B.getName()))
-    return ("\"" + *S + "\" (" + B.getName() + ")").str();
-  return B.getName();
-}
-
 } // namespace coff
 } // namespace lld
Index: vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Symbols.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Symbols.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/COFF/Symbols.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,437 +1,436 @@
 //===- Symbols.h ------------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_COFF_SYMBOLS_H
 #define LLD_COFF_SYMBOLS_H
 
 #include "Chunks.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/Archive.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/COFF.h"
 #include <atomic>
 #include <memory>
 #include <vector>
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace coff {
 
 using llvm::object::Archive;
 using llvm::object::COFFSymbolRef;
 using llvm::object::coff_import_header;
 using llvm::object::coff_symbol_generic;
 
 class ArchiveFile;
 class BitcodeFile;
 class InputFile;
 class ObjectFile;
 struct Symbol;
 class SymbolTable;
 
 // The base class for real symbol classes.
 class SymbolBody {
 public:
   enum Kind {
     // The order of these is significant. We start with the regular defined
     // symbols as those are the most prevelant and the zero tag is the cheapest
     // to set. Among the defined kinds, the lower the kind is preferred over
     // the higher kind when testing wether one symbol should take precedence
     // over another.
     DefinedRegularKind = 0,
     DefinedCommonKind,
     DefinedLocalImportKind,
     DefinedImportThunkKind,
     DefinedImportDataKind,
     DefinedAbsoluteKind,
     DefinedRelativeKind,
     DefinedBitcodeKind,
 
     UndefinedKind,
     LazyKind,
 
     LastDefinedCOFFKind = DefinedCommonKind,
     LastDefinedKind = DefinedBitcodeKind,
   };
 
   Kind kind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(SymbolKind); }
 
   // Returns true if this is an external symbol.
   bool isExternal() { return IsExternal; }
 
   // Returns the symbol name.
   StringRef getName();
 
   // Returns the file from which this symbol was created.
   InputFile *getFile();
 
   Symbol *symbol();
   const Symbol *symbol() const {
     return const_cast<SymbolBody *>(this)->symbol();
   }
 
 protected:
   friend SymbolTable;
   explicit SymbolBody(Kind K, StringRef N = "")
       : SymbolKind(K), IsExternal(true), IsCOMDAT(false),
         IsReplaceable(false), WrittenToSymtab(false), Name(N) {}
 
   const unsigned SymbolKind : 8;
   unsigned IsExternal : 1;
 
   // This bit is used by the \c DefinedRegular subclass.
   unsigned IsCOMDAT : 1;
 
   // This bit is used by the \c DefinedBitcode subclass.
   unsigned IsReplaceable : 1;
 
 public:
   // This bit is used by Writer::createSymbolAndStringTable().
   unsigned WrittenToSymtab : 1;
 
 protected:
   StringRef Name;
 };
 
 // The base class for any defined symbols, including absolute symbols,
 // etc.
 class Defined : public SymbolBody {
 public:
   Defined(Kind K, StringRef N = "") : SymbolBody(K, N) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() <= LastDefinedKind;
   }
 
   // Returns the RVA (relative virtual address) of this symbol. The
   // writer sets and uses RVAs.
   uint64_t getRVA();
 
   // Returns the RVA relative to the beginning of the output section.
   // Used to implement SECREL relocation type.
   uint64_t getSecrel();
 
   // Returns the output section index.
   // Used to implement SECTION relocation type.
   uint64_t getSectionIndex();
 
   // Returns true if this symbol points to an executable (e.g. .text) section.
   // Used to implement ARM relocations.
   bool isExecutable();
 };
 
 // Symbols defined via a COFF object file.
 class DefinedCOFF : public Defined {
   friend SymbolBody;
 public:
   DefinedCOFF(Kind K, ObjectFile *F, COFFSymbolRef S)
       : Defined(K), File(F), Sym(S.getGeneric()) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() <= LastDefinedCOFFKind;
   }
 
   ObjectFile *getFile() { return File; }
 
   COFFSymbolRef getCOFFSymbol();
 
   ObjectFile *File;
 
 protected:
   const coff_symbol_generic *Sym;
 };
 
 // Regular defined symbols read from object file symbol tables.
 class DefinedRegular : public DefinedCOFF {
 public:
   DefinedRegular(ObjectFile *F, COFFSymbolRef S, SectionChunk *C)
       : DefinedCOFF(DefinedRegularKind, F, S), Data(&C->Repl) {
     IsExternal = S.isExternal();
     IsCOMDAT = C->isCOMDAT();
   }
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedRegularKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return (*Data)->getRVA() + Sym->Value; }
   bool isCOMDAT() { return IsCOMDAT; }
   SectionChunk *getChunk() { return *Data; }
   uint32_t getValue() { return Sym->Value; }
 
 private:
   SectionChunk **Data;
 };
 
 class DefinedCommon : public DefinedCOFF {
 public:
   DefinedCommon(ObjectFile *F, COFFSymbolRef S, CommonChunk *C)
       : DefinedCOFF(DefinedCommonKind, F, S), Data(C) {
     IsExternal = S.isExternal();
   }
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedCommonKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return Data->getRVA(); }
 
 private:
   friend SymbolTable;
   uint64_t getSize() { return Sym->Value; }
   CommonChunk *Data;
 };
 
 // Absolute symbols.
 class DefinedAbsolute : public Defined {
 public:
   DefinedAbsolute(StringRef N, COFFSymbolRef S)
       : Defined(DefinedAbsoluteKind, N), VA(S.getValue()) {
     IsExternal = S.isExternal();
   }
 
   DefinedAbsolute(StringRef N, uint64_t V)
       : Defined(DefinedAbsoluteKind, N), VA(V) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedAbsoluteKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return VA - Config->ImageBase; }
   void setVA(uint64_t V) { VA = V; }
 
 private:
   uint64_t VA;
 };
 
 // This is a kind of absolute symbol but relative to the image base.
 // Unlike absolute symbols, relocations referring this kind of symbols
 // are subject of the base relocation. This type is used rarely --
 // mainly for __ImageBase.
 class DefinedRelative : public Defined {
 public:
   explicit DefinedRelative(StringRef Name, uint64_t V = 0)
       : Defined(DefinedRelativeKind, Name), RVA(V) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedRelativeKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return RVA; }
   void setRVA(uint64_t V) { RVA = V; }
 
 private:
   uint64_t RVA;
 };
 
 // This class represents a symbol defined in an archive file. It is
 // created from an archive file header, and it knows how to load an
 // object file from an archive to replace itself with a defined
 // symbol. If the resolver finds both Undefined and Lazy for
 // the same name, it will ask the Lazy to load a file.
 class Lazy : public SymbolBody {
 public:
   Lazy(ArchiveFile *F, const Archive::Symbol S)
       : SymbolBody(LazyKind, S.getName()), File(F), Sym(S) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) { return S->kind() == LazyKind; }
 
   ArchiveFile *File;
 
 private:
   friend SymbolTable;
 
 private:
   const Archive::Symbol Sym;
 };
 
 // Undefined symbols.
 class Undefined : public SymbolBody {
 public:
   explicit Undefined(StringRef N) : SymbolBody(UndefinedKind, N) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == UndefinedKind;
   }
 
   // An undefined symbol can have a fallback symbol which gives an
   // undefined symbol a second chance if it would remain undefined.
   // If it remains undefined, it'll be replaced with whatever the
   // Alias pointer points to.
   SymbolBody *WeakAlias = nullptr;
 
   // If this symbol is external weak, try to resolve it to a defined
   // symbol by searching the chain of fallback symbols. Returns the symbol if
   // successful, otherwise returns null.
   Defined *getWeakAlias();
 };
 
 // Windows-specific classes.
 
 // This class represents a symbol imported from a DLL. This has two
 // names for internal use and external use. The former is used for
 // name resolution, and the latter is used for the import descriptor
 // table in an output. The former has "__imp_" prefix.
 class DefinedImportData : public Defined {
 public:
   DefinedImportData(StringRef N, ImportFile *F)
       : Defined(DefinedImportDataKind, N), File(F) {
   }
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedImportDataKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return File->Location->getRVA(); }
   StringRef getDLLName() { return File->DLLName; }
   StringRef getExternalName() { return File->ExternalName; }
   void setLocation(Chunk *AddressTable) { File->Location = AddressTable; }
   uint16_t getOrdinal() { return File->Hdr->OrdinalHint; }
 
 private:
   ImportFile *File;
 };
 
 // This class represents a symbol for a jump table entry which jumps
 // to a function in a DLL. Linker are supposed to create such symbols
 // without "__imp_" prefix for all function symbols exported from
 // DLLs, so that you can call DLL functions as regular functions with
 // a regular name. A function pointer is given as a DefinedImportData.
 class DefinedImportThunk : public Defined {
 public:
   DefinedImportThunk(StringRef Name, DefinedImportData *S, uint16_t Machine);
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedImportThunkKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return Data->getRVA(); }
   Chunk *getChunk() { return Data; }
 
 private:
   Chunk *Data;
 };
 
 // If you have a symbol "__imp_foo" in your object file, a symbol name
 // "foo" becomes automatically available as a pointer to "__imp_foo".
 // This class is for such automatically-created symbols.
 // Yes, this is an odd feature. We didn't intend to implement that.
 // This is here just for compatibility with MSVC.
 class DefinedLocalImport : public Defined {
 public:
   DefinedLocalImport(StringRef N, Defined *S)
       : Defined(DefinedLocalImportKind, N), Data(make<LocalImportChunk>(S)) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedLocalImportKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t getRVA() { return Data->getRVA(); }
   Chunk *getChunk() { return Data; }
 
 private:
   LocalImportChunk *Data;
 };
 
 class DefinedBitcode : public Defined {
   friend SymbolBody;
 public:
   DefinedBitcode(BitcodeFile *F, StringRef N, bool IsReplaceable)
       : Defined(DefinedBitcodeKind, N), File(F) {
     // IsReplaceable tracks whether the bitcode symbol may be replaced with some
     // other (defined, common or bitcode) symbol. This is the case for common,
     // comdat and weak external symbols. We try to replace bitcode symbols with
     // "real" symbols (see SymbolTable::add{Regular,Bitcode}), and resolve the
     // result against the real symbol from the combined LTO object.
     this->IsReplaceable = IsReplaceable;
   }
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == DefinedBitcodeKind;
   }
 
   BitcodeFile *File;
 };
 
 inline uint64_t Defined::getRVA() {
   switch (kind()) {
   case DefinedAbsoluteKind:
     return cast<DefinedAbsolute>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedRelativeKind:
     return cast<DefinedRelative>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedImportDataKind:
     return cast<DefinedImportData>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedImportThunkKind:
     return cast<DefinedImportThunk>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedLocalImportKind:
     return cast<DefinedLocalImport>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedCommonKind:
     return cast<DefinedCommon>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedRegularKind:
     return cast<DefinedRegular>(this)->getRVA();
   case DefinedBitcodeKind:
     llvm_unreachable("There is no address for a bitcode symbol.");
   case LazyKind:
   case UndefinedKind:
     llvm_unreachable("Cannot get the address for an undefined symbol.");
   }
   llvm_unreachable("unknown symbol kind");
 }
 
 // A real symbol object, SymbolBody, is usually stored within a Symbol. There's
 // always one Symbol for each symbol name. The resolver updates the SymbolBody
 // stored in the Body field of this object as it resolves symbols. Symbol also
 // holds computed properties of symbol names.
 struct Symbol {
   // True if this symbol was referenced by a regular (non-bitcode) object.
   unsigned IsUsedInRegularObj : 1;
 
   // True if we've seen both a lazy and an undefined symbol with this symbol
   // name, which means that we have enqueued an archive member load and should
   // not load any more archive members to resolve the same symbol.
   unsigned PendingArchiveLoad : 1;
 
   // This field is used to store the Symbol's SymbolBody. This instantiation of
   // AlignedCharArrayUnion gives us a struct with a char array field that is
   // large and aligned enough to store any derived class of SymbolBody.
   llvm::AlignedCharArrayUnion<DefinedRegular, DefinedCommon, DefinedAbsolute,
                               DefinedRelative, Lazy, Undefined,
                               DefinedImportData, DefinedImportThunk,
                               DefinedLocalImport, DefinedBitcode>
       Body;
 
   SymbolBody *body() {
     return reinterpret_cast<SymbolBody *>(Body.buffer);
   }
   const SymbolBody *body() const { return const_cast<Symbol *>(this)->body(); }
 };
 
 template <typename T, typename... ArgT>
 void replaceBody(Symbol *S, ArgT &&... Arg) {
   static_assert(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(S->Body), "Body too small");
   static_assert(alignof(T) <= alignof(decltype(S->Body)),
                 "Body not aligned enough");
   assert(static_cast<SymbolBody *>(static_cast<T *>(nullptr)) == nullptr &&
          "Not a SymbolBody");
   new (S->Body.buffer) T(std::forward<ArgT>(Arg)...);
 }
 
 inline Symbol *SymbolBody::symbol() {
   assert(isExternal());
   return reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) -
                                     offsetof(Symbol, Body));
 }
-
-std::string toString(SymbolBody &B);
-
 } // namespace coff
+
+std::string toString(coff::SymbolBody &B);
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Driver.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Driver.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Driver.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,839 +1,842 @@
 //===- Driver.cpp ---------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "Driver.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "ICF.h"
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "LinkerScript.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "Strings.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "Target.h"
 #include "Threads.h"
 #include "Writer.h"
 #include "lld/Config/Version.h"
 #include "lld/Driver/Driver.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/TargetSelect.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 #include <cstdlib>
 #include <utility>
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::sys;
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 Configuration *elf::Config;
 LinkerDriver *elf::Driver;
 
 BumpPtrAllocator elf::BAlloc;
 StringSaver elf::Saver{BAlloc};
 std::vector<SpecificAllocBase *> elf::SpecificAllocBase::Instances;
 
 bool elf::link(ArrayRef<const char *> Args, bool CanExitEarly,
                raw_ostream &Error) {
   ErrorCount = 0;
   ErrorOS = &Error;
   Argv0 = Args[0];
 
   Config = make<Configuration>();
   Driver = make<LinkerDriver>();
   ScriptConfig = make<ScriptConfiguration>();
 
   Driver->main(Args, CanExitEarly);
   freeArena();
   return !ErrorCount;
 }
 
 // Parses a linker -m option.
 static std::tuple<ELFKind, uint16_t, uint8_t> parseEmulation(StringRef Emul) {
   uint8_t OSABI = 0;
   StringRef S = Emul;
   if (S.endswith("_fbsd")) {
     S = S.drop_back(5);
     OSABI = ELFOSABI_FREEBSD;
   }
 
   std::pair<ELFKind, uint16_t> Ret =
       StringSwitch<std::pair<ELFKind, uint16_t>>(S)
           .Cases("aarch64elf", "aarch64linux", {ELF64LEKind, EM_AARCH64})
           .Case("armelf_linux_eabi", {ELF32LEKind, EM_ARM})
           .Case("elf32_x86_64", {ELF32LEKind, EM_X86_64})
           .Case("elf32btsmip", {ELF32BEKind, EM_MIPS})
           .Case("elf32ltsmip", {ELF32LEKind, EM_MIPS})
           .Case("elf32btsmipn32", {ELF32BEKind, EM_MIPS})
           .Case("elf32ltsmipn32", {ELF32LEKind, EM_MIPS})
           .Case("elf32ppc", {ELF32BEKind, EM_PPC})
           .Case("elf64btsmip", {ELF64BEKind, EM_MIPS})
           .Case("elf64ltsmip", {ELF64LEKind, EM_MIPS})
           .Case("elf64ppc", {ELF64BEKind, EM_PPC64})
           .Cases("elf_amd64", "elf_x86_64", {ELF64LEKind, EM_X86_64})
           .Case("elf_i386", {ELF32LEKind, EM_386})
           .Case("elf_iamcu", {ELF32LEKind, EM_IAMCU})
           .Default({ELFNoneKind, EM_NONE});
 
   if (Ret.first == ELFNoneKind) {
     if (S == "i386pe" || S == "i386pep" || S == "thumb2pe")
       error("Windows targets are not supported on the ELF frontend: " + Emul);
     else
       error("unknown emulation: " + Emul);
   }
   return std::make_tuple(Ret.first, Ret.second, OSABI);
 }
 
 // Returns slices of MB by parsing MB as an archive file.
 // Each slice consists of a member file in the archive.
 std::vector<MemoryBufferRef>
 LinkerDriver::getArchiveMembers(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   std::unique_ptr<Archive> File =
       check(Archive::create(MB),
             MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": failed to parse archive");
 
   std::vector<MemoryBufferRef> V;
   Error Err = Error::success();
   for (const ErrorOr<Archive::Child> &COrErr : File->children(Err)) {
     Archive::Child C =
         check(COrErr, MB.getBufferIdentifier() +
                           ": could not get the child of the archive");
     MemoryBufferRef MBRef =
         check(C.getMemoryBufferRef(),
               MB.getBufferIdentifier() +
                   ": could not get the buffer for a child of the archive");
     V.push_back(MBRef);
   }
   if (Err)
     fatal(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": Archive::children failed: " +
           toString(std::move(Err)));
 
   // Take ownership of memory buffers created for members of thin archives.
   for (std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> &MB : File->takeThinBuffers())
     make<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>(std::move(MB));
 
   return V;
 }
 
 // Opens and parses a file. Path has to be resolved already.
 // Newly created memory buffers are owned by this driver.
 void LinkerDriver::addFile(StringRef Path) {
   using namespace sys::fs;
 
   Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Path);
   if (!Buffer.hasValue())
     return;
   MemoryBufferRef MBRef = *Buffer;
 
   if (InBinary) {
     Files.push_back(make<BinaryFile>(MBRef));
     return;
   }
 
   switch (identify_magic(MBRef.getBuffer())) {
   case file_magic::unknown:
     readLinkerScript(MBRef);
     return;
   case file_magic::archive:
     if (InWholeArchive) {
       for (MemoryBufferRef MB : getArchiveMembers(MBRef))
         Files.push_back(createObjectFile(MB, Path));
       return;
     }
     Files.push_back(make<ArchiveFile>(MBRef));
     return;
   case file_magic::elf_shared_object:
     if (Config->Relocatable) {
       error("attempted static link of dynamic object " + Path);
       return;
     }
     Files.push_back(createSharedFile(MBRef));
     return;
   default:
     if (InLib)
       Files.push_back(make<LazyObjectFile>(MBRef));
     else
       Files.push_back(createObjectFile(MBRef));
   }
 }
 
 Optional<MemoryBufferRef> LinkerDriver::readFile(StringRef Path) {
   if (Config->Verbose)
     outs() << Path << "\n";
 
   auto MBOrErr = MemoryBuffer::getFile(Path);
   if (auto EC = MBOrErr.getError()) {
     error(EC, "cannot open " + Path);
     return None;
   }
   std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer> &MB = *MBOrErr;
   MemoryBufferRef MBRef = MB->getMemBufferRef();
   make<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>(std::move(MB)); // take MB ownership
 
-  if (Cpio)
-    Cpio->append(relativeToRoot(Path), MBRef.getBuffer());
+  if (Tar)
+    Tar->append(relativeToRoot(Path), MBRef.getBuffer());
 
   return MBRef;
 }
 
 // Add a given library by searching it from input search paths.
 void LinkerDriver::addLibrary(StringRef Name) {
   if (Optional<std::string> Path = searchLibrary(Name))
     addFile(*Path);
   else
     error("unable to find library -l" + Name);
 }
 
 // This function is called on startup. We need this for LTO since
 // LTO calls LLVM functions to compile bitcode files to native code.
 // Technically this can be delayed until we read bitcode files, but
 // we don't bother to do lazily because the initialization is fast.
 static void initLLVM(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   InitializeAllTargets();
   InitializeAllTargetMCs();
   InitializeAllAsmPrinters();
   InitializeAllAsmParsers();
 
   // Parse and evaluate -mllvm options.
   std::vector<const char *> V;
   V.push_back("lld (LLVM option parsing)");
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_mllvm))
     V.push_back(Arg->getValue());
   cl::ParseCommandLineOptions(V.size(), V.data());
 }
 
 // Some command line options or some combinations of them are not allowed.
 // This function checks for such errors.
 static void checkOptions(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   // The MIPS ABI as of 2016 does not support the GNU-style symbol lookup
   // table which is a relatively new feature.
   if (Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS && Config->GnuHash)
     error("the .gnu.hash section is not compatible with the MIPS target.");
 
   if (Config->Pie && Config->Shared)
     error("-shared and -pie may not be used together");
 
   if (Config->Relocatable) {
     if (Config->Shared)
       error("-r and -shared may not be used together");
     if (Config->GcSections)
       error("-r and --gc-sections may not be used together");
     if (Config->ICF)
       error("-r and --icf may not be used together");
     if (Config->Pie)
       error("-r and -pie may not be used together");
   }
 }
 
 static StringRef getString(opt::InputArgList &Args, unsigned Key,
                            StringRef Default = "") {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(Key))
     return Arg->getValue();
   return Default;
 }
 
 static int getInteger(opt::InputArgList &Args, unsigned Key, int Default) {
   int V = Default;
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(Key)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S.getAsInteger(10, V))
       error(Arg->getSpelling() + ": number expected, but got " + S);
   }
   return V;
 }
 
 static const char *getReproduceOption(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_reproduce))
     return Arg->getValue();
   return getenv("LLD_REPRODUCE");
 }
 
 static bool hasZOption(opt::InputArgList &Args, StringRef Key) {
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_z))
     if (Key == Arg->getValue())
       return true;
   return false;
 }
 
 static uint64_t getZOptionValue(opt::InputArgList &Args, StringRef Key,
                                 uint64_t Default) {
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_z)) {
     StringRef Value = Arg->getValue();
     size_t Pos = Value.find("=");
     if (Pos != StringRef::npos && Key == Value.substr(0, Pos)) {
       Value = Value.substr(Pos + 1);
       uint64_t Result;
       if (Value.getAsInteger(0, Result))
         error("invalid " + Key + ": " + Value);
       return Result;
     }
   }
   return Default;
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::main(ArrayRef<const char *> ArgsArr, bool CanExitEarly) {
   ELFOptTable Parser;
   opt::InputArgList Args = Parser.parse(ArgsArr.slice(1));
 
   // Interpret this flag early because error() depends on them.
   Config->ErrorLimit = getInteger(Args, OPT_error_limit, 20);
 
   // Handle -help
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_help)) {
     printHelp(ArgsArr[0]);
     return;
   }
 
   // GNU linkers disagree here. Though both -version and -v are mentioned
   // in help to print the version information, GNU ld just normally exits,
   // while gold can continue linking. We are compatible with ld.bfd here.
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_version) || Args.hasArg(OPT_v))
     outs() << getLLDVersion() << "\n";
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_version))
     return;
 
   Config->ExitEarly = CanExitEarly && !Args.hasArg(OPT_full_shutdown);
 
   if (const char *Path = getReproduceOption(Args)) {
     // Note that --reproduce is a debug option so you can ignore it
     // if you are trying to understand the whole picture of the code.
-    ErrorOr<CpioFile *> F = CpioFile::create(Path);
-    if (F) {
-      Cpio.reset(*F);
-      Cpio->append("response.txt", createResponseFile(Args));
-      Cpio->append("version.txt", getLLDVersion() + "\n");
-    } else
-      error(F.getError(),
-            Twine("--reproduce: failed to open ") + Path + ".cpio");
+    Expected<std::unique_ptr<TarWriter>> ErrOrWriter =
+        TarWriter::create(Path, path::stem(Path));
+    if (ErrOrWriter) {
+      Tar = std::move(*ErrOrWriter);
+      Tar->append("response.txt", createResponseFile(Args));
+      Tar->append("version.txt", getLLDVersion() + "\n");
+    } else {
+      error(Twine("--reproduce: failed to open ") + Path + ": " +
+            toString(ErrOrWriter.takeError()));
+    }
   }
 
   readConfigs(Args);
   initLLVM(Args);
   createFiles(Args);
   inferMachineType();
   checkOptions(Args);
   if (ErrorCount)
     return;
 
   switch (Config->EKind) {
   case ELF32LEKind:
     link<ELF32LE>(Args);
     return;
   case ELF32BEKind:
     link<ELF32BE>(Args);
     return;
   case ELF64LEKind:
     link<ELF64LE>(Args);
     return;
   case ELF64BEKind:
     link<ELF64BE>(Args);
     return;
   default:
     llvm_unreachable("unknown Config->EKind");
   }
 }
 
 static UnresolvedPolicy getUnresolvedSymbolOption(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_noinhibit_exec))
     return UnresolvedPolicy::Warn;
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_no_undefined) || hasZOption(Args, "defs"))
     return UnresolvedPolicy::NoUndef;
   if (Config->Relocatable)
     return UnresolvedPolicy::Ignore;
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_unresolved_symbols)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S == "ignore-all" || S == "ignore-in-object-files")
       return UnresolvedPolicy::Ignore;
     if (S == "ignore-in-shared-libs" || S == "report-all")
       return UnresolvedPolicy::ReportError;
     error("unknown --unresolved-symbols value: " + S);
   }
   return UnresolvedPolicy::ReportError;
 }
 
 static Target2Policy getTarget2Option(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_target2)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S == "rel")
       return Target2Policy::Rel;
     if (S == "abs")
       return Target2Policy::Abs;
     if (S == "got-rel")
       return Target2Policy::GotRel;
     error("unknown --target2 option: " + S);
   }
   return Target2Policy::GotRel;
 }
 
 static bool isOutputFormatBinary(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_oformat)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S == "binary")
       return true;
     error("unknown --oformat value: " + S);
   }
   return false;
 }
 
 static bool getArg(opt::InputArgList &Args, unsigned K1, unsigned K2,
                    bool Default) {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(K1, K2))
     return Arg->getOption().getID() == K1;
   return Default;
 }
 
 static DiscardPolicy getDiscardOption(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (Config->Relocatable)
     return DiscardPolicy::None;
   auto *Arg =
       Args.getLastArg(OPT_discard_all, OPT_discard_locals, OPT_discard_none);
   if (!Arg)
     return DiscardPolicy::Default;
   if (Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_discard_all)
     return DiscardPolicy::All;
   if (Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_discard_locals)
     return DiscardPolicy::Locals;
   return DiscardPolicy::None;
 }
 
 static StripPolicy getStripOption(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_strip_all, OPT_strip_debug)) {
     if (Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_strip_all)
       return StripPolicy::All;
     return StripPolicy::Debug;
   }
   return StripPolicy::None;
 }
 
 static uint64_t parseSectionAddress(StringRef S, opt::Arg *Arg) {
   uint64_t VA = 0;
   if (S.startswith("0x"))
     S = S.drop_front(2);
   if (S.getAsInteger(16, VA))
-    error("invalid argument: " + stringize(Arg));
+    error("invalid argument: " + toString(Arg));
   return VA;
 }
 
 static StringMap<uint64_t> getSectionStartMap(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   StringMap<uint64_t> Ret;
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_section_start)) {
     StringRef Name;
     StringRef Addr;
     std::tie(Name, Addr) = StringRef(Arg->getValue()).split('=');
     Ret[Name] = parseSectionAddress(Addr, Arg);
   }
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_Ttext))
     Ret[".text"] = parseSectionAddress(Arg->getValue(), Arg);
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_Tdata))
     Ret[".data"] = parseSectionAddress(Arg->getValue(), Arg);
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_Tbss))
     Ret[".bss"] = parseSectionAddress(Arg->getValue(), Arg);
   return Ret;
 }
 
 static SortSectionPolicy getSortKind(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   StringRef S = getString(Args, OPT_sort_section);
   if (S == "alignment")
     return SortSectionPolicy::Alignment;
   if (S == "name")
     return SortSectionPolicy::Name;
   if (!S.empty())
     error("unknown --sort-section rule: " + S);
   return SortSectionPolicy::Default;
 }
 
 static std::vector<StringRef> getLines(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   SmallVector<StringRef, 0> Arr;
   MB.getBuffer().split(Arr, '\n');
 
   std::vector<StringRef> Ret;
   for (StringRef S : Arr) {
     S = S.trim();
     if (!S.empty())
       Ret.push_back(S);
   }
   return Ret;
 }
 
 // Initializes Config members by the command line options.
 void LinkerDriver::readConfigs(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_L))
     Config->SearchPaths.push_back(Arg->getValue());
 
   std::vector<StringRef> RPaths;
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_rpath))
     RPaths.push_back(Arg->getValue());
   if (!RPaths.empty())
     Config->RPath = llvm::join(RPaths.begin(), RPaths.end(), ":");
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_m)) {
     // Parse ELF{32,64}{LE,BE} and CPU type.
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     std::tie(Config->EKind, Config->EMachine, Config->OSABI) =
         parseEmulation(S);
     Config->MipsN32Abi = (S == "elf32btsmipn32" || S == "elf32ltsmipn32");
     Config->Emulation = S;
   }
 
   Config->AllowMultipleDefinition = Args.hasArg(OPT_allow_multiple_definition);
   Config->Bsymbolic = Args.hasArg(OPT_Bsymbolic);
   Config->BsymbolicFunctions = Args.hasArg(OPT_Bsymbolic_functions);
   Config->Demangle = getArg(Args, OPT_demangle, OPT_no_demangle, true);
   Config->DisableVerify = Args.hasArg(OPT_disable_verify);
   Config->EhFrameHdr = Args.hasArg(OPT_eh_frame_hdr);
   Config->EnableNewDtags = !Args.hasArg(OPT_disable_new_dtags);
   Config->ExportDynamic = Args.hasArg(OPT_export_dynamic);
   Config->FatalWarnings = Args.hasArg(OPT_fatal_warnings);
   Config->GcSections = getArg(Args, OPT_gc_sections, OPT_no_gc_sections, false);
   Config->GdbIndex = Args.hasArg(OPT_gdb_index);
   Config->ICF = Args.hasArg(OPT_icf);
   Config->NoGnuUnique = Args.hasArg(OPT_no_gnu_unique);
   Config->NoUndefinedVersion = Args.hasArg(OPT_no_undefined_version);
   Config->Nostdlib = Args.hasArg(OPT_nostdlib);
   Config->OMagic = Args.hasArg(OPT_omagic);
   Config->Pie = getArg(Args, OPT_pie, OPT_nopie, false);
   Config->PrintGcSections = Args.hasArg(OPT_print_gc_sections);
   Config->Relocatable = Args.hasArg(OPT_relocatable);
   Config->Discard = getDiscardOption(Args);
   Config->SaveTemps = Args.hasArg(OPT_save_temps);
   Config->SingleRoRx = Args.hasArg(OPT_no_rosegment);
   Config->Shared = Args.hasArg(OPT_shared);
   Config->Target1Rel = getArg(Args, OPT_target1_rel, OPT_target1_abs, false);
   Config->Threads = getArg(Args, OPT_threads, OPT_no_threads, true);
   Config->Trace = Args.hasArg(OPT_trace);
   Config->Verbose = Args.hasArg(OPT_verbose);
   Config->WarnCommon = Args.hasArg(OPT_warn_common);
 
   Config->DynamicLinker = getString(Args, OPT_dynamic_linker);
   Config->Entry = getString(Args, OPT_entry);
   Config->Fini = getString(Args, OPT_fini, "_fini");
   Config->Init = getString(Args, OPT_init, "_init");
   Config->LTOAAPipeline = getString(Args, OPT_lto_aa_pipeline);
   Config->LTONewPmPasses = getString(Args, OPT_lto_newpm_passes);
   Config->OutputFile = getString(Args, OPT_o);
   Config->SoName = getString(Args, OPT_soname);
   Config->Sysroot = getString(Args, OPT_sysroot);
 
   Config->Optimize = getInteger(Args, OPT_O, 1);
   Config->LTOO = getInteger(Args, OPT_lto_O, 2);
   if (Config->LTOO > 3)
     error("invalid optimization level for LTO: " + getString(Args, OPT_lto_O));
   Config->LTOPartitions = getInteger(Args, OPT_lto_partitions, 1);
   if (Config->LTOPartitions == 0)
     error("--lto-partitions: number of threads must be > 0");
   Config->ThinLTOJobs = getInteger(Args, OPT_thinlto_jobs, -1u);
   if (Config->ThinLTOJobs == 0)
     error("--thinlto-jobs: number of threads must be > 0");
 
   Config->ZCombreloc = !hasZOption(Args, "nocombreloc");
   Config->ZExecstack = hasZOption(Args, "execstack");
   Config->ZNodelete = hasZOption(Args, "nodelete");
   Config->ZNow = hasZOption(Args, "now");
   Config->ZOrigin = hasZOption(Args, "origin");
   Config->ZRelro = !hasZOption(Args, "norelro");
   Config->ZStackSize = getZOptionValue(Args, "stack-size", -1);
   Config->ZWxneeded = hasZOption(Args, "wxneeded");
 
   Config->OFormatBinary = isOutputFormatBinary(Args);
   Config->SectionStartMap = getSectionStartMap(Args);
   Config->SortSection = getSortKind(Args);
   Config->Target2 = getTarget2Option(Args);
   Config->UnresolvedSymbols = getUnresolvedSymbolOption(Args);
 
   // --omagic is an option to create old-fashioned executables in which
   // .text segments are writable. Today, the option is still in use to
   // create special-purpose programs such as boot loaders. It doesn't
   // make sense to create PT_GNU_RELRO for such executables.
   if (Config->OMagic)
     Config->ZRelro = false;
 
   if (!Config->Relocatable)
     Config->Strip = getStripOption(Args);
 
   // Config->Pic is true if we are generating position-independent code.
   Config->Pic = Config->Pie || Config->Shared;
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_hash_style)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S == "gnu") {
       Config->GnuHash = true;
       Config->SysvHash = false;
     } else if (S == "both") {
       Config->GnuHash = true;
     } else if (S != "sysv")
       error("unknown hash style: " + S);
   }
 
   // Parse --build-id or --build-id=<style>.
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_build_id))
     Config->BuildId = BuildIdKind::Fast;
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_build_id_eq)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S == "md5") {
       Config->BuildId = BuildIdKind::Md5;
     } else if (S == "sha1" || S == "tree") {
       Config->BuildId = BuildIdKind::Sha1;
     } else if (S == "uuid") {
       Config->BuildId = BuildIdKind::Uuid;
     } else if (S == "none") {
       Config->BuildId = BuildIdKind::None;
     } else if (S.startswith("0x")) {
       Config->BuildId = BuildIdKind::Hexstring;
       Config->BuildIdVector = parseHex(S.substr(2));
     } else {
       error("unknown --build-id style: " + S);
     }
   }
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_auxiliary))
     Config->AuxiliaryList.push_back(Arg->getValue());
   if (!Config->Shared && !Config->AuxiliaryList.empty())
     error("-f may not be used without -shared");
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_undefined))
     Config->Undefined.push_back(Arg->getValue());
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_dynamic_list))
     if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
       readDynamicList(*Buffer);
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_symbol_ordering_file))
     if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
       Config->SymbolOrderingFile = getLines(*Buffer);
 
   // If --retain-symbol-file is used, we'll retail only the symbols listed in
   // the file and discard all others.
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_retain_symbols_file)) {
     Config->Discard = DiscardPolicy::RetainFile;
     if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
       for (StringRef S : getLines(*Buffer))
         Config->RetainSymbolsFile.insert(S);
   }
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_export_dynamic_symbol))
     Config->VersionScriptGlobals.push_back(
         {Arg->getValue(), /*IsExternCpp*/ false, /*HasWildcard*/ false});
 
   // Dynamic lists are a simplified linker script that doesn't need the
   // "global:" and implicitly ends with a "local:*". Set the variables needed to
   // simulate that.
   if (Args.hasArg(OPT_dynamic_list) || Args.hasArg(OPT_export_dynamic_symbol)) {
     Config->ExportDynamic = true;
     if (!Config->Shared)
       Config->DefaultSymbolVersion = VER_NDX_LOCAL;
   }
 
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_version_script))
     if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> Buffer = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
       readVersionScript(*Buffer);
 }
 
 // Returns a value of "-format" option.
 static bool getBinaryOption(StringRef S) {
   if (S == "binary")
     return true;
   if (S == "elf" || S == "default")
     return false;
   error("unknown -format value: " + S +
         " (supported formats: elf, default, binary)");
   return false;
 }
 
 void LinkerDriver::createFiles(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   for (auto *Arg : Args) {
     switch (Arg->getOption().getID()) {
     case OPT_l:
       addLibrary(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_INPUT:
       addFile(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_alias_script_T:
     case OPT_script:
       if (Optional<MemoryBufferRef> MB = readFile(Arg->getValue()))
         readLinkerScript(*MB);
       break;
     case OPT_as_needed:
       Config->AsNeeded = true;
       break;
     case OPT_format:
       InBinary = getBinaryOption(Arg->getValue());
       break;
     case OPT_no_as_needed:
       Config->AsNeeded = false;
       break;
     case OPT_Bstatic:
       Config->Static = true;
       break;
     case OPT_Bdynamic:
       Config->Static = false;
       break;
     case OPT_whole_archive:
       InWholeArchive = true;
       break;
     case OPT_no_whole_archive:
       InWholeArchive = false;
       break;
     case OPT_start_lib:
       InLib = true;
       break;
     case OPT_end_lib:
       InLib = false;
       break;
     }
   }
 
   if (Files.empty() && ErrorCount == 0)
     error("no input files");
 }
 
 // If -m <machine_type> was not given, infer it from object files.
 void LinkerDriver::inferMachineType() {
   if (Config->EKind != ELFNoneKind)
     return;
 
   for (InputFile *F : Files) {
     if (F->EKind == ELFNoneKind)
       continue;
     Config->EKind = F->EKind;
     Config->EMachine = F->EMachine;
     Config->OSABI = F->OSABI;
     Config->MipsN32Abi = Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS && isMipsN32Abi(F);
     return;
   }
   error("target emulation unknown: -m or at least one .o file required");
 }
 
 // Parse -z max-page-size=<value>. The default value is defined by
 // each target.
 static uint64_t getMaxPageSize(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   uint64_t Val =
       getZOptionValue(Args, "max-page-size", Target->DefaultMaxPageSize);
   if (!isPowerOf2_64(Val))
     error("max-page-size: value isn't a power of 2");
   return Val;
 }
 
 // Parses -image-base option.
 static uint64_t getImageBase(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   // Use default if no -image-base option is given.
   // Because we are using "Target" here, this function
   // has to be called after the variable is initialized.
   auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_image_base);
   if (!Arg)
     return Config->Pic ? 0 : Target->DefaultImageBase;
 
   StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
   uint64_t V;
   if (S.getAsInteger(0, V)) {
     error("-image-base: number expected, but got " + S);
     return 0;
   }
   if ((V % Config->MaxPageSize) != 0)
     warn("-image-base: address isn't multiple of page size: " + S);
   return V;
 }
 
 // Do actual linking. Note that when this function is called,
 // all linker scripts have already been parsed.
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerDriver::link(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   SymbolTable<ELFT> Symtab;
   elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X = &Symtab;
   Target = createTarget();
   ScriptBase = Script<ELFT>::X = make<LinkerScript<ELFT>>();
 
   Config->Rela =
       ELFT::Is64Bits || Config->EMachine == EM_X86_64 || Config->MipsN32Abi;
   Config->Mips64EL =
       (Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS && Config->EKind == ELF64LEKind);
   Config->MaxPageSize = getMaxPageSize(Args);
   Config->ImageBase = getImageBase(Args);
 
   // Default output filename is "a.out" by the Unix tradition.
   if (Config->OutputFile.empty())
     Config->OutputFile = "a.out";
 
   // Use default entry point name if no name was given via the command
   // line nor linker scripts. For some reason, MIPS entry point name is
   // different from others.
   Config->WarnMissingEntry =
       (!Config->Entry.empty() || (!Config->Shared && !Config->Relocatable));
   if (Config->Entry.empty() && !Config->Relocatable)
     Config->Entry = (Config->EMachine == EM_MIPS) ? "__start" : "_start";
 
   // Handle --trace-symbol.
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_trace_symbol))
     Symtab.trace(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Add all files to the symbol table. This will add almost all
   // symbols that we need to the symbol table.
   for (InputFile *F : Files)
     Symtab.addFile(F);
 
   // If an entry symbol is in a static archive, pull out that file now
   // to complete the symbol table. After this, no new names except a
   // few linker-synthesized ones will be added to the symbol table.
   if (Symtab.find(Config->Entry))
     Symtab.addUndefined(Config->Entry);
 
   // Return if there were name resolution errors.
   if (ErrorCount)
     return;
 
   Symtab.scanUndefinedFlags();
   Symtab.scanShlibUndefined();
   Symtab.scanVersionScript();
 
   Symtab.addCombinedLTOObject();
   if (ErrorCount)
     return;
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_wrap))
     Symtab.wrap(Arg->getValue());
 
   // Now that we have a complete list of input files.
   // Beyond this point, no new files are added.
   // Aggregate all input sections into one place.
   for (elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *F : Symtab.getObjectFiles())
     for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : F->getSections())
       if (S && S != &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded)
         Symtab.Sections.push_back(S);
   for (BinaryFile *F : Symtab.getBinaryFiles())
     for (InputSectionData *S : F->getSections())
       Symtab.Sections.push_back(cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(S));
 
   // Do size optimizations: garbage collection and identical code folding.
   if (Config->GcSections)
     markLive<ELFT>();
   if (Config->ICF)
     doIcf<ELFT>();
 
   // MergeInputSection::splitIntoPieces needs to be called before
   // any call of MergeInputSection::getOffset. Do that.
   forEach(Symtab.Sections.begin(), Symtab.Sections.end(),
           [](InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S) {
             if (!S->Live)
               return;
             if (S->isCompressed())
               S->uncompress();
             if (auto *MS = dyn_cast<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(S))
               MS->splitIntoPieces();
           });
 
   // Write the result to the file.
   writeResult<ELFT>();
 }
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Driver.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Driver.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Driver.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,80 +1,81 @@
 //===- Driver.h -------------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_ELF_DRIVER_H
 #define LLD_ELF_DRIVER_H
 
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "lld/Core/Reproduce.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/ArgList.h"
+#include "llvm/Support/TarWriter.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 
 extern class LinkerDriver *Driver;
 
 class LinkerDriver {
 public:
   void main(ArrayRef<const char *> Args, bool CanExitEarly);
   void addFile(StringRef Path);
   void addLibrary(StringRef Name);
-  std::unique_ptr<CpioFile> Cpio; // for reproduce
+  std::unique_ptr<llvm::TarWriter> Tar; // for reproduce
 
 private:
   std::vector<MemoryBufferRef> getArchiveMembers(MemoryBufferRef MB);
   llvm::Optional<MemoryBufferRef> readFile(StringRef Path);
   void readConfigs(llvm::opt::InputArgList &Args);
   void createFiles(llvm::opt::InputArgList &Args);
   void inferMachineType();
   template <class ELFT> void link(llvm::opt::InputArgList &Args);
 
   // True if we are in --whole-archive and --no-whole-archive.
   bool InWholeArchive = false;
 
   // True if we are in --start-lib and --end-lib.
   bool InLib = false;
 
   // True if we are in -format=binary and -format=elf.
   bool InBinary = false;
 
   std::vector<InputFile *> Files;
 };
 
 // Parses command line options.
 class ELFOptTable : public llvm::opt::OptTable {
 public:
   ELFOptTable();
   llvm::opt::InputArgList parse(ArrayRef<const char *> Argv);
 };
 
 // Create enum with OPT_xxx values for each option in Options.td
 enum {
   OPT_INVALID = 0,
 #define OPTION(_1, _2, ID, _4, _5, _6, _7, _8, _9, _10, _11) OPT_##ID,
 #include "Options.inc"
 #undef OPTION
 };
 
 void printHelp(const char *Argv0);
 std::vector<uint8_t> parseHexstring(StringRef S);
 
 std::string createResponseFile(const llvm::opt::InputArgList &Args);
 
 llvm::Optional<std::string> findFromSearchPaths(StringRef Path);
 llvm::Optional<std::string> searchLibrary(StringRef Path);
 
 } // namespace elf
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/DriverUtils.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/DriverUtils.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/DriverUtils.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,190 +1,190 @@
 //===- DriverUtils.cpp ----------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 // This file contains utility functions for the driver. Because there
 // are so many small functions, we created this separate file to make
 // Driver.cpp less cluttered.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "Driver.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "ScriptParser.h"
 #include "lld/Config/Version.h"
 #include "lld/Core/Reproduce.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/Option.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Process.h"
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::sys;
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 // Create OptTable
 
 // Create prefix string literals used in Options.td
 #define PREFIX(NAME, VALUE) const char *const NAME[] = VALUE;
 #include "Options.inc"
 #undef PREFIX
 
 // Create table mapping all options defined in Options.td
 static const opt::OptTable::Info OptInfo[] = {
 #define OPTION(X1, X2, ID, KIND, GROUP, ALIAS, X6, X7, X8, X9, X10)            \
   {X1, X2, X9,          X10,         OPT_##ID, opt::Option::KIND##Class,       \
    X8, X7, OPT_##GROUP, OPT_##ALIAS, X6},
 #include "Options.inc"
 #undef OPTION
 };
 
 ELFOptTable::ELFOptTable() : OptTable(OptInfo) {}
 
 // Parse -color-diagnostics={auto,always,never} or -no-color-diagnostics.
 static bool getColorDiagnostics(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   bool Default = (ErrorOS == &errs() && Process::StandardErrHasColors());
 
   auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_color_diagnostics, OPT_color_diagnostics_eq,
                               OPT_no_color_diagnostics);
   if (!Arg)
     return Default;
   if (Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_color_diagnostics)
     return true;
   if (Arg->getOption().getID() == OPT_no_color_diagnostics)
     return false;
 
   StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
   if (S == "auto")
     return Default;
   if (S == "always")
     return true;
   if (S != "never")
     error("unknown option: -color-diagnostics=" + S);
   return false;
 }
 
 static cl::TokenizerCallback getQuotingStyle(opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   if (auto *Arg = Args.getLastArg(OPT_rsp_quoting)) {
     StringRef S = Arg->getValue();
     if (S != "windows" && S != "posix")
       error("invalid response file quoting: " + S);
     if (S == "windows")
       return cl::TokenizeWindowsCommandLine;
     return cl::TokenizeGNUCommandLine;
   }
   if (Triple(sys::getProcessTriple()).getOS() == Triple::Win32)
     return cl::TokenizeWindowsCommandLine;
   return cl::TokenizeGNUCommandLine;
 }
 
 // Parses a given list of options.
 opt::InputArgList ELFOptTable::parse(ArrayRef<const char *> Argv) {
   // Make InputArgList from string vectors.
   unsigned MissingIndex;
   unsigned MissingCount;
   SmallVector<const char *, 256> Vec(Argv.data(), Argv.data() + Argv.size());
 
   // We need to get the quoting style for response files before parsing all
   // options so we parse here before and ignore all the options but
   // --rsp-quoting.
   opt::InputArgList Args = this->ParseArgs(Vec, MissingIndex, MissingCount);
 
   // Expand response files (arguments in the form of @<filename>)
   // and then parse the argument again.
   cl::ExpandResponseFiles(Saver, getQuotingStyle(Args), Vec);
   Args = this->ParseArgs(Vec, MissingIndex, MissingCount);
 
   // Interpret -color-diagnostics early so that error messages
   // for unknown flags are colored.
   Config->ColorDiagnostics = getColorDiagnostics(Args);
   if (MissingCount)
     error(Twine(Args.getArgString(MissingIndex)) + ": missing argument");
 
   for (auto *Arg : Args.filtered(OPT_UNKNOWN))
     error("unknown argument: " + Arg->getSpelling());
   return Args;
 }
 
 void elf::printHelp(const char *Argv0) {
   ELFOptTable Table;
   Table.PrintHelp(outs(), Argv0, "lld", false);
 }
 
 // Reconstructs command line arguments so that so that you can re-run
 // the same command with the same inputs. This is for --reproduce.
 std::string elf::createResponseFile(const opt::InputArgList &Args) {
   SmallString<0> Data;
   raw_svector_ostream OS(Data);
 
   // Copy the command line to the output while rewriting paths.
   for (auto *Arg : Args) {
     switch (Arg->getOption().getID()) {
     case OPT_reproduce:
       break;
     case OPT_INPUT:
       OS << quote(rewritePath(Arg->getValue())) << "\n";
       break;
     case OPT_L:
     case OPT_dynamic_list:
     case OPT_rpath:
     case OPT_alias_script_T:
     case OPT_script:
     case OPT_version_script:
       OS << Arg->getSpelling() << " " << quote(rewritePath(Arg->getValue()))
          << "\n";
       break;
     default:
-      OS << stringize(Arg) << "\n";
+      OS << toString(Arg) << "\n";
     }
   }
   return Data.str();
 }
 
 // Find a file by concatenating given paths. If a resulting path
 // starts with "=", the character is replaced with a --sysroot value.
 static Optional<std::string> findFile(StringRef Path1, const Twine &Path2) {
   SmallString<128> S;
   if (Path1.startswith("="))
     path::append(S, Config->Sysroot, Path1.substr(1), Path2);
   else
     path::append(S, Path1, Path2);
 
   if (fs::exists(S))
     return S.str().str();
   return None;
 }
 
 Optional<std::string> elf::findFromSearchPaths(StringRef Path) {
   for (StringRef Dir : Config->SearchPaths)
     if (Optional<std::string> S = findFile(Dir, Path))
       return S;
   return None;
 }
 
 // This is for -lfoo. We'll look for libfoo.so or libfoo.a from
 // search paths.
 Optional<std::string> elf::searchLibrary(StringRef Name) {
   if (Name.startswith(":"))
     return findFromSearchPaths(Name.substr(1));
 
   for (StringRef Dir : Config->SearchPaths) {
     if (!Config->Static)
       if (Optional<std::string> S = findFile(Dir, "lib" + Name + ".so"))
         return S;
     if (Optional<std::string> S = findFile(Dir, "lib" + Name + ".a"))
       return S;
   }
   return None;
 }
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputFiles.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputFiles.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputFiles.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,950 +1,949 @@
 //===- InputFiles.cpp -----------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "Driver.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "LinkerScript.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "SyntheticSections.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Bitcode/BitcodeReader.h"
 #include "llvm/CodeGen/Analysis.h"
 #include "llvm/DebugInfo/DWARF/DWARFContext.h"
 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
 #include "llvm/IR/Module.h"
 #include "llvm/LTO/LTO.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/StringTableBuilder.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELFObjectFile.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::sys::fs;
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 namespace {
 // In ELF object file all section addresses are zero. If we have multiple
 // .text sections (when using -ffunction-section or comdat group) then
 // LLVM DWARF parser will not be able to parse .debug_line correctly, unless
 // we assign each section some unique address. This callback method assigns
 // each section an address equal to its offset in ELF object file.
 class ObjectInfo : public LoadedObjectInfo {
 public:
   uint64_t getSectionLoadAddress(const object::SectionRef &Sec) const override {
     return static_cast<const ELFSectionRef &>(Sec).getOffset();
   }
   std::unique_ptr<LoadedObjectInfo> clone() const override {
     return std::unique_ptr<LoadedObjectInfo>();
   }
 };
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::initializeDwarfLine() {
   std::unique_ptr<object::ObjectFile> Obj =
       check(object::ObjectFile::createObjectFile(this->MB),
             "createObjectFile failed");
 
   ObjectInfo ObjInfo;
   DWARFContextInMemory Dwarf(*Obj, &ObjInfo);
   DwarfLine.reset(new DWARFDebugLine(&Dwarf.getLineSection().Relocs));
   DataExtractor LineData(Dwarf.getLineSection().Data,
                          ELFT::TargetEndianness == support::little,
                          ELFT::Is64Bits ? 8 : 4);
 
   // The second parameter is offset in .debug_line section
   // for compilation unit (CU) of interest. We have only one
   // CU (object file), so offset is always 0.
   DwarfLine->getOrParseLineTable(LineData, 0);
 }
 
 // Returns source line information for a given offset
 // using DWARF debug info.
 template <class ELFT>
 std::string elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getLineInfo(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S,
                                                uintX_t Offset) {
   if (!DwarfLine)
     initializeDwarfLine();
 
   // The offset to CU is 0.
   const DWARFDebugLine::LineTable *Tbl = DwarfLine->getLineTable(0);
   if (!Tbl)
     return "";
 
   // Use fake address calcuated by adding section file offset and offset in
   // section. See comments for ObjectInfo class.
   DILineInfo Info;
   Tbl->getFileLineInfoForAddress(
       S->Offset + Offset, nullptr,
       DILineInfoSpecifier::FileLineInfoKind::AbsoluteFilePath, Info);
   if (Info.Line == 0)
     return "";
-  return convertToUnixPathSeparator(Info.FileName) + ":" +
-         std::to_string(Info.Line);
+  return Info.FileName + ":" + std::to_string(Info.Line);
 }
 
 // Returns "(internal)", "foo.a(bar.o)" or "baz.o".
-std::string elf::toString(const InputFile *F) {
+std::string lld::toString(const InputFile *F) {
   if (!F)
     return "(internal)";
   if (!F->ArchiveName.empty())
     return (F->ArchiveName + "(" + F->getName() + ")").str();
   return F->getName();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static ELFKind getELFKind() {
   if (ELFT::TargetEndianness == support::little)
     return ELFT::Is64Bits ? ELF64LEKind : ELF32LEKind;
   return ELFT::Is64Bits ? ELF64BEKind : ELF32BEKind;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 ELFFileBase<ELFT>::ELFFileBase(Kind K, MemoryBufferRef MB) : InputFile(K, MB) {
   EKind = getELFKind<ELFT>();
   EMachine = getObj().getHeader()->e_machine;
   OSABI = getObj().getHeader()->e_ident[llvm::ELF::EI_OSABI];
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 typename ELFT::SymRange ELFFileBase<ELFT>::getGlobalSymbols() {
   return makeArrayRef(Symbols.begin() + FirstNonLocal, Symbols.end());
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 uint32_t ELFFileBase<ELFT>::getSectionIndex(const Elf_Sym &Sym) const {
   return check(getObj().getSectionIndex(&Sym, Symbols, SymtabSHNDX));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void ELFFileBase<ELFT>::initSymtab(ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections,
                                    const Elf_Shdr *Symtab) {
   FirstNonLocal = Symtab->sh_info;
   Symbols = check(getObj().symbols(Symtab));
   if (FirstNonLocal == 0 || FirstNonLocal > Symbols.size())
     fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid sh_info in symbol table");
 
   StringTable = check(getObj().getStringTableForSymtab(*Symtab, Sections));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::ObjectFile(MemoryBufferRef M)
     : ELFFileBase<ELFT>(Base::ObjectKind, M) {}
 
 template <class ELFT>
 ArrayRef<SymbolBody *> elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getNonLocalSymbols() {
   return makeArrayRef(this->SymbolBodies).slice(this->FirstNonLocal);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 ArrayRef<SymbolBody *> elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getLocalSymbols() {
   if (this->SymbolBodies.empty())
     return this->SymbolBodies;
   return makeArrayRef(this->SymbolBodies).slice(1, this->FirstNonLocal - 1);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 ArrayRef<SymbolBody *> elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getSymbols() {
   if (this->SymbolBodies.empty())
     return this->SymbolBodies;
   return makeArrayRef(this->SymbolBodies).slice(1);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::parse(DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups) {
   // Read section and symbol tables.
   initializeSections(ComdatGroups);
   initializeSymbols();
 }
 
 // Sections with SHT_GROUP and comdat bits define comdat section groups.
 // They are identified and deduplicated by group name. This function
 // returns a group name.
 template <class ELFT>
 StringRef
 elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getShtGroupSignature(ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections,
                                             const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
   if (this->Symbols.empty())
     this->initSymtab(Sections,
                      check(object::getSection<ELFT>(Sections, Sec.sh_link)));
   const Elf_Sym *Sym =
       check(object::getSymbol<ELFT>(this->Symbols, Sec.sh_info));
   return check(Sym->getName(this->StringTable));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 ArrayRef<typename elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::Elf_Word>
 elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getShtGroupEntries(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
   const ELFFile<ELFT> &Obj = this->getObj();
   ArrayRef<Elf_Word> Entries =
       check(Obj.template getSectionContentsAsArray<Elf_Word>(&Sec));
   if (Entries.empty() || Entries[0] != GRP_COMDAT)
     fatal(toString(this) + ": unsupported SHT_GROUP format");
   return Entries.slice(1);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::shouldMerge(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
   // We don't merge sections if -O0 (default is -O1). This makes sometimes
   // the linker significantly faster, although the output will be bigger.
   if (Config->Optimize == 0)
     return false;
 
   // Do not merge sections if generating a relocatable object. It makes
   // the code simpler because we do not need to update relocation addends
   // to reflect changes introduced by merging. Instead of that we write
   // such "merge" sections into separate OutputSections and keep SHF_MERGE
   // / SHF_STRINGS flags and sh_entsize value to be able to perform merging
   // later during a final linking.
   if (Config->Relocatable)
     return false;
 
   // A mergeable section with size 0 is useless because they don't have
   // any data to merge. A mergeable string section with size 0 can be
   // argued as invalid because it doesn't end with a null character.
   // We'll avoid a mess by handling them as if they were non-mergeable.
   if (Sec.sh_size == 0)
     return false;
 
   // Check for sh_entsize. The ELF spec is not clear about the zero
   // sh_entsize. It says that "the member [sh_entsize] contains 0 if
   // the section does not hold a table of fixed-size entries". We know
   // that Rust 1.13 produces a string mergeable section with a zero
   // sh_entsize. Here we just accept it rather than being picky about it.
   uintX_t EntSize = Sec.sh_entsize;
   if (EntSize == 0)
     return false;
   if (Sec.sh_size % EntSize)
     fatal(toString(this) +
           ": SHF_MERGE section size must be a multiple of sh_entsize");
 
   uintX_t Flags = Sec.sh_flags;
   if (!(Flags & SHF_MERGE))
     return false;
   if (Flags & SHF_WRITE)
     fatal(toString(this) + ": writable SHF_MERGE section is not supported");
 
   // Don't try to merge if the alignment is larger than the sh_entsize and this
   // is not SHF_STRINGS.
   //
   // Since this is not a SHF_STRINGS, we would need to pad after every entity.
   // It would be equivalent for the producer of the .o to just set a larger
   // sh_entsize.
   if (Flags & SHF_STRINGS)
     return true;
 
   return Sec.sh_addralign <= EntSize;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::initializeSections(
     DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups) {
   ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> ObjSections = check(this->getObj().sections());
   const ELFFile<ELFT> &Obj = this->getObj();
   uint64_t Size = ObjSections.size();
   Sections.resize(Size);
   unsigned I = -1;
   StringRef SectionStringTable = check(Obj.getSectionStringTable(ObjSections));
   for (const Elf_Shdr &Sec : ObjSections) {
     ++I;
     if (Sections[I] == &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded)
       continue;
 
     // SHF_EXCLUDE'ed sections are discarded by the linker. However,
     // if -r is given, we'll let the final link discard such sections.
     // This is compatible with GNU.
     if ((Sec.sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) && !Config->Relocatable) {
       Sections[I] = &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
       continue;
     }
 
     switch (Sec.sh_type) {
     case SHT_GROUP:
       Sections[I] = &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
       if (ComdatGroups.insert(CachedHashStringRef(
                                   getShtGroupSignature(ObjSections, Sec)))
               .second)
         continue;
       for (uint32_t SecIndex : getShtGroupEntries(Sec)) {
         if (SecIndex >= Size)
           fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid section index in group: " +
                 Twine(SecIndex));
         Sections[SecIndex] = &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
       }
       break;
     case SHT_SYMTAB:
       this->initSymtab(ObjSections, &Sec);
       break;
     case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX:
       this->SymtabSHNDX = check(Obj.getSHNDXTable(Sec, ObjSections));
       break;
     case SHT_STRTAB:
     case SHT_NULL:
       break;
     default:
       Sections[I] = createInputSection(Sec, SectionStringTable);
     }
 
     // .ARM.exidx sections have a reverse dependency on the InputSection they
     // have a SHF_LINK_ORDER dependency, this is identified by the sh_link.
     if (Sec.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) {
       if (Sec.sh_link >= Sections.size())
         fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid sh_link index: " +
               Twine(Sec.sh_link));
       auto *IS = cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(Sections[Sec.sh_link]);
       IS->DependentSection = Sections[I];
     }
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT> *
 elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getRelocTarget(const Elf_Shdr &Sec) {
   uint32_t Idx = Sec.sh_info;
   if (Idx >= Sections.size())
     fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid relocated section index: " + Twine(Idx));
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Target = Sections[Idx];
 
   // Strictly speaking, a relocation section must be included in the
   // group of the section it relocates. However, LLVM 3.3 and earlier
   // would fail to do so, so we gracefully handle that case.
   if (Target == &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded)
     return nullptr;
 
   if (!Target)
     fatal(toString(this) + ": unsupported relocation reference");
   return Target;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT> *
 elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::createInputSection(const Elf_Shdr &Sec,
                                           StringRef SectionStringTable) {
   StringRef Name =
       check(this->getObj().getSectionName(&Sec, SectionStringTable));
 
   switch (Sec.sh_type) {
   case SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES:
     // FIXME: ARM meta-data section. Retain the first attribute section
     // we see. The eglibc ARM dynamic loaders require the presence of an
     // attribute section for dlopen to work.
     // In a full implementation we would merge all attribute sections.
     if (In<ELFT>::ARMAttributes == nullptr) {
       In<ELFT>::ARMAttributes = make<InputSection<ELFT>>(this, &Sec, Name);
       return In<ELFT>::ARMAttributes;
     }
     return &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
   case SHT_RELA:
   case SHT_REL: {
     // This section contains relocation information.
     // If -r is given, we do not interpret or apply relocation
     // but just copy relocation sections to output.
     if (Config->Relocatable)
       return make<InputSection<ELFT>>(this, &Sec, Name);
 
     // Find the relocation target section and associate this
     // section with it.
     InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Target = getRelocTarget(Sec);
     if (!Target)
       return nullptr;
     if (Target->FirstRelocation)
       fatal(toString(this) +
             ": multiple relocation sections to one section are not supported");
     if (!isa<InputSection<ELFT>>(Target) && !isa<EhInputSection<ELFT>>(Target))
       fatal(toString(this) +
             ": relocations pointing to SHF_MERGE are not supported");
 
     size_t NumRelocations;
     if (Sec.sh_type == SHT_RELA) {
       ArrayRef<Elf_Rela> Rels = check(this->getObj().relas(&Sec));
       Target->FirstRelocation = Rels.begin();
       NumRelocations = Rels.size();
       Target->AreRelocsRela = true;
     } else {
       ArrayRef<Elf_Rel> Rels = check(this->getObj().rels(&Sec));
       Target->FirstRelocation = Rels.begin();
       NumRelocations = Rels.size();
       Target->AreRelocsRela = false;
     }
     assert(isUInt<31>(NumRelocations));
     Target->NumRelocations = NumRelocations;
     return nullptr;
   }
   }
 
   // .note.GNU-stack is a marker section to control the presence of
   // PT_GNU_STACK segment in outputs. Since the presence of the segment
   // is controlled only by the command line option (-z execstack) in LLD,
   // .note.GNU-stack is ignored.
   if (Name == ".note.GNU-stack")
     return &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
 
   if (Name == ".note.GNU-split-stack") {
     error("objects using splitstacks are not supported");
     return &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
   }
 
   if (Config->Strip != StripPolicy::None && Name.startswith(".debug"))
     return &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
 
   // The linker merges EH (exception handling) frames and creates a
   // .eh_frame_hdr section for runtime. So we handle them with a special
   // class. For relocatable outputs, they are just passed through.
   if (Name == ".eh_frame" && !Config->Relocatable)
     return make<EhInputSection<ELFT>>(this, &Sec, Name);
 
   if (shouldMerge(Sec))
     return make<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(this, &Sec, Name);
   return make<InputSection<ELFT>>(this, &Sec, Name);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::initializeSymbols() {
   SymbolBodies.reserve(this->Symbols.size());
   for (const Elf_Sym &Sym : this->Symbols)
     SymbolBodies.push_back(createSymbolBody(&Sym));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT> *
 elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::getSection(const Elf_Sym &Sym) const {
   uint32_t Index = this->getSectionIndex(Sym);
   if (Index >= Sections.size())
     fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid section index: " + Twine(Index));
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S = Sections[Index];
 
   // We found that GNU assembler 2.17.50 [FreeBSD] 2007-07-03 could
   // generate broken objects. STT_SECTION/STT_NOTYPE symbols can be
   // associated with SHT_REL[A]/SHT_SYMTAB/SHT_STRTAB sections.
   // In this case it is fine for section to be null here as we do not
   // allocate sections of these types.
   if (!S) {
     if (Index == 0 || Sym.getType() == STT_SECTION ||
         Sym.getType() == STT_NOTYPE)
       return nullptr;
     fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid section index: " + Twine(Index));
   }
 
   if (S == &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded)
     return S;
   return S->Repl;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 SymbolBody *elf::ObjectFile<ELFT>::createSymbolBody(const Elf_Sym *Sym) {
   int Binding = Sym->getBinding();
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Sec = getSection(*Sym);
 
   uint8_t StOther = Sym->st_other;
   uint8_t Type = Sym->getType();
   uintX_t Value = Sym->st_value;
   uintX_t Size = Sym->st_size;
 
   if (Binding == STB_LOCAL) {
     if (Sym->getType() == STT_FILE)
       SourceFile = check(Sym->getName(this->StringTable));
 
     if (this->StringTable.size() <= Sym->st_name)
       fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid symbol name offset");
 
     StringRefZ Name = this->StringTable.data() + Sym->st_name;
     if (Sym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
       return new (BAlloc)
           Undefined<ELFT>(Name, /*IsLocal=*/true, StOther, Type, this);
 
     return new (BAlloc) DefinedRegular<ELFT>(Name, /*IsLocal=*/true, StOther,
                                              Type, Value, Size, Sec, this);
   }
 
   StringRef Name = check(Sym->getName(this->StringTable));
 
   switch (Sym->st_shndx) {
   case SHN_UNDEF:
     return elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X
         ->addUndefined(Name, /*IsLocal=*/false, Binding, StOther, Type,
                        /*CanOmitFromDynSym=*/false, this)
         ->body();
   case SHN_COMMON:
     if (Value == 0 || Value >= UINT32_MAX)
       fatal(toString(this) + ": common symbol '" + Name +
             "' has invalid alignment: " + Twine(Value));
     return elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X
         ->addCommon(Name, Size, Value, Binding, StOther, Type, this)
         ->body();
   }
 
   switch (Binding) {
   default:
     fatal(toString(this) + ": unexpected binding: " + Twine(Binding));
   case STB_GLOBAL:
   case STB_WEAK:
   case STB_GNU_UNIQUE:
     if (Sec == &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded)
       return elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X
           ->addUndefined(Name, /*IsLocal=*/false, Binding, StOther, Type,
                          /*CanOmitFromDynSym=*/false, this)
           ->body();
     return elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X
         ->addRegular(Name, StOther, Type, Value, Size, Binding, Sec, this)
         ->body();
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void ArchiveFile::parse() {
   File = check(Archive::create(MB),
                MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": failed to parse archive");
 
   // Read the symbol table to construct Lazy objects.
   for (const Archive::Symbol &Sym : File->symbols())
     Symtab<ELFT>::X->addLazyArchive(this, Sym);
 }
 
 // Returns a buffer pointing to a member file containing a given symbol.
 std::pair<MemoryBufferRef, uint64_t>
 ArchiveFile::getMember(const Archive::Symbol *Sym) {
   Archive::Child C =
       check(Sym->getMember(),
             "could not get the member for symbol " + Sym->getName());
 
   if (!Seen.insert(C.getChildOffset()).second)
     return {MemoryBufferRef(), 0};
 
   MemoryBufferRef Ret =
       check(C.getMemoryBufferRef(),
             "could not get the buffer for the member defining symbol " +
                 Sym->getName());
 
-  if (C.getParent()->isThin() && Driver->Cpio)
-    Driver->Cpio->append(relativeToRoot(check(C.getFullName())),
-                         Ret.getBuffer());
+  if (C.getParent()->isThin() && Driver->Tar)
+    Driver->Tar->append(relativeToRoot(check(C.getFullName())),
+                        Ret.getBuffer());
   if (C.getParent()->isThin())
     return {Ret, 0};
   return {Ret, C.getChildOffset()};
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 SharedFile<ELFT>::SharedFile(MemoryBufferRef M)
     : ELFFileBase<ELFT>(Base::SharedKind, M), AsNeeded(Config->AsNeeded) {}
 
 template <class ELFT>
 const typename ELFT::Shdr *
 SharedFile<ELFT>::getSection(const Elf_Sym &Sym) const {
   return check(
       this->getObj().getSection(&Sym, this->Symbols, this->SymtabSHNDX));
 }
 
 // Partially parse the shared object file so that we can call
 // getSoName on this object.
 template <class ELFT> void SharedFile<ELFT>::parseSoName() {
   const Elf_Shdr *DynamicSec = nullptr;
 
   const ELFFile<ELFT> Obj = this->getObj();
   ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections = check(Obj.sections());
   for (const Elf_Shdr &Sec : Sections) {
     switch (Sec.sh_type) {
     default:
       continue;
     case SHT_DYNSYM:
       this->initSymtab(Sections, &Sec);
       break;
     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
       DynamicSec = &Sec;
       break;
     case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX:
       this->SymtabSHNDX = check(Obj.getSHNDXTable(Sec, Sections));
       break;
     case SHT_GNU_versym:
       this->VersymSec = &Sec;
       break;
     case SHT_GNU_verdef:
       this->VerdefSec = &Sec;
       break;
     }
   }
 
   if (this->VersymSec && this->Symbols.empty())
     error("SHT_GNU_versym should be associated with symbol table");
 
   // DSOs are identified by soname, and they usually contain
   // DT_SONAME tag in their header. But if they are missing,
   // filenames are used as default sonames.
   SoName = sys::path::filename(this->getName());
 
   if (!DynamicSec)
     return;
 
   ArrayRef<Elf_Dyn> Arr =
       check(Obj.template getSectionContentsAsArray<Elf_Dyn>(DynamicSec),
             toString(this) + ": getSectionContentsAsArray failed");
   for (const Elf_Dyn &Dyn : Arr) {
     if (Dyn.d_tag == DT_SONAME) {
       uintX_t Val = Dyn.getVal();
       if (Val >= this->StringTable.size())
         fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid DT_SONAME entry");
       SoName = StringRef(this->StringTable.data() + Val);
       return;
     }
   }
 }
 
 // Parse the version definitions in the object file if present. Returns a vector
 // whose nth element contains a pointer to the Elf_Verdef for version identifier
 // n. Version identifiers that are not definitions map to nullptr. The array
 // always has at least length 1.
 template <class ELFT>
 std::vector<const typename ELFT::Verdef *>
 SharedFile<ELFT>::parseVerdefs(const Elf_Versym *&Versym) {
   std::vector<const Elf_Verdef *> Verdefs(1);
   // We only need to process symbol versions for this DSO if it has both a
   // versym and a verdef section, which indicates that the DSO contains symbol
   // version definitions.
   if (!VersymSec || !VerdefSec)
     return Verdefs;
 
   // The location of the first global versym entry.
   const char *Base = this->MB.getBuffer().data();
   Versym = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Versym *>(Base + VersymSec->sh_offset) +
            this->FirstNonLocal;
 
   // We cannot determine the largest verdef identifier without inspecting
   // every Elf_Verdef, but both bfd and gold assign verdef identifiers
   // sequentially starting from 1, so we predict that the largest identifier
   // will be VerdefCount.
   unsigned VerdefCount = VerdefSec->sh_info;
   Verdefs.resize(VerdefCount + 1);
 
   // Build the Verdefs array by following the chain of Elf_Verdef objects
   // from the start of the .gnu.version_d section.
   const char *Verdef = Base + VerdefSec->sh_offset;
   for (unsigned I = 0; I != VerdefCount; ++I) {
     auto *CurVerdef = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Verdef *>(Verdef);
     Verdef += CurVerdef->vd_next;
     unsigned VerdefIndex = CurVerdef->vd_ndx;
     if (Verdefs.size() <= VerdefIndex)
       Verdefs.resize(VerdefIndex + 1);
     Verdefs[VerdefIndex] = CurVerdef;
   }
 
   return Verdefs;
 }
 
 // Fully parse the shared object file. This must be called after parseSoName().
 template <class ELFT> void SharedFile<ELFT>::parseRest() {
   // Create mapping from version identifiers to Elf_Verdef entries.
   const Elf_Versym *Versym = nullptr;
   std::vector<const Elf_Verdef *> Verdefs = parseVerdefs(Versym);
 
   Elf_Sym_Range Syms = this->getGlobalSymbols();
   for (const Elf_Sym &Sym : Syms) {
     unsigned VersymIndex = 0;
     if (Versym) {
       VersymIndex = Versym->vs_index;
       ++Versym;
     }
 
     StringRef Name = check(Sym.getName(this->StringTable));
     if (Sym.isUndefined()) {
       Undefs.push_back(Name);
       continue;
     }
 
     if (Versym) {
       // Ignore local symbols and non-default versions.
       if (VersymIndex == VER_NDX_LOCAL || (VersymIndex & VERSYM_HIDDEN))
         continue;
     }
 
     const Elf_Verdef *V =
         VersymIndex == VER_NDX_GLOBAL ? nullptr : Verdefs[VersymIndex];
     elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X->addShared(this, Name, Sym, V);
   }
 }
 
 static ELFKind getBitcodeELFKind(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   Triple T(check(getBitcodeTargetTriple(MB)));
   if (T.isLittleEndian())
     return T.isArch64Bit() ? ELF64LEKind : ELF32LEKind;
   return T.isArch64Bit() ? ELF64BEKind : ELF32BEKind;
 }
 
 static uint8_t getBitcodeMachineKind(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   Triple T(check(getBitcodeTargetTriple(MB)));
   switch (T.getArch()) {
   case Triple::aarch64:
     return EM_AARCH64;
   case Triple::arm:
     return EM_ARM;
   case Triple::mips:
   case Triple::mipsel:
   case Triple::mips64:
   case Triple::mips64el:
     return EM_MIPS;
   case Triple::ppc:
     return EM_PPC;
   case Triple::ppc64:
     return EM_PPC64;
   case Triple::x86:
     return T.isOSIAMCU() ? EM_IAMCU : EM_386;
   case Triple::x86_64:
     return EM_X86_64;
   default:
     fatal(MB.getBufferIdentifier() +
           ": could not infer e_machine from bitcode target triple " + T.str());
   }
 }
 
 BitcodeFile::BitcodeFile(MemoryBufferRef MB) : InputFile(BitcodeKind, MB) {
   EKind = getBitcodeELFKind(MB);
   EMachine = getBitcodeMachineKind(MB);
 }
 
 static uint8_t mapVisibility(GlobalValue::VisibilityTypes GvVisibility) {
   switch (GvVisibility) {
   case GlobalValue::DefaultVisibility:
     return STV_DEFAULT;
   case GlobalValue::HiddenVisibility:
     return STV_HIDDEN;
   case GlobalValue::ProtectedVisibility:
     return STV_PROTECTED;
   }
   llvm_unreachable("unknown visibility");
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static Symbol *createBitcodeSymbol(const std::vector<bool> &KeptComdats,
                                    const lto::InputFile::Symbol &ObjSym,
                                    BitcodeFile *F) {
   StringRef NameRef = Saver.save(ObjSym.getName());
   uint32_t Flags = ObjSym.getFlags();
   uint32_t Binding = (Flags & BasicSymbolRef::SF_Weak) ? STB_WEAK : STB_GLOBAL;
 
   uint8_t Type = ObjSym.isTLS() ? STT_TLS : STT_NOTYPE;
   uint8_t Visibility = mapVisibility(ObjSym.getVisibility());
   bool CanOmitFromDynSym = ObjSym.canBeOmittedFromSymbolTable();
 
   int C = check(ObjSym.getComdatIndex());
   if (C != -1 && !KeptComdats[C])
     return Symtab<ELFT>::X->addUndefined(NameRef, /*IsLocal=*/false, Binding,
                                          Visibility, Type, CanOmitFromDynSym,
                                          F);
 
   if (Flags & BasicSymbolRef::SF_Undefined)
     return Symtab<ELFT>::X->addUndefined(NameRef, /*IsLocal=*/false, Binding,
                                          Visibility, Type, CanOmitFromDynSym,
                                          F);
 
   if (Flags & BasicSymbolRef::SF_Common)
     return Symtab<ELFT>::X->addCommon(NameRef, ObjSym.getCommonSize(),
                                       ObjSym.getCommonAlignment(), Binding,
                                       Visibility, STT_OBJECT, F);
 
   return Symtab<ELFT>::X->addBitcode(NameRef, Binding, Visibility, Type,
                                      CanOmitFromDynSym, F);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void BitcodeFile::parse(DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups) {
 
   // Here we pass a new MemoryBufferRef which is identified by ArchiveName
   // (the fully resolved path of the archive) + member name + offset of the
   // member in the archive.
   // ThinLTO uses the MemoryBufferRef identifier to access its internal
   // data structures and if two archives define two members with the same name,
   // this causes a collision which result in only one of the objects being
   // taken into consideration at LTO time (which very likely causes undefined
   // symbols later in the link stage).
   Obj = check(lto::InputFile::create(MemoryBufferRef(
       MB.getBuffer(), Saver.save(ArchiveName + MB.getBufferIdentifier() +
                                  utostr(OffsetInArchive)))));
 
   std::vector<bool> KeptComdats;
   for (StringRef S : Obj->getComdatTable()) {
     StringRef N = Saver.save(S);
     KeptComdats.push_back(ComdatGroups.insert(CachedHashStringRef(N)).second);
   }
 
   for (const lto::InputFile::Symbol &ObjSym : Obj->symbols())
     Symbols.push_back(createBitcodeSymbol<ELFT>(KeptComdats, ObjSym, this));
 }
 
 template <template <class> class T>
 static InputFile *createELFFile(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   unsigned char Size;
   unsigned char Endian;
   std::tie(Size, Endian) = getElfArchType(MB.getBuffer());
   if (Endian != ELFDATA2LSB && Endian != ELFDATA2MSB)
     fatal(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": invalid data encoding");
 
   size_t BufSize = MB.getBuffer().size();
   if ((Size == ELFCLASS32 && BufSize < sizeof(Elf32_Ehdr)) ||
       (Size == ELFCLASS64 && BufSize < sizeof(Elf64_Ehdr)))
     fatal(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": file is too short");
 
   InputFile *Obj;
   if (Size == ELFCLASS32 && Endian == ELFDATA2LSB)
     Obj = make<T<ELF32LE>>(MB);
   else if (Size == ELFCLASS32 && Endian == ELFDATA2MSB)
     Obj = make<T<ELF32BE>>(MB);
   else if (Size == ELFCLASS64 && Endian == ELFDATA2LSB)
     Obj = make<T<ELF64LE>>(MB);
   else if (Size == ELFCLASS64 && Endian == ELFDATA2MSB)
     Obj = make<T<ELF64BE>>(MB);
   else
     fatal(MB.getBufferIdentifier() + ": invalid file class");
 
   if (!Config->FirstElf)
     Config->FirstElf = Obj;
   return Obj;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void BinaryFile::parse() {
   StringRef Buf = MB.getBuffer();
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data =
       makeArrayRef<uint8_t>((const uint8_t *)Buf.data(), Buf.size());
 
   std::string Filename = MB.getBufferIdentifier();
   std::transform(Filename.begin(), Filename.end(), Filename.begin(),
                  [](char C) { return isalnum(C) ? C : '_'; });
   Filename = "_binary_" + Filename;
   StringRef StartName = Saver.save(Twine(Filename) + "_start");
   StringRef EndName = Saver.save(Twine(Filename) + "_end");
   StringRef SizeName = Saver.save(Twine(Filename) + "_size");
 
   auto *Section =
       make<InputSection<ELFT>>(SHF_ALLOC, SHT_PROGBITS, 8, Data, ".data");
   Sections.push_back(Section);
 
   elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X->addRegular(StartName, STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT, 0, 0,
                                    STB_GLOBAL, Section, nullptr);
   elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X->addRegular(EndName, STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT,
                                    Data.size(), 0, STB_GLOBAL, Section,
                                    nullptr);
   elf::Symtab<ELFT>::X->addRegular(SizeName, STV_DEFAULT, STT_OBJECT,
                                    Data.size(), 0, STB_GLOBAL, nullptr,
                                    nullptr);
 }
 
 static bool isBitcode(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   using namespace sys::fs;
   return identify_magic(MB.getBuffer()) == file_magic::bitcode;
 }
 
 InputFile *elf::createObjectFile(MemoryBufferRef MB, StringRef ArchiveName,
                                  uint64_t OffsetInArchive) {
   InputFile *F =
       isBitcode(MB) ? make<BitcodeFile>(MB) : createELFFile<ObjectFile>(MB);
   F->ArchiveName = ArchiveName;
   F->OffsetInArchive = OffsetInArchive;
   return F;
 }
 
 InputFile *elf::createSharedFile(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   return createELFFile<SharedFile>(MB);
 }
 
 MemoryBufferRef LazyObjectFile::getBuffer() {
   if (Seen)
     return MemoryBufferRef();
   Seen = true;
   return MB;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LazyObjectFile::parse() {
   for (StringRef Sym : getSymbols())
     Symtab<ELFT>::X->addLazyObject(Sym, *this);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> std::vector<StringRef> LazyObjectFile::getElfSymbols() {
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::SymRange Elf_Sym_Range;
 
   const ELFFile<ELFT> Obj(this->MB.getBuffer());
   ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections = check(Obj.sections());
   for (const Elf_Shdr &Sec : Sections) {
     if (Sec.sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB)
       continue;
     Elf_Sym_Range Syms = check(Obj.symbols(&Sec));
     uint32_t FirstNonLocal = Sec.sh_info;
     StringRef StringTable = check(Obj.getStringTableForSymtab(Sec, Sections));
     std::vector<StringRef> V;
     for (const Elf_Sym &Sym : Syms.slice(FirstNonLocal))
       if (Sym.st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF)
         V.push_back(check(Sym.getName(StringTable)));
     return V;
   }
   return {};
 }
 
 std::vector<StringRef> LazyObjectFile::getBitcodeSymbols() {
   std::unique_ptr<lto::InputFile> Obj = check(lto::InputFile::create(this->MB));
   std::vector<StringRef> V;
   for (const lto::InputFile::Symbol &Sym : Obj->symbols())
     if (!(Sym.getFlags() & BasicSymbolRef::SF_Undefined))
       V.push_back(Saver.save(Sym.getName()));
   return V;
 }
 
 // Returns a vector of globally-visible defined symbol names.
 std::vector<StringRef> LazyObjectFile::getSymbols() {
   if (isBitcode(this->MB))
     return getBitcodeSymbols();
 
   unsigned char Size;
   unsigned char Endian;
   std::tie(Size, Endian) = getElfArchType(this->MB.getBuffer());
   if (Size == ELFCLASS32) {
     if (Endian == ELFDATA2LSB)
       return getElfSymbols<ELF32LE>();
     return getElfSymbols<ELF32BE>();
   }
   if (Endian == ELFDATA2LSB)
     return getElfSymbols<ELF64LE>();
   return getElfSymbols<ELF64BE>();
 }
 
 template void ArchiveFile::parse<ELF32LE>();
 template void ArchiveFile::parse<ELF32BE>();
 template void ArchiveFile::parse<ELF64LE>();
 template void ArchiveFile::parse<ELF64BE>();
 
 template void BitcodeFile::parse<ELF32LE>(DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &);
 template void BitcodeFile::parse<ELF32BE>(DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &);
 template void BitcodeFile::parse<ELF64LE>(DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &);
 template void BitcodeFile::parse<ELF64BE>(DenseSet<CachedHashStringRef> &);
 
 template void LazyObjectFile::parse<ELF32LE>();
 template void LazyObjectFile::parse<ELF32BE>();
 template void LazyObjectFile::parse<ELF64LE>();
 template void LazyObjectFile::parse<ELF64BE>();
 
 template class elf::ELFFileBase<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::ELFFileBase<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::ELFFileBase<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::ELFFileBase<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class elf::ObjectFile<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::ObjectFile<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::ObjectFile<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::ObjectFile<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class elf::SharedFile<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::SharedFile<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::SharedFile<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::SharedFile<ELF64BE>;
 
 template void BinaryFile::parse<ELF32LE>();
 template void BinaryFile::parse<ELF32BE>();
 template void BinaryFile::parse<ELF64LE>();
 template void BinaryFile::parse<ELF64BE>();
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputFiles.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputFiles.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputFiles.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,331 +1,334 @@
 //===- InputFiles.h ---------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_ELF_INPUT_FILES_H
 #define LLD_ELF_INPUT_FILES_H
 
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "Symbols.h"
 
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "lld/Core/Reproduce.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/IR/Comdat.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/Archive.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/IRObjectFile.h"
 
 #include <map>
 
 namespace llvm {
 class DWARFDebugLine;
 namespace lto {
 class InputFile;
 }
 }
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
+class InputFile;
+}
 
+// Returns "(internal)", "foo.a(bar.o)" or "baz.o".
+std::string toString(const elf::InputFile *F);
+
+namespace elf {
+
 using llvm::object::Archive;
 
-class InputFile;
 class Lazy;
 class SymbolBody;
 
 // The root class of input files.
 class InputFile {
 public:
   enum Kind {
     ObjectKind,
     SharedKind,
     LazyObjectKind,
     ArchiveKind,
     BitcodeKind,
     BinaryKind,
   };
 
   Kind kind() const { return FileKind; }
 
   StringRef getName() const { return MB.getBufferIdentifier(); }
   MemoryBufferRef MB;
 
   // Filename of .a which contained this file. If this file was
   // not in an archive file, it is the empty string. We use this
   // string for creating error messages.
   StringRef ArchiveName;
 
   // If this file is in an archive, the member contains the offset of
   // the file in the archive. Otherwise, it's just zero. We store this
   // field so that we can pass it to lib/LTO in order to disambiguate
   // between objects.
   uint64_t OffsetInArchive;
 
   // If this is an architecture-specific file, the following members
   // have ELF type (i.e. ELF{32,64}{LE,BE}) and target machine type.
   ELFKind EKind = ELFNoneKind;
   uint16_t EMachine = llvm::ELF::EM_NONE;
   uint8_t OSABI = 0;
 
 protected:
   InputFile(Kind K, MemoryBufferRef M) : MB(M), FileKind(K) {}
 
 private:
   const Kind FileKind;
 };
-
-// Returns "(internal)", "foo.a(bar.o)" or "baz.o".
-std::string toString(const InputFile *F);
 
 template <typename ELFT> class ELFFileBase : public InputFile {
 public:
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::Word Elf_Word;
   typedef typename ELFT::SymRange Elf_Sym_Range;
 
   ELFFileBase(Kind K, MemoryBufferRef M);
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) {
     Kind K = F->kind();
     return K == ObjectKind || K == SharedKind;
   }
 
   llvm::object::ELFFile<ELFT> getObj() const {
     return llvm::object::ELFFile<ELFT>(MB.getBuffer());
   }
 
   StringRef getStringTable() const { return StringTable; }
 
   uint32_t getSectionIndex(const Elf_Sym &Sym) const;
 
   Elf_Sym_Range getGlobalSymbols();
 
 protected:
   ArrayRef<Elf_Sym> Symbols;
   uint32_t FirstNonLocal = 0;
   ArrayRef<Elf_Word> SymtabSHNDX;
   StringRef StringTable;
   void initSymtab(ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections, const Elf_Shdr *Symtab);
 };
 
 // .o file.
 template <class ELFT> class ObjectFile : public ELFFileBase<ELFT> {
   typedef ELFFileBase<ELFT> Base;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rel Elf_Rel;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rela Elf_Rela;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::SymRange Elf_Sym_Range;
   typedef typename ELFT::Word Elf_Word;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
   StringRef getShtGroupSignature(ArrayRef<Elf_Shdr> Sections,
                                  const Elf_Shdr &Sec);
   ArrayRef<Elf_Word> getShtGroupEntries(const Elf_Shdr &Sec);
 
 public:
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) {
     return F->kind() == Base::ObjectKind;
   }
 
   ArrayRef<SymbolBody *> getSymbols();
   ArrayRef<SymbolBody *> getLocalSymbols();
   ArrayRef<SymbolBody *> getNonLocalSymbols();
 
   explicit ObjectFile(MemoryBufferRef M);
   void parse(llvm::DenseSet<llvm::CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups);
 
   ArrayRef<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> getSections() const { return Sections; }
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *getSection(const Elf_Sym &Sym) const;
 
   SymbolBody &getSymbolBody(uint32_t SymbolIndex) const {
     if (SymbolIndex >= SymbolBodies.size())
       fatal(toString(this) + ": invalid symbol index");
     return *SymbolBodies[SymbolIndex];
   }
 
   template <typename RelT>
   SymbolBody &getRelocTargetSym(const RelT &Rel) const {
     uint32_t SymIndex = Rel.getSymbol(Config->Mips64EL);
     return getSymbolBody(SymIndex);
   }
 
   // Returns source line information for a given offset.
   // If no information is available, returns "".
   std::string getLineInfo(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S, uintX_t Offset);
 
   // MIPS GP0 value defined by this file. This value represents the gp value
   // used to create the relocatable object and required to support
   // R_MIPS_GPREL16 / R_MIPS_GPREL32 relocations.
   uint32_t MipsGp0 = 0;
 
   // The number is the offset in the string table. It will be used as the
   // st_name of the symbol.
   std::vector<std::pair<const DefinedRegular<ELFT> *, unsigned>> KeptLocalSyms;
 
   // Name of source file obtained from STT_FILE symbol value,
   // or empty string if there is no such symbol in object file
   // symbol table.
   StringRef SourceFile;
 
 private:
   void
   initializeSections(llvm::DenseSet<llvm::CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups);
   void initializeSymbols();
   void initializeDwarfLine();
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *getRelocTarget(const Elf_Shdr &Sec);
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *createInputSection(const Elf_Shdr &Sec,
                                              StringRef SectionStringTable);
 
   bool shouldMerge(const Elf_Shdr &Sec);
   SymbolBody *createSymbolBody(const Elf_Sym *Sym);
 
   // List of all sections defined by this file.
   std::vector<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> Sections;
 
   // List of all symbols referenced or defined by this file.
   std::vector<SymbolBody *> SymbolBodies;
 
   // Debugging information to retrieve source file and line for error
   // reporting. Linker may find reasonable number of errors in a
   // single object file, so we cache debugging information in order to
   // parse it only once for each object file we link.
   std::unique_ptr<llvm::DWARFDebugLine> DwarfLine;
 };
 
 // LazyObjectFile is analogous to ArchiveFile in the sense that
 // the file contains lazy symbols. The difference is that
 // LazyObjectFile wraps a single file instead of multiple files.
 //
 // This class is used for --start-lib and --end-lib options which
 // instruct the linker to link object files between them with the
 // archive file semantics.
 class LazyObjectFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit LazyObjectFile(MemoryBufferRef M) : InputFile(LazyObjectKind, M) {}
 
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) {
     return F->kind() == LazyObjectKind;
   }
 
   template <class ELFT> void parse();
   MemoryBufferRef getBuffer();
 
 private:
   std::vector<StringRef> getSymbols();
   template <class ELFT> std::vector<StringRef> getElfSymbols();
   std::vector<StringRef> getBitcodeSymbols();
 
   bool Seen = false;
 };
 
 // An ArchiveFile object represents a .a file.
 class ArchiveFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit ArchiveFile(MemoryBufferRef M) : InputFile(ArchiveKind, M) {}
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == ArchiveKind; }
   template <class ELFT> void parse();
 
   // Returns a memory buffer for a given symbol and the offset in the archive
   // for the member. An empty memory buffer and an offset of zero
   // is returned if we have already returned the same memory buffer.
   // (So that we don't instantiate same members more than once.)
   std::pair<MemoryBufferRef, uint64_t> getMember(const Archive::Symbol *Sym);
 
 private:
   std::unique_ptr<Archive> File;
   llvm::DenseSet<uint64_t> Seen;
 };
 
 class BitcodeFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit BitcodeFile(MemoryBufferRef M);
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == BitcodeKind; }
   template <class ELFT>
   void parse(llvm::DenseSet<llvm::CachedHashStringRef> &ComdatGroups);
   ArrayRef<Symbol *> getSymbols() { return Symbols; }
   std::unique_ptr<llvm::lto::InputFile> Obj;
 
 private:
   std::vector<Symbol *> Symbols;
 };
 
 // .so file.
 template <class ELFT> class SharedFile : public ELFFileBase<ELFT> {
   typedef ELFFileBase<ELFT> Base;
   typedef typename ELFT::Dyn Elf_Dyn;
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::SymRange Elf_Sym_Range;
   typedef typename ELFT::Verdef Elf_Verdef;
   typedef typename ELFT::Versym Elf_Versym;
   typedef typename ELFT::Word Elf_Word;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
   std::vector<StringRef> Undefs;
   StringRef SoName;
   const Elf_Shdr *VersymSec = nullptr;
   const Elf_Shdr *VerdefSec = nullptr;
 
 public:
   StringRef getSoName() const { return SoName; }
   const Elf_Shdr *getSection(const Elf_Sym &Sym) const;
   llvm::ArrayRef<StringRef> getUndefinedSymbols() { return Undefs; }
 
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) {
     return F->kind() == Base::SharedKind;
   }
 
   explicit SharedFile(MemoryBufferRef M);
 
   void parseSoName();
   void parseRest();
   std::vector<const Elf_Verdef *> parseVerdefs(const Elf_Versym *&Versym);
 
   struct NeededVer {
     // The string table offset of the version name in the output file.
     size_t StrTab;
 
     // The version identifier for this version name.
     uint16_t Index;
   };
 
   // Mapping from Elf_Verdef data structures to information about Elf_Vernaux
   // data structures in the output file.
   std::map<const Elf_Verdef *, NeededVer> VerdefMap;
 
   // Used for --as-needed
   bool AsNeeded = false;
   bool IsUsed = false;
   bool isNeeded() const { return !AsNeeded || IsUsed; }
 };
 
 class BinaryFile : public InputFile {
 public:
   explicit BinaryFile(MemoryBufferRef M) : InputFile(BinaryKind, M) {}
   static bool classof(const InputFile *F) { return F->kind() == BinaryKind; }
   template <class ELFT> void parse();
   ArrayRef<InputSectionData *> getSections() const { return Sections; }
 
 private:
   std::vector<InputSectionData *> Sections;
 };
 
 InputFile *createObjectFile(MemoryBufferRef MB, StringRef ArchiveName = "",
                             uint64_t OffsetInArchive = 0);
 InputFile *createSharedFile(MemoryBufferRef MB);
 
 } // namespace elf
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputSection.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputSection.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputSection.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,850 +1,850 @@
 //===- InputSection.cpp ---------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "EhFrame.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "LinkerScript.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "OutputSections.h"
 #include "Relocations.h"
 #include "SyntheticSections.h"
 #include "Target.h"
 #include "Thunks.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Compression.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
 #include <mutex>
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::support;
 using namespace llvm::support::endian;
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 // Returns a string to construct an error message.
 template <class ELFT>
-std::string elf::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Sec) {
+std::string lld::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Sec) {
   return (Sec->getFile()->getName() + ":(" + Sec->Name + ")").str();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static ArrayRef<uint8_t> getSectionContents(elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *File,
                                             const typename ELFT::Shdr *Hdr) {
   if (!File || Hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
     return makeArrayRef<uint8_t>(nullptr, Hdr->sh_size);
   return check(File->getObj().getSectionContents(Hdr));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT>::InputSectionBase(elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *File,
                                          uintX_t Flags, uint32_t Type,
                                          uintX_t Entsize, uint32_t Link,
                                          uint32_t Info, uintX_t Addralign,
                                          ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data, StringRef Name,
                                          Kind SectionKind)
     : InputSectionData(SectionKind, Name, Data,
                        !Config->GcSections || !(Flags & SHF_ALLOC)),
       File(File), Flags(Flags), Entsize(Entsize), Type(Type), Link(Link),
       Info(Info), Repl(this) {
   NumRelocations = 0;
   AreRelocsRela = false;
 
   // The ELF spec states that a value of 0 means the section has
   // no alignment constraits.
   uint64_t V = std::max<uint64_t>(Addralign, 1);
   if (!isPowerOf2_64(V))
     fatal(toString(File) + ": section sh_addralign is not a power of 2");
 
   // We reject object files having insanely large alignments even though
   // they are allowed by the spec. I think 4GB is a reasonable limitation.
   // We might want to relax this in the future.
   if (V > UINT32_MAX)
     fatal(toString(File) + ": section sh_addralign is too large");
   Alignment = V;
 
   // If it is not a mergeable section, overwrite the flag so that the flag
   // is consistent with the class. This inconsistency could occur when
   // string merging is disabled using -O0 flag.
   if (!Config->Relocatable && !isa<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(this))
     this->Flags &= ~(SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT>::InputSectionBase(elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *File,
                                          const Elf_Shdr *Hdr, StringRef Name,
                                          Kind SectionKind)
     : InputSectionBase(File, Hdr->sh_flags & ~SHF_INFO_LINK, Hdr->sh_type,
                        Hdr->sh_entsize, Hdr->sh_link, Hdr->sh_info,
                        Hdr->sh_addralign, getSectionContents(File, Hdr), Name,
                        SectionKind) {
   this->Offset = Hdr->sh_offset;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> size_t InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getSize() const {
   if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SyntheticSection<ELFT>>(this))
     return S->getSize();
 
   if (auto *D = dyn_cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(this))
     if (D->getThunksSize() > 0)
       return D->getThunkOff() + D->getThunksSize();
 
   return Data.size();
 }
 
 // Returns a string for an error message.
 template <class SectionT> static std::string getName(SectionT *Sec) {
   return (Sec->getFile()->getName() + ":(" + Sec->Name + ")").str();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 typename ELFT::uint InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getOffset(uintX_t Offset) const {
   switch (kind()) {
   case Regular:
     return cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(this)->OutSecOff + Offset;
   case Synthetic:
     // For synthetic sections we treat offset -1 as the end of the section.
     // The same approach is used for synthetic symbols (DefinedSynthetic).
     return cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(this)->OutSecOff +
            (Offset == uintX_t(-1) ? getSize() : Offset);
   case EHFrame:
     // The file crtbeginT.o has relocations pointing to the start of an empty
     // .eh_frame that is known to be the first in the link. It does that to
     // identify the start of the output .eh_frame.
     return Offset;
   case Merge:
     return cast<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(this)->getOffset(Offset);
   }
   llvm_unreachable("invalid section kind");
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool InputSectionBase<ELFT>::isCompressed() const {
   return (Flags & SHF_COMPRESSED) || Name.startswith(".zdebug");
 }
 
 // Returns compressed data and its size when uncompressed.
 template <class ELFT>
 std::pair<ArrayRef<uint8_t>, uint64_t>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getElfCompressedData(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data) {
   // Compressed section with Elf_Chdr is the ELF standard.
   if (Data.size() < sizeof(Elf_Chdr))
     fatal(toString(this) + ": corrupted compressed section");
   auto *Hdr = reinterpret_cast<const Elf_Chdr *>(Data.data());
   if (Hdr->ch_type != ELFCOMPRESS_ZLIB)
     fatal(toString(this) + ": unsupported compression type");
   return {Data.slice(sizeof(*Hdr)), Hdr->ch_size};
 }
 
 // Returns compressed data and its size when uncompressed.
 template <class ELFT>
 std::pair<ArrayRef<uint8_t>, uint64_t>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getRawCompressedData(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data) {
   // Compressed sections without Elf_Chdr header contain this header
   // instead. This is a GNU extension.
   struct ZlibHeader {
     char Magic[4]; // Should be "ZLIB"
     char Size[8];  // Uncompressed size in big-endian
   };
 
   if (Data.size() < sizeof(ZlibHeader))
     fatal(toString(this) + ": corrupted compressed section");
   auto *Hdr = reinterpret_cast<const ZlibHeader *>(Data.data());
   if (memcmp(Hdr->Magic, "ZLIB", 4))
     fatal(toString(this) + ": broken ZLIB-compressed section");
   return {Data.slice(sizeof(*Hdr)), read64be(Hdr->Size)};
 }
 
 // Uncompress section contents. Note that this function is called
 // from parallel_for_each, so it must be thread-safe.
 template <class ELFT> void InputSectionBase<ELFT>::uncompress() {
   if (!zlib::isAvailable())
     fatal(toString(this) +
           ": build lld with zlib to enable compressed sections support");
 
   // This section is compressed. Here we decompress it. Ideally, all
   // compressed sections have SHF_COMPRESSED bit and their contents
   // start with headers of Elf_Chdr type. However, sections whose
   // names start with ".zdebug_" don't have the bit and contains a raw
   // ZLIB-compressed data (which is a bad thing because section names
   // shouldn't be significant in ELF.) We need to be able to read both.
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> Buf; // Compressed data
   size_t Size;           // Uncompressed size
   if (Flags & SHF_COMPRESSED)
     std::tie(Buf, Size) = getElfCompressedData(Data);
   else
     std::tie(Buf, Size) = getRawCompressedData(Data);
 
   // Uncompress Buf.
   char *OutputBuf;
   {
     static std::mutex Mu;
     std::lock_guard<std::mutex> Lock(Mu);
     OutputBuf = BAlloc.Allocate<char>(Size);
   }
   if (zlib::uncompress(toStringRef(Buf), OutputBuf, Size) != zlib::StatusOK)
     fatal(toString(this) + ": error while uncompressing section");
   Data = ArrayRef<uint8_t>((uint8_t *)OutputBuf, Size);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 typename ELFT::uint
 InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getOffset(const DefinedRegular<ELFT> &Sym) const {
   return getOffset(Sym.Value);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT> *InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getLinkOrderDep() const {
   if ((Flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) && Link != 0)
     return getFile()->getSections()[Link];
   return nullptr;
 }
 
 // Returns a source location string. Used to construct an error message.
 template <class ELFT>
 std::string InputSectionBase<ELFT>::getLocation(typename ELFT::uint Offset) {
   // First check if we can get desired values from debugging information.
   std::string LineInfo = File->getLineInfo(this, Offset);
   if (!LineInfo.empty())
     return LineInfo;
 
   // File->SourceFile contains STT_FILE symbol that contains a
   // source file name. If it's missing, we use an object file name.
   std::string SrcFile = File->SourceFile;
   if (SrcFile.empty())
     SrcFile = toString(File);
 
   // Find a function symbol that encloses a given location.
   for (SymbolBody *B : File->getSymbols())
     if (auto *D = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(B))
       if (D->Section == this && D->Type == STT_FUNC)
         if (D->Value <= Offset && Offset < D->Value + D->Size)
           return SrcFile + ":(function " + toString(*D) + ")";
 
   // If there's no symbol, print out the offset in the section.
   return (SrcFile + ":(" + Name + "+0x" + utohexstr(Offset) + ")").str();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSection<ELFT>::InputSection() : InputSectionBase<ELFT>() {}
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSection<ELFT>::InputSection(uintX_t Flags, uint32_t Type,
                                  uintX_t Addralign, ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data,
                                  StringRef Name, Kind K)
     : InputSectionBase<ELFT>(nullptr, Flags, Type,
                              /*Entsize*/ 0, /*Link*/ 0, /*Info*/ 0, Addralign,
                              Data, Name, K) {}
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSection<ELFT>::InputSection(elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *F,
                                  const Elf_Shdr *Header, StringRef Name)
     : InputSectionBase<ELFT>(F, Header, Name, Base::Regular) {}
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool InputSection<ELFT>::classof(const InputSectionData *S) {
   return S->kind() == Base::Regular || S->kind() == Base::Synthetic;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT> *InputSection<ELFT>::getRelocatedSection() {
   assert(this->Type == SHT_RELA || this->Type == SHT_REL);
   ArrayRef<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> Sections = this->File->getSections();
   return Sections[this->Info];
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void InputSection<ELFT>::addThunk(const Thunk<ELFT> *T) {
   Thunks.push_back(T);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> uint64_t InputSection<ELFT>::getThunkOff() const {
   return this->Data.size();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> uint64_t InputSection<ELFT>::getThunksSize() const {
   uint64_t Total = 0;
   for (const Thunk<ELFT> *T : Thunks)
     Total += T->size();
   return Total;
 }
 
 // This is used for -r. We can't use memcpy to copy relocations because we need
 // to update symbol table offset and section index for each relocation. So we
 // copy relocations one by one.
 template <class ELFT>
 template <class RelTy>
 void InputSection<ELFT>::copyRelocations(uint8_t *Buf, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *RelocatedSection = getRelocatedSection();
 
   for (const RelTy &Rel : Rels) {
     uint32_t Type = Rel.getType(Config->Mips64EL);
     SymbolBody &Body = this->File->getRelocTargetSym(Rel);
 
     Elf_Rela *P = reinterpret_cast<Elf_Rela *>(Buf);
     Buf += sizeof(RelTy);
 
     if (Config->Rela)
       P->r_addend = getAddend<ELFT>(Rel);
     P->r_offset = RelocatedSection->getOffset(Rel.r_offset);
     P->setSymbolAndType(Body.DynsymIndex, Type, Config->Mips64EL);
   }
 }
 
 static uint32_t getARMUndefinedRelativeWeakVA(uint32_t Type, uint32_t A,
                                               uint32_t P) {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
     return P + 2;
   case R_ARM_CALL:
   case R_ARM_JUMP24:
   case R_ARM_PC24:
   case R_ARM_PLT32:
   case R_ARM_PREL31:
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
     return P + 4;
   case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
     // We don't want an interworking BLX to ARM
     return P + 5;
   default:
     return A;
   }
 }
 
 static uint64_t getAArch64UndefinedRelativeWeakVA(uint64_t Type, uint64_t A,
                                                   uint64_t P) {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_AARCH64_CALL26:
   case R_AARCH64_CONDBR19:
   case R_AARCH64_JUMP26:
   case R_AARCH64_TSTBR14:
     return P + 4;
   default:
     return A;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static typename ELFT::uint
 getRelocTargetVA(uint32_t Type, typename ELFT::uint A, typename ELFT::uint P,
                  const SymbolBody &Body, RelExpr Expr) {
   switch (Expr) {
   case R_HINT:
   case R_TLSDESC_CALL:
     llvm_unreachable("cannot relocate hint relocs");
   case R_TLSLD:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getTlsIndexOff() + A - In<ELFT>::Got->getSize();
   case R_TLSLD_PC:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getTlsIndexVA() + A - P;
   case R_THUNK_ABS:
     return Body.getThunkVA<ELFT>() + A;
   case R_THUNK_PC:
   case R_THUNK_PLT_PC:
     return Body.getThunkVA<ELFT>() + A - P;
   case R_PPC_TOC:
     return getPPC64TocBase() + A;
   case R_TLSGD:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getGlobalDynOffset(Body) + A -
            In<ELFT>::Got->getSize();
   case R_TLSGD_PC:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Body) + A - P;
   case R_TLSDESC:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Body) + A;
   case R_TLSDESC_PAGE:
     return getAArch64Page(In<ELFT>::Got->getGlobalDynAddr(Body) + A) -
            getAArch64Page(P);
   case R_PLT:
     return Body.getPltVA<ELFT>() + A;
   case R_PLT_PC:
   case R_PPC_PLT_OPD:
     return Body.getPltVA<ELFT>() + A - P;
   case R_SIZE:
     return Body.getSize<ELFT>() + A;
   case R_GOTREL:
     return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A) - In<ELFT>::Got->getVA();
   case R_GOTREL_FROM_END:
     return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A) - In<ELFT>::Got->getVA() -
            In<ELFT>::Got->getSize();
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_END:
   case R_GOT_FROM_END:
     return Body.getGotOffset<ELFT>() + A - In<ELFT>::Got->getSize();
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS:
   case R_GOT:
     return Body.getGotVA<ELFT>() + A;
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC:
   case R_GOT_PAGE_PC:
     return getAArch64Page(Body.getGotVA<ELFT>() + A) - getAArch64Page(P);
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE:
   case R_GOT_PC:
     return Body.getGotVA<ELFT>() + A - P;
   case R_GOTONLY_PC:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getVA() + A - P;
   case R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END:
     return In<ELFT>::Got->getVA() + A - P + In<ELFT>::Got->getSize();
   case R_RELAX_TLS_LD_TO_LE:
   case R_RELAX_TLS_IE_TO_LE:
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE:
   case R_TLS:
     // A weak undefined TLS symbol resolves to the base of the TLS
     // block, i.e. gets a value of zero. If we pass --gc-sections to
     // lld and .tbss is not referenced, it gets reclaimed and we don't
     // create a TLS program header. Therefore, we resolve this
     // statically to zero.
     if (Body.isTls() && (Body.isLazy() || Body.isUndefined()) &&
         Body.symbol()->isWeak())
       return 0;
     if (Target->TcbSize)
       return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A) +
              alignTo(Target->TcbSize, Out<ELFT>::TlsPhdr->p_align);
     return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A) - Out<ELFT>::TlsPhdr->p_memsz;
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE_NEG:
   case R_NEG_TLS:
     return Out<ELF32LE>::TlsPhdr->p_memsz - Body.getVA<ELFT>(A);
   case R_ABS:
   case R_RELAX_GOT_PC_NOPIC:
     return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A);
   case R_GOT_OFF:
     return Body.getGotOffset<ELFT>() + A;
   case R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE:
     // If relocation against MIPS local symbol requires GOT entry, this entry
     // should be initialized by 'page address'. This address is high 16-bits
     // of sum the symbol's value and the addend.
     return In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getVA() +
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getPageEntryOffset(Body, A) -
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getGp();
   case R_MIPS_GOT_OFF:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32:
     // In case of MIPS if a GOT relocation has non-zero addend this addend
     // should be applied to the GOT entry content not to the GOT entry offset.
     // That is why we use separate expression type.
     return In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getVA() +
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getBodyEntryOffset(Body, A) -
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getGp();
   case R_MIPS_GOTREL:
     return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A) - In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getGp();
   case R_MIPS_TLSGD:
     return In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getVA() + In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getTlsOffset() +
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getGlobalDynOffset(Body) -
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getGp();
   case R_MIPS_TLSLD:
     return In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getVA() + In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getTlsOffset() +
            In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getTlsIndexOff() - In<ELFT>::MipsGot->getGp();
   case R_PPC_OPD: {
     uint64_t SymVA = Body.getVA<ELFT>(A);
     // If we have an undefined weak symbol, we might get here with a symbol
     // address of zero. That could overflow, but the code must be unreachable,
     // so don't bother doing anything at all.
     if (!SymVA)
       return 0;
     if (Out<ELF64BE>::Opd) {
       // If this is a local call, and we currently have the address of a
       // function-descriptor, get the underlying code address instead.
       uint64_t OpdStart = Out<ELF64BE>::Opd->Addr;
       uint64_t OpdEnd = OpdStart + Out<ELF64BE>::Opd->Size;
       bool InOpd = OpdStart <= SymVA && SymVA < OpdEnd;
       if (InOpd)
         SymVA = read64be(&Out<ELF64BE>::OpdBuf[SymVA - OpdStart]);
     }
     return SymVA - P;
   }
   case R_PC:
     if (Body.isUndefined() && !Body.isLocal() && Body.symbol()->isWeak()) {
       // On ARM and AArch64 a branch to an undefined weak resolves to the
       // next instruction, otherwise the place.
       if (Config->EMachine == EM_ARM)
         return getARMUndefinedRelativeWeakVA(Type, A, P);
       if (Config->EMachine == EM_AARCH64)
         return getAArch64UndefinedRelativeWeakVA(Type, A, P);
     }
   case R_RELAX_GOT_PC:
     return Body.getVA<ELFT>(A) - P;
   case R_PLT_PAGE_PC:
   case R_PAGE_PC:
     if (Body.isUndefined() && !Body.isLocal() && Body.symbol()->isWeak())
       return getAArch64Page(A);
     return getAArch64Page(Body.getVA<ELFT>(A)) - getAArch64Page(P);
   }
   llvm_unreachable("Invalid expression");
 }
 
 // This function applies relocations to sections without SHF_ALLOC bit.
 // Such sections are never mapped to memory at runtime. Debug sections are
 // an example. Relocations in non-alloc sections are much easier to
 // handle than in allocated sections because it will never need complex
 // treatement such as GOT or PLT (because at runtime no one refers them).
 // So, we handle relocations for non-alloc sections directly in this
 // function as a performance optimization.
 template <class ELFT>
 template <class RelTy>
 void InputSection<ELFT>::relocateNonAlloc(uint8_t *Buf, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
   for (const RelTy &Rel : Rels) {
     uint32_t Type = Rel.getType(Config->Mips64EL);
     uintX_t Offset = this->getOffset(Rel.r_offset);
     uint8_t *BufLoc = Buf + Offset;
     uintX_t Addend = getAddend<ELFT>(Rel);
     if (!RelTy::IsRela)
       Addend += Target->getImplicitAddend(BufLoc, Type);
 
     SymbolBody &Sym = this->File->getRelocTargetSym(Rel);
     if (Target->getRelExpr(Type, Sym) != R_ABS) {
       error(this->getLocation(Offset) + ": has non-ABS reloc");
       return;
     }
 
     uintX_t AddrLoc = this->OutSec->Addr + Offset;
     uint64_t SymVA = 0;
     if (!Sym.isTls() || Out<ELFT>::TlsPhdr)
       SymVA = SignExtend64<sizeof(uintX_t) * 8>(
           getRelocTargetVA<ELFT>(Type, Addend, AddrLoc, Sym, R_ABS));
     Target->relocateOne(BufLoc, Type, SymVA);
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void InputSectionBase<ELFT>::relocate(uint8_t *Buf, uint8_t *BufEnd) {
   // scanReloc function in Writer.cpp constructs Relocations
   // vector only for SHF_ALLOC'ed sections. For other sections,
   // we handle relocations directly here.
   auto *IS = dyn_cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(this);
   if (IS && !(IS->Flags & SHF_ALLOC)) {
     if (IS->AreRelocsRela)
       IS->relocateNonAlloc(Buf, IS->relas());
     else
       IS->relocateNonAlloc(Buf, IS->rels());
     return;
   }
 
   const unsigned Bits = sizeof(uintX_t) * 8;
   for (const Relocation &Rel : Relocations) {
     uintX_t Offset = getOffset(Rel.Offset);
     uint8_t *BufLoc = Buf + Offset;
     uint32_t Type = Rel.Type;
     uintX_t A = Rel.Addend;
 
     uintX_t AddrLoc = OutSec->Addr + Offset;
     RelExpr Expr = Rel.Expr;
     uint64_t TargetVA = SignExtend64<Bits>(
         getRelocTargetVA<ELFT>(Type, A, AddrLoc, *Rel.Sym, Expr));
 
     switch (Expr) {
     case R_RELAX_GOT_PC:
     case R_RELAX_GOT_PC_NOPIC:
       Target->relaxGot(BufLoc, TargetVA);
       break;
     case R_RELAX_TLS_IE_TO_LE:
       Target->relaxTlsIeToLe(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
       break;
     case R_RELAX_TLS_LD_TO_LE:
       Target->relaxTlsLdToLe(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
       break;
     case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE:
     case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE_NEG:
       Target->relaxTlsGdToLe(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
       break;
     case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE:
     case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS:
     case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC:
     case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_END:
       Target->relaxTlsGdToIe(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
       break;
     case R_PPC_PLT_OPD:
       // Patch a nop (0x60000000) to a ld.
       if (BufLoc + 8 <= BufEnd && read32be(BufLoc + 4) == 0x60000000)
         write32be(BufLoc + 4, 0xe8410028); // ld %r2, 40(%r1)
     // fallthrough
     default:
       Target->relocateOne(BufLoc, Type, TargetVA);
       break;
     }
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void InputSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
   if (this->Type == SHT_NOBITS)
     return;
 
   if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SyntheticSection<ELFT>>(this)) {
     S->writeTo(Buf + OutSecOff);
     return;
   }
 
   // If -r is given, then an InputSection may be a relocation section.
   if (this->Type == SHT_RELA) {
     copyRelocations(Buf + OutSecOff, this->template getDataAs<Elf_Rela>());
     return;
   }
   if (this->Type == SHT_REL) {
     copyRelocations(Buf + OutSecOff, this->template getDataAs<Elf_Rel>());
     return;
   }
 
   // Copy section contents from source object file to output file.
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data = this->Data;
   memcpy(Buf + OutSecOff, Data.data(), Data.size());
 
   // Iterate over all relocation sections that apply to this section.
   uint8_t *BufEnd = Buf + OutSecOff + Data.size();
   this->relocate(Buf, BufEnd);
 
   // The section might have a data/code generated by the linker and need
   // to be written after the section. Usually these are thunks - small piece
   // of code used to jump between "incompatible" functions like PIC and non-PIC
   // or if the jump target too far and its address does not fit to the short
   // jump istruction.
   if (!Thunks.empty()) {
     Buf += OutSecOff + getThunkOff();
     for (const Thunk<ELFT> *T : Thunks) {
       T->writeTo(Buf);
       Buf += T->size();
     }
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void InputSection<ELFT>::replace(InputSection<ELFT> *Other) {
   this->Alignment = std::max(this->Alignment, Other->Alignment);
   Other->Repl = this->Repl;
   Other->Live = false;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 EhInputSection<ELFT>::EhInputSection(elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *F,
                                      const Elf_Shdr *Header, StringRef Name)
     : InputSectionBase<ELFT>(F, Header, Name, InputSectionBase<ELFT>::EHFrame) {
   // Mark .eh_frame sections as live by default because there are
   // usually no relocations that point to .eh_frames. Otherwise,
   // the garbage collector would drop all .eh_frame sections.
   this->Live = true;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool EhInputSection<ELFT>::classof(const InputSectionData *S) {
   return S->kind() == InputSectionBase<ELFT>::EHFrame;
 }
 
 // Returns the index of the first relocation that points to a region between
 // Begin and Begin+Size.
 template <class IntTy, class RelTy>
 static unsigned getReloc(IntTy Begin, IntTy Size, const ArrayRef<RelTy> &Rels,
                          unsigned &RelocI) {
   // Start search from RelocI for fast access. That works because the
   // relocations are sorted in .eh_frame.
   for (unsigned N = Rels.size(); RelocI < N; ++RelocI) {
     const RelTy &Rel = Rels[RelocI];
     if (Rel.r_offset < Begin)
       continue;
 
     if (Rel.r_offset < Begin + Size)
       return RelocI;
     return -1;
   }
   return -1;
 }
 
 // .eh_frame is a sequence of CIE or FDE records.
 // This function splits an input section into records and returns them.
 template <class ELFT> void EhInputSection<ELFT>::split() {
   // Early exit if already split.
   if (!this->Pieces.empty())
     return;
 
   if (this->NumRelocations) {
     if (this->AreRelocsRela)
       split(this->relas());
     else
       split(this->rels());
     return;
   }
   split(makeArrayRef<typename ELFT::Rela>(nullptr, nullptr));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 template <class RelTy>
 void EhInputSection<ELFT>::split(ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data = this->Data;
   unsigned RelI = 0;
   for (size_t Off = 0, End = Data.size(); Off != End;) {
     size_t Size = readEhRecordSize<ELFT>(this, Off);
     this->Pieces.emplace_back(Off, this, Size, getReloc(Off, Size, Rels, RelI));
     // The empty record is the end marker.
     if (Size == 4)
       break;
     Off += Size;
   }
 }
 
 static size_t findNull(ArrayRef<uint8_t> A, size_t EntSize) {
   // Optimize the common case.
   StringRef S((const char *)A.data(), A.size());
   if (EntSize == 1)
     return S.find(0);
 
   for (unsigned I = 0, N = S.size(); I != N; I += EntSize) {
     const char *B = S.begin() + I;
     if (std::all_of(B, B + EntSize, [](char C) { return C == 0; }))
       return I;
   }
   return StringRef::npos;
 }
 
 // Split SHF_STRINGS section. Such section is a sequence of
 // null-terminated strings.
 template <class ELFT>
 void MergeInputSection<ELFT>::splitStrings(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data,
                                            size_t EntSize) {
   size_t Off = 0;
   bool IsAlloc = this->Flags & SHF_ALLOC;
   while (!Data.empty()) {
     size_t End = findNull(Data, EntSize);
     if (End == StringRef::npos)
       fatal(toString(this) + ": string is not null terminated");
     size_t Size = End + EntSize;
     Pieces.emplace_back(Off, !IsAlloc);
     Hashes.push_back(hash_value(toStringRef(Data.slice(0, Size))));
     Data = Data.slice(Size);
     Off += Size;
   }
 }
 
 // Split non-SHF_STRINGS section. Such section is a sequence of
 // fixed size records.
 template <class ELFT>
 void MergeInputSection<ELFT>::splitNonStrings(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data,
                                               size_t EntSize) {
   size_t Size = Data.size();
   assert((Size % EntSize) == 0);
   bool IsAlloc = this->Flags & SHF_ALLOC;
   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Size; I != N; I += EntSize) {
     Hashes.push_back(hash_value(toStringRef(Data.slice(I, EntSize))));
     Pieces.emplace_back(I, !IsAlloc);
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 MergeInputSection<ELFT>::MergeInputSection(elf::ObjectFile<ELFT> *F,
                                            const Elf_Shdr *Header,
                                            StringRef Name)
     : InputSectionBase<ELFT>(F, Header, Name, InputSectionBase<ELFT>::Merge) {}
 
 // This function is called after we obtain a complete list of input sections
 // that need to be linked. This is responsible to split section contents
 // into small chunks for further processing.
 //
 // Note that this function is called from parallel_for_each. This must be
 // thread-safe (i.e. no memory allocation from the pools).
 template <class ELFT> void MergeInputSection<ELFT>::splitIntoPieces() {
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data = this->Data;
   uintX_t EntSize = this->Entsize;
   if (this->Flags & SHF_STRINGS)
     splitStrings(Data, EntSize);
   else
     splitNonStrings(Data, EntSize);
 
   if (Config->GcSections && (this->Flags & SHF_ALLOC))
     for (uintX_t Off : LiveOffsets)
       this->getSectionPiece(Off)->Live = true;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool MergeInputSection<ELFT>::classof(const InputSectionData *S) {
   return S->kind() == InputSectionBase<ELFT>::Merge;
 }
 
 // Do binary search to get a section piece at a given input offset.
 template <class ELFT>
 SectionPiece *MergeInputSection<ELFT>::getSectionPiece(uintX_t Offset) {
   auto *This = static_cast<const MergeInputSection<ELFT> *>(this);
   return const_cast<SectionPiece *>(This->getSectionPiece(Offset));
 }
 
 template <class It, class T, class Compare>
 static It fastUpperBound(It First, It Last, const T &Value, Compare Comp) {
   size_t Size = std::distance(First, Last);
   assert(Size != 0);
   while (Size != 1) {
     size_t H = Size / 2;
     const It MI = First + H;
     Size -= H;
     First = Comp(Value, *MI) ? First : First + H;
   }
   return Comp(Value, *First) ? First : First + 1;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 const SectionPiece *
 MergeInputSection<ELFT>::getSectionPiece(uintX_t Offset) const {
   uintX_t Size = this->Data.size();
   if (Offset >= Size)
     fatal(toString(this) + ": entry is past the end of the section");
 
   // Find the element this offset points to.
   auto I = fastUpperBound(
       Pieces.begin(), Pieces.end(), Offset,
       [](const uintX_t &A, const SectionPiece &B) { return A < B.InputOff; });
   --I;
   return &*I;
 }
 
 // Returns the offset in an output section for a given input offset.
 // Because contents of a mergeable section is not contiguous in output,
 // it is not just an addition to a base output offset.
 template <class ELFT>
 typename ELFT::uint MergeInputSection<ELFT>::getOffset(uintX_t Offset) const {
   // Initialize OffsetMap lazily.
   std::call_once(InitOffsetMap, [&] {
     OffsetMap.reserve(Pieces.size());
     for (const SectionPiece &Piece : Pieces)
       OffsetMap[Piece.InputOff] = Piece.OutputOff;
   });
 
   // Find a string starting at a given offset.
   auto It = OffsetMap.find(Offset);
   if (It != OffsetMap.end())
     return It->second;
 
   if (!this->Live)
     return 0;
 
   // If Offset is not at beginning of a section piece, it is not in the map.
   // In that case we need to search from the original section piece vector.
   const SectionPiece &Piece = *this->getSectionPiece(Offset);
   if (!Piece.Live)
     return 0;
 
   uintX_t Addend = Offset - Piece.InputOff;
   return Piece.OutputOff + Addend;
 }
 
 template class elf::InputSectionBase<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::InputSectionBase<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::InputSectionBase<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::InputSectionBase<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class elf::InputSection<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::InputSection<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::InputSection<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::InputSection<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class elf::EhInputSection<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::EhInputSection<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::EhInputSection<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::EhInputSection<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class elf::MergeInputSection<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::MergeInputSection<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::MergeInputSection<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::MergeInputSection<ELF64BE>;
 
-template std::string elf::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF32LE> *);
-template std::string elf::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF32BE> *);
-template std::string elf::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF64LE> *);
-template std::string elf::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF64BE> *);
+template std::string lld::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF32LE> *);
+template std::string lld::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF32BE> *);
+template std::string lld::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF64LE> *);
+template std::string lld::toString(const InputSectionBase<ELF64BE> *);
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputSection.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputSection.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/InputSection.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,327 +1,326 @@
 //===- InputSection.h -------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_ELF_INPUT_SECTION_H
 #define LLD_ELF_INPUT_SECTION_H
 
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Relocations.h"
 #include "Thunks.h"
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/CachedHashString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseSet.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
 #include <mutex>
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 
 class DefinedCommon;
 class SymbolBody;
 struct SectionPiece;
 
 template <class ELFT> class DefinedRegular;
 template <class ELFT> class ObjectFile;
 template <class ELFT> class OutputSection;
 class OutputSectionBase;
 
 // We need non-template input section class to store symbol layout
 // in linker script parser structures, where we do not have ELFT
 // template parameter. For each scripted output section symbol we
 // store pointer to preceding InputSectionData object or nullptr,
 // if symbol should be placed at the very beginning of the output
 // section
 class InputSectionData {
 public:
   enum Kind { Regular, EHFrame, Merge, Synthetic, };
 
   // The garbage collector sets sections' Live bits.
   // If GC is disabled, all sections are considered live by default.
   InputSectionData(Kind SectionKind, StringRef Name, ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data,
                    bool Live)
       : SectionKind(SectionKind), Live(Live), Assigned(false), Name(Name),
         Data(Data) {}
 
 private:
   unsigned SectionKind : 3;
 
 public:
   Kind kind() const { return (Kind)SectionKind; }
 
   unsigned Live : 1;       // for garbage collection
   unsigned Assigned : 1;   // for linker script
   uint32_t Alignment;
   StringRef Name;
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data;
 
   template <typename T> llvm::ArrayRef<T> getDataAs() const {
     size_t S = Data.size();
     assert(S % sizeof(T) == 0);
     return llvm::makeArrayRef<T>((const T *)Data.data(), S / sizeof(T));
   }
 
   std::vector<Relocation> Relocations;
 };
 
 // This corresponds to a section of an input file.
 template <class ELFT> class InputSectionBase : public InputSectionData {
 protected:
   typedef typename ELFT::Chdr Elf_Chdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rel Elf_Rel;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rela Elf_Rela;
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
   // The file this section is from.
   ObjectFile<ELFT> *File;
 
 public:
   // These corresponds to the fields in Elf_Shdr.
   uintX_t Flags;
   uintX_t Offset = 0;
   uintX_t Entsize;
   uint32_t Type;
   uint32_t Link;
   uint32_t Info;
 
   InputSectionBase()
       : InputSectionData(Regular, "", ArrayRef<uint8_t>(), false), Repl(this) {
     NumRelocations = 0;
     AreRelocsRela = false;
   }
 
   InputSectionBase(ObjectFile<ELFT> *File, const Elf_Shdr *Header,
                    StringRef Name, Kind SectionKind);
   InputSectionBase(ObjectFile<ELFT> *File, uintX_t Flags, uint32_t Type,
                    uintX_t Entsize, uint32_t Link, uint32_t Info,
                    uintX_t Addralign, ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data, StringRef Name,
                    Kind SectionKind);
   OutputSectionBase *OutSec = nullptr;
 
   // Relocations that refer to this section.
   const Elf_Rel *FirstRelocation = nullptr;
   unsigned NumRelocations : 31;
   unsigned AreRelocsRela : 1;
   ArrayRef<Elf_Rel> rels() const {
     assert(!AreRelocsRela);
     return llvm::makeArrayRef(FirstRelocation, NumRelocations);
   }
   ArrayRef<Elf_Rela> relas() const {
     assert(AreRelocsRela);
     return llvm::makeArrayRef(static_cast<const Elf_Rela *>(FirstRelocation),
                               NumRelocations);
   }
 
   // This pointer points to the "real" instance of this instance.
   // Usually Repl == this. However, if ICF merges two sections,
   // Repl pointer of one section points to another section. So,
   // if you need to get a pointer to this instance, do not use
   // this but instead this->Repl.
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Repl;
 
   // Returns the size of this section (even if this is a common or BSS.)
   size_t getSize() const;
 
   ObjectFile<ELFT> *getFile() const { return File; }
   llvm::object::ELFFile<ELFT> getObj() const { return File->getObj(); }
   uintX_t getOffset(const DefinedRegular<ELFT> &Sym) const;
   InputSectionBase *getLinkOrderDep() const;
   // Translate an offset in the input section to an offset in the output
   // section.
   uintX_t getOffset(uintX_t Offset) const;
 
   // ELF supports ZLIB-compressed section.
   // Returns true if the section is compressed.
   bool isCompressed() const;
   void uncompress();
 
   // Returns a source location string. Used to construct an error message.
   std::string getLocation(uintX_t Offset);
 
   void relocate(uint8_t *Buf, uint8_t *BufEnd);
 
 private:
   std::pair<ArrayRef<uint8_t>, uint64_t>
   getElfCompressedData(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data);
 
   std::pair<ArrayRef<uint8_t>, uint64_t>
   getRawCompressedData(ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data);
 };
 
 // SectionPiece represents a piece of splittable section contents.
 // We allocate a lot of these and binary search on them. This means that they
 // have to be as compact as possible, which is why we don't store the size (can
 // be found by looking at the next one) and put the hash in a side table.
 struct SectionPiece {
   SectionPiece(size_t Off, bool Live = false)
       : InputOff(Off), OutputOff(-1), Live(Live || !Config->GcSections) {}
 
   size_t InputOff;
   ssize_t OutputOff : 8 * sizeof(ssize_t) - 1;
   size_t Live : 1;
 };
 static_assert(sizeof(SectionPiece) == 2 * sizeof(size_t),
               "SectionPiece is too big");
 
 // This corresponds to a SHF_MERGE section of an input file.
 template <class ELFT> class MergeInputSection : public InputSectionBase<ELFT> {
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
 
 public:
   MergeInputSection(ObjectFile<ELFT> *F, const Elf_Shdr *Header,
                     StringRef Name);
   static bool classof(const InputSectionData *S);
   void splitIntoPieces();
 
   // Mark the piece at a given offset live. Used by GC.
   void markLiveAt(uintX_t Offset) {
     assert(this->Flags & llvm::ELF::SHF_ALLOC);
     LiveOffsets.insert(Offset);
   }
 
   // Translate an offset in the input section to an offset
   // in the output section.
   uintX_t getOffset(uintX_t Offset) const;
 
   // Splittable sections are handled as a sequence of data
   // rather than a single large blob of data.
   std::vector<SectionPiece> Pieces;
 
   // Returns I'th piece's data. This function is very hot when
   // string merging is enabled, so we want to inline.
   LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_ALWAYS_INLINE
   llvm::CachedHashStringRef getData(size_t I) const {
     size_t Begin = Pieces[I].InputOff;
     size_t End;
     if (Pieces.size() - 1 == I)
       End = this->Data.size();
     else
       End = Pieces[I + 1].InputOff;
 
     StringRef S = {(const char *)(this->Data.data() + Begin), End - Begin};
     return {S, Hashes[I]};
   }
 
   // Returns the SectionPiece at a given input section offset.
   SectionPiece *getSectionPiece(uintX_t Offset);
   const SectionPiece *getSectionPiece(uintX_t Offset) const;
 
 private:
   void splitStrings(ArrayRef<uint8_t> A, size_t Size);
   void splitNonStrings(ArrayRef<uint8_t> A, size_t Size);
 
   std::vector<uint32_t> Hashes;
 
   mutable llvm::DenseMap<uintX_t, uintX_t> OffsetMap;
   mutable std::once_flag InitOffsetMap;
 
   llvm::DenseSet<uintX_t> LiveOffsets;
 };
 
 struct EhSectionPiece : public SectionPiece {
   EhSectionPiece(size_t Off, InputSectionData *ID, uint32_t Size,
                  unsigned FirstRelocation)
       : SectionPiece(Off, false), ID(ID), Size(Size),
         FirstRelocation(FirstRelocation) {}
   InputSectionData *ID;
   uint32_t Size;
   uint32_t size() const { return Size; }
 
   ArrayRef<uint8_t> data() { return {ID->Data.data() + this->InputOff, Size}; }
   unsigned FirstRelocation;
 };
 
 // This corresponds to a .eh_frame section of an input file.
 template <class ELFT> class EhInputSection : public InputSectionBase<ELFT> {
 public:
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
   EhInputSection(ObjectFile<ELFT> *F, const Elf_Shdr *Header, StringRef Name);
   static bool classof(const InputSectionData *S);
   void split();
   template <class RelTy> void split(ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels);
 
   // Splittable sections are handled as a sequence of data
   // rather than a single large blob of data.
   std::vector<EhSectionPiece> Pieces;
 };
 
 // This corresponds to a non SHF_MERGE section of an input file.
 template <class ELFT> class InputSection : public InputSectionBase<ELFT> {
   typedef InputSectionBase<ELFT> Base;
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rela Elf_Rela;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rel Elf_Rel;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
   typedef InputSectionData::Kind Kind;
 
 public:
   InputSection();
   InputSection(uintX_t Flags, uint32_t Type, uintX_t Addralign,
                ArrayRef<uint8_t> Data, StringRef Name,
                Kind K = InputSectionData::Regular);
   InputSection(ObjectFile<ELFT> *F, const Elf_Shdr *Header, StringRef Name);
 
   static InputSection<ELFT> Discarded;
 
   // Write this section to a mmap'ed file, assuming Buf is pointing to
   // beginning of the output section.
   void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf);
 
   // The offset from beginning of the output sections this section was assigned
   // to. The writer sets a value.
   uint64_t OutSecOff = 0;
 
   // InputSection that is dependent on us (reverse dependency for GC)
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *DependentSection = nullptr;
 
   static bool classof(const InputSectionData *S);
 
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *getRelocatedSection();
 
   // Register thunk related to the symbol. When the section is written
   // to a mmap'ed file, target is requested to write an actual thunk code.
   // Now thunks is supported for MIPS and ARM target only.
   void addThunk(const Thunk<ELFT> *T);
 
   // The offset of synthetic thunk code from beginning of this section.
   uint64_t getThunkOff() const;
 
   // Size of chunk with thunks code.
   uint64_t getThunksSize() const;
 
   template <class RelTy>
   void relocateNonAlloc(uint8_t *Buf, llvm::ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels);
 
   // Used by ICF.
   uint32_t Class[2] = {0, 0};
 
   // Called by ICF to merge two input sections.
   void replace(InputSection<ELFT> *Other);
 
 private:
   template <class RelTy>
   void copyRelocations(uint8_t *Buf, llvm::ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels);
 
   llvm::TinyPtrVector<const Thunk<ELFT> *> Thunks;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> InputSection<ELFT> InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded;
-
-template <class ELFT> std::string toString(const InputSectionBase<ELFT> *);
-
 } // namespace elf
+
+template <class ELFT> std::string toString(const elf::InputSectionBase<ELFT> *);
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/LinkerScript.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/LinkerScript.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/LinkerScript.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,1978 +1,1948 @@
 //===- LinkerScript.cpp ---------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 // This file contains the parser/evaluator of the linker script.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "LinkerScript.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Driver.h"
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "OutputSections.h"
 #include "ScriptParser.h"
 #include "Strings.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "SyntheticSections.h"
 #include "Target.h"
 #include "Writer.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringSwitch.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ELF.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 #include <algorithm>
 #include <cassert>
 #include <cstddef>
 #include <cstdint>
 #include <iterator>
 #include <limits>
 #include <memory>
 #include <string>
 #include <tuple>
 #include <vector>
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::support::endian;
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 LinkerScriptBase *elf::ScriptBase;
 ScriptConfiguration *elf::ScriptConfig;
 
 template <class ELFT> static void addRegular(SymbolAssignment *Cmd) {
   uint8_t Visibility = Cmd->Hidden ? STV_HIDDEN : STV_DEFAULT;
   Symbol *Sym = Symtab<ELFT>::X->addRegular(Cmd->Name, Visibility, STT_NOTYPE,
                                             0, 0, STB_GLOBAL, nullptr, nullptr);
   Cmd->Sym = Sym->body();
 
   // If we have no SECTIONS then we don't have '.' and don't call
   // assignAddresses(). We calculate symbol value immediately in this case.
   if (!ScriptConfig->HasSections)
     cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(Cmd->Sym)->Value = Cmd->Expression(0);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static void addSynthetic(SymbolAssignment *Cmd) {
   // If we have SECTIONS block then output sections haven't been created yet.
   const OutputSectionBase *Sec =
       ScriptConfig->HasSections ? nullptr : Cmd->Expression.Section();
   Symbol *Sym = Symtab<ELFT>::X->addSynthetic(
       Cmd->Name, Sec, 0, Cmd->Hidden ? STV_HIDDEN : STV_DEFAULT);
   Cmd->Sym = Sym->body();
 
   // If we already know section then we can calculate symbol value immediately.
   if (Sec)
     cast<DefinedSynthetic>(Cmd->Sym)->Value = Cmd->Expression(0) - Sec->Addr;
 }
 
 static bool isUnderSysroot(StringRef Path) {
   if (Config->Sysroot == "")
     return false;
   for (; !Path.empty(); Path = sys::path::parent_path(Path))
     if (sys::fs::equivalent(Config->Sysroot, Path))
       return true;
   return false;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static void addSymbol(SymbolAssignment *Cmd) {
   if (Cmd->Expression.IsAbsolute())
     addRegular<ELFT>(Cmd);
   else
     addSynthetic<ELFT>(Cmd);
 }
 // If a symbol was in PROVIDE(), we need to define it only when
 // it is an undefined symbol.
 template <class ELFT> static bool shouldDefine(SymbolAssignment *Cmd) {
   if (Cmd->Name == ".")
     return false;
   if (!Cmd->Provide)
     return true;
   SymbolBody *B = Symtab<ELFT>::X->find(Cmd->Name);
   return B && B->isUndefined();
 }
 
 bool SymbolAssignment::classof(const BaseCommand *C) {
   return C->Kind == AssignmentKind;
 }
 
 bool OutputSectionCommand::classof(const BaseCommand *C) {
   return C->Kind == OutputSectionKind;
 }
 
 bool InputSectionDescription::classof(const BaseCommand *C) {
   return C->Kind == InputSectionKind;
 }
 
 bool AssertCommand::classof(const BaseCommand *C) {
   return C->Kind == AssertKind;
 }
 
 bool BytesDataCommand::classof(const BaseCommand *C) {
   return C->Kind == BytesDataKind;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> LinkerScript<ELFT>::LinkerScript() = default;
 template <class ELFT> LinkerScript<ELFT>::~LinkerScript() = default;
 
 template <class ELFT> static StringRef basename(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S) {
   if (S->getFile())
     return sys::path::filename(S->getFile()->getName());
   return "";
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool LinkerScript<ELFT>::shouldKeep(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S) {
   for (InputSectionDescription *ID : Opt.KeptSections)
     if (ID->FilePat.match(basename(S)))
       for (SectionPattern &P : ID->SectionPatterns)
         if (P.SectionPat.match(S->Name))
           return true;
   return false;
 }
 
 static bool comparePriority(InputSectionData *A, InputSectionData *B) {
   return getPriority(A->Name) < getPriority(B->Name);
 }
 
 static bool compareName(InputSectionData *A, InputSectionData *B) {
   return A->Name < B->Name;
 }
 
 static bool compareAlignment(InputSectionData *A, InputSectionData *B) {
   // ">" is not a mistake. Larger alignments are placed before smaller
   // alignments in order to reduce the amount of padding necessary.
   // This is compatible with GNU.
   return A->Alignment > B->Alignment;
 }
 
 static std::function<bool(InputSectionData *, InputSectionData *)>
 getComparator(SortSectionPolicy K) {
   switch (K) {
   case SortSectionPolicy::Alignment:
     return compareAlignment;
   case SortSectionPolicy::Name:
     return compareName;
   case SortSectionPolicy::Priority:
     return comparePriority;
   default:
     llvm_unreachable("unknown sort policy");
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static bool matchConstraints(ArrayRef<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> Sections,
                              ConstraintKind Kind) {
   if (Kind == ConstraintKind::NoConstraint)
     return true;
   bool IsRW = llvm::any_of(Sections, [=](InputSectionData *Sec2) {
     auto *Sec = static_cast<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *>(Sec2);
     return Sec->Flags & SHF_WRITE;
   });
   return (IsRW && Kind == ConstraintKind::ReadWrite) ||
          (!IsRW && Kind == ConstraintKind::ReadOnly);
 }
 
 static void sortSections(InputSectionData **Begin, InputSectionData **End,
                          SortSectionPolicy K) {
   if (K != SortSectionPolicy::Default && K != SortSectionPolicy::None)
     std::stable_sort(Begin, End, getComparator(K));
 }
 
 // Compute and remember which sections the InputSectionDescription matches.
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::computeInputSections(InputSectionDescription *I) {
   // Collects all sections that satisfy constraints of I
   // and attach them to I.
   for (SectionPattern &Pat : I->SectionPatterns) {
     size_t SizeBefore = I->Sections.size();
 
     for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : Symtab<ELFT>::X->Sections) {
       if (!S->Live || S->Assigned)
         continue;
 
       StringRef Filename = basename(S);
       if (!I->FilePat.match(Filename) || Pat.ExcludedFilePat.match(Filename))
         continue;
       if (!Pat.SectionPat.match(S->Name))
         continue;
       I->Sections.push_back(S);
       S->Assigned = true;
     }
 
     // Sort sections as instructed by SORT-family commands and --sort-section
     // option. Because SORT-family commands can be nested at most two depth
     // (e.g. SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(.text.*))) and because the command
     // line option is respected even if a SORT command is given, the exact
     // behavior we have here is a bit complicated. Here are the rules.
     //
     // 1. If two SORT commands are given, --sort-section is ignored.
     // 2. If one SORT command is given, and if it is not SORT_NONE,
     //    --sort-section is handled as an inner SORT command.
     // 3. If one SORT command is given, and if it is SORT_NONE, don't sort.
     // 4. If no SORT command is given, sort according to --sort-section.
     InputSectionData **Begin = I->Sections.data() + SizeBefore;
     InputSectionData **End = I->Sections.data() + I->Sections.size();
     if (Pat.SortOuter != SortSectionPolicy::None) {
       if (Pat.SortInner == SortSectionPolicy::Default)
         sortSections(Begin, End, Config->SortSection);
       else
         sortSections(Begin, End, Pat.SortInner);
       sortSections(Begin, End, Pat.SortOuter);
     }
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::discard(ArrayRef<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> V) {
   for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : V) {
     S->Live = false;
     reportDiscarded(S);
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 std::vector<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *>
 LinkerScript<ELFT>::createInputSectionList(OutputSectionCommand &OutCmd) {
   std::vector<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> Ret;
 
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : OutCmd.Commands) {
     auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<InputSectionDescription>(Base.get());
     if (!Cmd)
       continue;
     computeInputSections(Cmd);
     for (InputSectionData *S : Cmd->Sections)
       Ret.push_back(static_cast<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *>(S));
   }
 
   return Ret;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
-static SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits> createKey(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C,
-                                            StringRef OutsecName) {
-  // When using linker script the merge rules are different.
-  // Unfortunately, linker scripts are name based. This means that expressions
-  // like *(.foo*) can refer to multiple input sections that would normally be
-  // placed in different output sections. We cannot put them in different
-  // output sections or we would produce wrong results for
-  // start = .; *(.foo.*) end = .; *(.bar)
-  // and a mapping of .foo1 and .bar1 to one section and .foo2 and .bar2 to
-  // another. The problem is that there is no way to layout those output
-  // sections such that the .foo sections are the only thing between the
-  // start and end symbols.
-
-  // An extra annoyance is that we cannot simply disable merging of the contents
-  // of SHF_MERGE sections, but our implementation requires one output section
-  // per "kind" (string or not, which size/aligment).
-  // Fortunately, creating symbols in the middle of a merge section is not
-  // supported by bfd or gold, so we can just create multiple section in that
-  // case.
-  typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
-  uintX_t Flags = C->Flags & (SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS);
-
-  uintX_t Alignment = 0;
-  if (isa<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(C))
-    Alignment = std::max<uintX_t>(C->Alignment, C->Entsize);
-
-  return SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits>{OutsecName, /*Type*/ 0, Flags, Alignment};
-}
-
-template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::addSection(OutputSectionFactory<ELFT> &Factory,
                                     InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Sec,
                                     StringRef Name) {
   OutputSectionBase *OutSec;
   bool IsNew;
-  std::tie(OutSec, IsNew) = Factory.create(createKey(Sec, Name), Sec);
+  std::tie(OutSec, IsNew) = Factory.create(Sec, Name);
   if (IsNew)
     OutputSections->push_back(OutSec);
   OutSec->addSection(Sec);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::processCommands(OutputSectionFactory<ELFT> &Factory) {
   for (unsigned I = 0; I < Opt.Commands.size(); ++I) {
     auto Iter = Opt.Commands.begin() + I;
     const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base1 = *Iter;
 
     // Handle symbol assignments outside of any output section.
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(Base1.get())) {
       if (shouldDefine<ELFT>(Cmd))
         addSymbol<ELFT>(Cmd);
       continue;
     }
 
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<AssertCommand>(Base1.get())) {
       // If we don't have SECTIONS then output sections have already been
       // created by Writer<ELFT>. The LinkerScript<ELFT>::assignAddresses
       // will not be called, so ASSERT should be evaluated now.
       if (!Opt.HasSections)
         Cmd->Expression(0);
       continue;
     }
 
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base1.get())) {
       std::vector<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *> V = createInputSectionList(*Cmd);
 
       // The output section name `/DISCARD/' is special.
       // Any input section assigned to it is discarded.
       if (Cmd->Name == "/DISCARD/") {
         discard(V);
         continue;
       }
 
       // This is for ONLY_IF_RO and ONLY_IF_RW. An output section directive
       // ".foo : ONLY_IF_R[OW] { ... }" is handled only if all member input
       // sections satisfy a given constraint. If not, a directive is handled
       // as if it wasn't present from the beginning.
       //
       // Because we'll iterate over Commands many more times, the easiest
       // way to "make it as if it wasn't present" is to just remove it.
       if (!matchConstraints<ELFT>(V, Cmd->Constraint)) {
         for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : V)
           S->Assigned = false;
         Opt.Commands.erase(Iter);
         --I;
         continue;
       }
 
       // A directive may contain symbol definitions like this:
       // ".foo : { ...; bar = .; }". Handle them.
       for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Cmd->Commands)
         if (auto *OutCmd = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(Base.get()))
           if (shouldDefine<ELFT>(OutCmd))
             addSymbol<ELFT>(OutCmd);
 
       // Handle subalign (e.g. ".foo : SUBALIGN(32) { ... }"). If subalign
       // is given, input sections are aligned to that value, whether the
       // given value is larger or smaller than the original section alignment.
       if (Cmd->SubalignExpr) {
         uint32_t Subalign = Cmd->SubalignExpr(0);
         for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : V)
           S->Alignment = Subalign;
       }
 
       // Add input sections to an output section.
       for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : V)
         addSection(Factory, S, Cmd->Name);
     }
   }
 }
 
 // Add sections that didn't match any sections command.
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::addOrphanSections(
     OutputSectionFactory<ELFT> &Factory) {
   for (InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S : Symtab<ELFT>::X->Sections)
     if (S->Live && !S->OutSec)
       addSection(Factory, S, getOutputSectionName(S->Name));
 }
 
 // Sets value of a section-defined symbol. Two kinds of
 // symbols are processed: synthetic symbols, whose value
 // is an offset from beginning of section and regular
 // symbols whose value is absolute.
 template <class ELFT>
 static void assignSectionSymbol(SymbolAssignment *Cmd,
                                 typename ELFT::uint Value) {
   if (!Cmd->Sym)
     return;
 
   if (auto *Body = dyn_cast<DefinedSynthetic>(Cmd->Sym)) {
     Body->Section = Cmd->Expression.Section();
     Body->Value = Cmd->Expression(Value) - Body->Section->Addr;
     return;
   }
   auto *Body = cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(Cmd->Sym);
   Body->Value = Cmd->Expression(Value);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static bool isTbss(OutputSectionBase *Sec) {
   return (Sec->Flags & SHF_TLS) && Sec->Type == SHT_NOBITS;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::output(InputSection<ELFT> *S) {
   if (!AlreadyOutputIS.insert(S).second)
     return;
   bool IsTbss = isTbss<ELFT>(CurOutSec);
 
   uintX_t Pos = IsTbss ? Dot + ThreadBssOffset : Dot;
   Pos = alignTo(Pos, S->Alignment);
   S->OutSecOff = Pos - CurOutSec->Addr;
   Pos += S->getSize();
 
   // Update output section size after adding each section. This is so that
   // SIZEOF works correctly in the case below:
   // .foo { *(.aaa) a = SIZEOF(.foo); *(.bbb) }
   CurOutSec->Size = Pos - CurOutSec->Addr;
 
   if (IsTbss)
     ThreadBssOffset = Pos - Dot;
   else
     Dot = Pos;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::flush() {
   if (!CurOutSec || !AlreadyOutputOS.insert(CurOutSec).second)
     return;
   if (auto *OutSec = dyn_cast<OutputSection<ELFT>>(CurOutSec)) {
     for (InputSection<ELFT> *I : OutSec->Sections)
       output(I);
   } else {
     Dot += CurOutSec->Size;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::switchTo(OutputSectionBase *Sec) {
   if (CurOutSec == Sec)
     return;
   if (AlreadyOutputOS.count(Sec))
     return;
 
   flush();
   CurOutSec = Sec;
 
   Dot = alignTo(Dot, CurOutSec->Addralign);
   CurOutSec->Addr = isTbss<ELFT>(CurOutSec) ? Dot + ThreadBssOffset : Dot;
 
   // If neither AT nor AT> is specified for an allocatable section, the linker
   // will set the LMA such that the difference between VMA and LMA for the
   // section is the same as the preceding output section in the same region
   // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs-2.20/ld/Output-Section-LMA.html
   CurOutSec->setLMAOffset(LMAOffset);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::process(BaseCommand &Base) {
   // This handles the assignments to symbol or to a location counter (.)
   if (auto *AssignCmd = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(&Base)) {
     if (AssignCmd->Name == ".") {
       // Update to location counter means update to section size.
       uintX_t Val = AssignCmd->Expression(Dot);
       if (Val < Dot)
         error("unable to move location counter backward for: " +
               CurOutSec->Name);
       Dot = Val;
       CurOutSec->Size = Dot - CurOutSec->Addr;
       return;
     }
     assignSectionSymbol<ELFT>(AssignCmd, Dot);
     return;
   }
 
   // Handle BYTE(), SHORT(), LONG(), or QUAD().
   if (auto *DataCmd = dyn_cast<BytesDataCommand>(&Base)) {
     DataCmd->Offset = Dot - CurOutSec->Addr;
     Dot += DataCmd->Size;
     CurOutSec->Size = Dot - CurOutSec->Addr;
     return;
   }
 
   if (auto *AssertCmd = dyn_cast<AssertCommand>(&Base)) {
     AssertCmd->Expression(Dot);
     return;
   }
 
   // It handles single input section description command,
   // calculates and assigns the offsets for each section and also
   // updates the output section size.
   auto &ICmd = cast<InputSectionDescription>(Base);
   for (InputSectionData *ID : ICmd.Sections) {
     // We tentatively added all synthetic sections at the beginning and removed
     // empty ones afterwards (because there is no way to know whether they were
     // going be empty or not other than actually running linker scripts.)
     // We need to ignore remains of empty sections.
     if (auto *Sec = dyn_cast<SyntheticSection<ELFT>>(ID))
       if (Sec->empty())
         continue;
 
     auto *IB = static_cast<InputSectionBase<ELFT> *>(ID);
     switchTo(IB->OutSec);
     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(IB))
       output(I);
     else
       flush();
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static std::vector<OutputSectionBase *>
 findSections(StringRef Name, const std::vector<OutputSectionBase *> &Sections) {
   std::vector<OutputSectionBase *> Ret;
   for (OutputSectionBase *Sec : Sections)
     if (Sec->getName() == Name)
       Ret.push_back(Sec);
   return Ret;
 }
 
 // This function assigns offsets to input sections and an output section
 // for a single sections command (e.g. ".text { *(.text); }").
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::assignOffsets(OutputSectionCommand *Cmd) {
   if (Cmd->LMAExpr)
     LMAOffset = Cmd->LMAExpr(Dot) - Dot;
   std::vector<OutputSectionBase *> Sections =
       findSections<ELFT>(Cmd->Name, *OutputSections);
   if (Sections.empty())
     return;
   switchTo(Sections[0]);
 
   // Find the last section output location. We will output orphan sections
   // there so that end symbols point to the correct location.
   auto E = std::find_if(Cmd->Commands.rbegin(), Cmd->Commands.rend(),
                         [](const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Cmd) {
                           return !isa<SymbolAssignment>(*Cmd);
                         })
                .base();
   for (auto I = Cmd->Commands.begin(); I != E; ++I)
     process(**I);
   for (OutputSectionBase *Base : Sections)
     switchTo(Base);
   flush();
   std::for_each(E, Cmd->Commands.end(),
                 [this](std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &B) { process(*B.get()); });
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::removeEmptyCommands() {
   // It is common practice to use very generic linker scripts. So for any
   // given run some of the output sections in the script will be empty.
   // We could create corresponding empty output sections, but that would
   // clutter the output.
   // We instead remove trivially empty sections. The bfd linker seems even
   // more aggressive at removing them.
   auto Pos = std::remove_if(
       Opt.Commands.begin(), Opt.Commands.end(),
       [&](const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base) {
         if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get()))
           return findSections<ELFT>(Cmd->Name, *OutputSections).empty();
         return false;
       });
   Opt.Commands.erase(Pos, Opt.Commands.end());
 }
 
 static bool isAllSectionDescription(const OutputSectionCommand &Cmd) {
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &I : Cmd.Commands)
     if (!isa<InputSectionDescription>(*I))
       return false;
   return true;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::adjustSectionsBeforeSorting() {
   // If the output section contains only symbol assignments, create a
   // corresponding output section. The bfd linker seems to only create them if
   // '.' is assigned to, but creating these section should not have any bad
   // consequeces and gives us a section to put the symbol in.
   uintX_t Flags = SHF_ALLOC;
   uint32_t Type = SHT_NOBITS;
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Opt.Commands) {
     auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get());
     if (!Cmd)
       continue;
     std::vector<OutputSectionBase *> Secs =
         findSections<ELFT>(Cmd->Name, *OutputSections);
     if (!Secs.empty()) {
       Flags = Secs[0]->Flags;
       Type = Secs[0]->Type;
       continue;
     }
 
     if (isAllSectionDescription(*Cmd))
       continue;
 
     auto *OutSec = make<OutputSection<ELFT>>(Cmd->Name, Type, Flags);
     OutputSections->push_back(OutSec);
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::adjustSectionsAfterSorting() {
   placeOrphanSections();
 
   // If output section command doesn't specify any segments,
   // and we haven't previously assigned any section to segment,
   // then we simply assign section to the very first load segment.
   // Below is an example of such linker script:
   // PHDRS { seg PT_LOAD; }
   // SECTIONS { .aaa : { *(.aaa) } }
   std::vector<StringRef> DefPhdrs;
   auto FirstPtLoad =
       std::find_if(Opt.PhdrsCommands.begin(), Opt.PhdrsCommands.end(),
                    [](const PhdrsCommand &Cmd) { return Cmd.Type == PT_LOAD; });
   if (FirstPtLoad != Opt.PhdrsCommands.end())
     DefPhdrs.push_back(FirstPtLoad->Name);
 
   // Walk the commands and propagate the program headers to commands that don't
   // explicitly specify them.
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Opt.Commands) {
     auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get());
     if (!Cmd)
       continue;
     if (Cmd->Phdrs.empty())
       Cmd->Phdrs = DefPhdrs;
     else
       DefPhdrs = Cmd->Phdrs;
   }
 
   removeEmptyCommands();
 }
 
 // When placing orphan sections, we want to place them after symbol assignments
 // so that an orphan after
 //   begin_foo = .;
 //   foo : { *(foo) }
 //   end_foo = .;
 // doesn't break the intended meaning of the begin/end symbols.
 // We don't want to go over sections since Writer<ELFT>::sortSections is the
 // one in charge of deciding the order of the sections.
 // We don't want to go over alignments, since doing so in
 //  rx_sec : { *(rx_sec) }
 //  . = ALIGN(0x1000);
 //  /* The RW PT_LOAD starts here*/
 //  rw_sec : { *(rw_sec) }
 // would mean that the RW PT_LOAD would become unaligned.
 static bool shouldSkip(const BaseCommand &Cmd) {
   if (isa<OutputSectionCommand>(Cmd))
     return false;
   const auto *Assign = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(&Cmd);
   if (!Assign)
     return true;
   return Assign->Name != ".";
 }
 
 // Orphan sections are sections present in the input files which are not
 // explicitly placed into the output file by the linker script. This just
 // places them in the order already decided in OutputSections.
 template <class ELFT> void LinkerScript<ELFT>::placeOrphanSections() {
   // The OutputSections are already in the correct order.
   // This loops creates or moves commands as needed so that they are in the
   // correct order.
   int CmdIndex = 0;
 
   // As a horrible special case, skip the first . assignment if it is before any
   // section. We do this because it is common to set a load address by starting
   // the script with ". = 0xabcd" and the expectation is that every section is
   // after that.
   auto FirstSectionOrDotAssignment =
       std::find_if(Opt.Commands.begin(), Opt.Commands.end(),
                    [](const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Cmd) {
                      if (isa<OutputSectionCommand>(*Cmd))
                        return true;
                      const auto *Assign = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(Cmd.get());
                      if (!Assign)
                        return false;
                      return Assign->Name == ".";
                    });
   if (FirstSectionOrDotAssignment != Opt.Commands.end()) {
     CmdIndex = FirstSectionOrDotAssignment - Opt.Commands.begin();
     if (isa<SymbolAssignment>(**FirstSectionOrDotAssignment))
       ++CmdIndex;
   }
 
   for (OutputSectionBase *Sec : *OutputSections) {
     StringRef Name = Sec->getName();
 
     // Find the last spot where we can insert a command and still get the
     // correct result.
     auto CmdIter = Opt.Commands.begin() + CmdIndex;
     auto E = Opt.Commands.end();
     while (CmdIter != E && shouldSkip(**CmdIter)) {
       ++CmdIter;
       ++CmdIndex;
     }
 
     auto Pos =
         std::find_if(CmdIter, E, [&](const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base) {
           auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get());
           return Cmd && Cmd->Name == Name;
         });
     if (Pos == E) {
       Opt.Commands.insert(CmdIter,
                           llvm::make_unique<OutputSectionCommand>(Name));
       ++CmdIndex;
       continue;
     }
 
     // Continue from where we found it.
     CmdIndex = (Pos - Opt.Commands.begin()) + 1;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::assignAddresses(std::vector<PhdrEntry> &Phdrs) {
   // Assign addresses as instructed by linker script SECTIONS sub-commands.
   Dot = 0;
 
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Opt.Commands) {
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<SymbolAssignment>(Base.get())) {
       if (Cmd->Name == ".") {
         Dot = Cmd->Expression(Dot);
       } else if (Cmd->Sym) {
         assignSectionSymbol<ELFT>(Cmd, Dot);
       }
       continue;
     }
 
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<AssertCommand>(Base.get())) {
       Cmd->Expression(Dot);
       continue;
     }
 
     auto *Cmd = cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get());
     if (Cmd->AddrExpr)
       Dot = Cmd->AddrExpr(Dot);
     assignOffsets(Cmd);
   }
 
   uintX_t MinVA = std::numeric_limits<uintX_t>::max();
   for (OutputSectionBase *Sec : *OutputSections) {
     if (Sec->Flags & SHF_ALLOC)
       MinVA = std::min<uint64_t>(MinVA, Sec->Addr);
     else
       Sec->Addr = 0;
   }
 
   uintX_t HeaderSize = getHeaderSize();
   // If the linker script doesn't have PHDRS, add ElfHeader and ProgramHeaders
   // now that we know we have space.
   if (HeaderSize <= MinVA && !hasPhdrsCommands())
     allocateHeaders<ELFT>(Phdrs, *OutputSections);
 
   // ELF and Program headers need to be right before the first section in
   // memory. Set their addresses accordingly.
   MinVA = alignDown(MinVA - HeaderSize, Config->MaxPageSize);
   Out<ELFT>::ElfHeader->Addr = MinVA;
   Out<ELFT>::ProgramHeaders->Addr = Out<ELFT>::ElfHeader->Size + MinVA;
 }
 
 // Creates program headers as instructed by PHDRS linker script command.
 template <class ELFT> std::vector<PhdrEntry> LinkerScript<ELFT>::createPhdrs() {
   std::vector<PhdrEntry> Ret;
 
   // Process PHDRS and FILEHDR keywords because they are not
   // real output sections and cannot be added in the following loop.
   for (const PhdrsCommand &Cmd : Opt.PhdrsCommands) {
     Ret.emplace_back(Cmd.Type, Cmd.Flags == UINT_MAX ? PF_R : Cmd.Flags);
     PhdrEntry &Phdr = Ret.back();
 
     if (Cmd.HasFilehdr)
       Phdr.add(Out<ELFT>::ElfHeader);
     if (Cmd.HasPhdrs)
       Phdr.add(Out<ELFT>::ProgramHeaders);
 
     if (Cmd.LMAExpr) {
       Phdr.p_paddr = Cmd.LMAExpr(0);
       Phdr.HasLMA = true;
     }
   }
 
   // Add output sections to program headers.
   for (OutputSectionBase *Sec : *OutputSections) {
     if (!(Sec->Flags & SHF_ALLOC))
       break;
 
     // Assign headers specified by linker script
     for (size_t Id : getPhdrIndices(Sec->getName())) {
       Ret[Id].add(Sec);
       if (Opt.PhdrsCommands[Id].Flags == UINT_MAX)
         Ret[Id].p_flags |= Sec->getPhdrFlags();
     }
   }
   return Ret;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool LinkerScript<ELFT>::ignoreInterpSection() {
   // Ignore .interp section in case we have PHDRS specification
   // and PT_INTERP isn't listed.
   return !Opt.PhdrsCommands.empty() &&
          llvm::find_if(Opt.PhdrsCommands, [](const PhdrsCommand &Cmd) {
            return Cmd.Type == PT_INTERP;
          }) == Opt.PhdrsCommands.end();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> uint32_t LinkerScript<ELFT>::getFiller(StringRef Name) {
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Opt.Commands)
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get()))
       if (Cmd->Name == Name)
         return Cmd->Filler;
   return 0;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static void writeInt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t Data, uint64_t Size) {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
 
   switch (Size) {
   case 1:
     *Buf = (uint8_t)Data;
     break;
   case 2:
     write16<E>(Buf, Data);
     break;
   case 4:
     write32<E>(Buf, Data);
     break;
   case 8:
     write64<E>(Buf, Data);
     break;
   default:
     llvm_unreachable("unsupported Size argument");
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void LinkerScript<ELFT>::writeDataBytes(StringRef Name, uint8_t *Buf) {
   int I = getSectionIndex(Name);
   if (I == INT_MAX)
     return;
 
   auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Opt.Commands[I].get());
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Cmd->Commands)
     if (auto *Data = dyn_cast<BytesDataCommand>(Base.get()))
       writeInt<ELFT>(Buf + Data->Offset, Data->Expression(0), Data->Size);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool LinkerScript<ELFT>::hasLMA(StringRef Name) {
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Opt.Commands)
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get()))
       if (Cmd->LMAExpr && Cmd->Name == Name)
         return true;
   return false;
 }
 
 // Returns the index of the given section name in linker script
 // SECTIONS commands. Sections are laid out as the same order as they
 // were in the script. If a given name did not appear in the script,
 // it returns INT_MAX, so that it will be laid out at end of file.
 template <class ELFT> int LinkerScript<ELFT>::getSectionIndex(StringRef Name) {
   for (int I = 0, E = Opt.Commands.size(); I != E; ++I)
     if (auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Opt.Commands[I].get()))
       if (Cmd->Name == Name)
         return I;
   return INT_MAX;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool LinkerScript<ELFT>::hasPhdrsCommands() {
   return !Opt.PhdrsCommands.empty();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 const OutputSectionBase *LinkerScript<ELFT>::getOutputSection(const Twine &Loc,
                                                               StringRef Name) {
   static OutputSectionBase FakeSec("", 0, 0);
 
   for (OutputSectionBase *Sec : *OutputSections)
     if (Sec->getName() == Name)
       return Sec;
 
   error(Loc + ": undefined section " + Name);
   return &FakeSec;
 }
 
 // This function is essentially the same as getOutputSection(Name)->Size,
 // but it won't print out an error message if a given section is not found.
 //
 // Linker script does not create an output section if its content is empty.
 // We want to allow SIZEOF(.foo) where .foo is a section which happened to
 // be empty. That is why this function is different from getOutputSection().
 template <class ELFT>
 uint64_t LinkerScript<ELFT>::getOutputSectionSize(StringRef Name) {
   for (OutputSectionBase *Sec : *OutputSections)
     if (Sec->getName() == Name)
       return Sec->Size;
   return 0;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> uint64_t LinkerScript<ELFT>::getHeaderSize() {
   return elf::getHeaderSize<ELFT>();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 uint64_t LinkerScript<ELFT>::getSymbolValue(const Twine &Loc, StringRef S) {
   if (SymbolBody *B = Symtab<ELFT>::X->find(S))
     return B->getVA<ELFT>();
   error(Loc + ": symbol not found: " + S);
   return 0;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool LinkerScript<ELFT>::isDefined(StringRef S) {
   return Symtab<ELFT>::X->find(S) != nullptr;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool LinkerScript<ELFT>::isAbsolute(StringRef S) {
   SymbolBody *Sym = Symtab<ELFT>::X->find(S);
   auto *DR = dyn_cast_or_null<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(Sym);
   return DR && !DR->Section;
 }
 
 // Gets section symbol belongs to. Symbol "." doesn't belong to any
 // specific section but isn't absolute at the same time, so we try
 // to find suitable section for it as well.
 template <class ELFT>
 const OutputSectionBase *LinkerScript<ELFT>::getSymbolSection(StringRef S) {
   SymbolBody *Sym = Symtab<ELFT>::X->find(S);
   if (!Sym) {
     if (OutputSections->empty())
       return nullptr;
     return CurOutSec ? CurOutSec : (*OutputSections)[0];
   }
 
   if (auto *DR = dyn_cast_or_null<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(Sym))
     return DR->Section ? DR->Section->OutSec : nullptr;
   if (auto *DS = dyn_cast_or_null<DefinedSynthetic>(Sym))
     return DS->Section;
 
   return nullptr;
 }
 
 // Returns indices of ELF headers containing specific section, identified
 // by Name. Each index is a zero based number of ELF header listed within
 // PHDRS {} script block.
 template <class ELFT>
 std::vector<size_t> LinkerScript<ELFT>::getPhdrIndices(StringRef SectionName) {
   for (const std::unique_ptr<BaseCommand> &Base : Opt.Commands) {
     auto *Cmd = dyn_cast<OutputSectionCommand>(Base.get());
     if (!Cmd || Cmd->Name != SectionName)
       continue;
 
     std::vector<size_t> Ret;
     for (StringRef PhdrName : Cmd->Phdrs)
       Ret.push_back(getPhdrIndex(Cmd->Location, PhdrName));
     return Ret;
   }
   return {};
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 size_t LinkerScript<ELFT>::getPhdrIndex(const Twine &Loc, StringRef PhdrName) {
   size_t I = 0;
   for (PhdrsCommand &Cmd : Opt.PhdrsCommands) {
     if (Cmd.Name == PhdrName)
       return I;
     ++I;
   }
   error(Loc + ": section header '" + PhdrName + "' is not listed in PHDRS");
   return 0;
 }
 
 class elf::ScriptParser final : public ScriptParserBase {
   typedef void (ScriptParser::*Handler)();
 
 public:
   ScriptParser(MemoryBufferRef MB)
       : ScriptParserBase(MB),
         IsUnderSysroot(isUnderSysroot(MB.getBufferIdentifier())) {}
 
   void readLinkerScript();
   void readVersionScript();
   void readDynamicList();
 
 private:
   void addFile(StringRef Path);
 
   void readAsNeeded();
   void readEntry();
   void readExtern();
   void readGroup();
   void readInclude();
   void readOutput();
   void readOutputArch();
   void readOutputFormat();
   void readPhdrs();
   void readSearchDir();
   void readSections();
   void readVersion();
   void readVersionScriptCommand();
 
   SymbolAssignment *readAssignment(StringRef Name);
   BytesDataCommand *readBytesDataCommand(StringRef Tok);
   uint32_t readFill();
   OutputSectionCommand *readOutputSectionDescription(StringRef OutSec);
   uint32_t readOutputSectionFiller(StringRef Tok);
   std::vector<StringRef> readOutputSectionPhdrs();
   InputSectionDescription *readInputSectionDescription(StringRef Tok);
   StringMatcher readFilePatterns();
   std::vector<SectionPattern> readInputSectionsList();
   InputSectionDescription *readInputSectionRules(StringRef FilePattern);
   unsigned readPhdrType();
   SortSectionPolicy readSortKind();
   SymbolAssignment *readProvideHidden(bool Provide, bool Hidden);
   SymbolAssignment *readProvideOrAssignment(StringRef Tok);
   void readSort();
   Expr readAssert();
 
   Expr readExpr();
   Expr readExpr1(Expr Lhs, int MinPrec);
   StringRef readParenLiteral();
   Expr readPrimary();
   Expr readTernary(Expr Cond);
   Expr readParenExpr();
 
   // For parsing version script.
   std::vector<SymbolVersion> readVersionExtern();
   void readAnonymousDeclaration();
   void readVersionDeclaration(StringRef VerStr);
   std::vector<SymbolVersion> readSymbols();
 
   ScriptConfiguration &Opt = *ScriptConfig;
   bool IsUnderSysroot;
 };
 
 void ScriptParser::readDynamicList() {
   expect("{");
   readAnonymousDeclaration();
   if (!atEOF())
     setError("EOF expected, but got " + next());
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readVersionScript() {
   readVersionScriptCommand();
   if (!atEOF())
     setError("EOF expected, but got " + next());
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readVersionScriptCommand() {
   if (consume("{")) {
     readAnonymousDeclaration();
     return;
   }
 
   while (!atEOF() && !Error && peek() != "}") {
     StringRef VerStr = next();
     if (VerStr == "{") {
       setError("anonymous version definition is used in "
                "combination with other version definitions");
       return;
     }
     expect("{");
     readVersionDeclaration(VerStr);
   }
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readVersion() {
   expect("{");
   readVersionScriptCommand();
   expect("}");
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readLinkerScript() {
   while (!atEOF()) {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     if (Tok == ";")
       continue;
 
     if (Tok == "ASSERT") {
       Opt.Commands.emplace_back(new AssertCommand(readAssert()));
     } else if (Tok == "ENTRY") {
       readEntry();
     } else if (Tok == "EXTERN") {
       readExtern();
     } else if (Tok == "GROUP" || Tok == "INPUT") {
       readGroup();
     } else if (Tok == "INCLUDE") {
       readInclude();
     } else if (Tok == "OUTPUT") {
       readOutput();
     } else if (Tok == "OUTPUT_ARCH") {
       readOutputArch();
     } else if (Tok == "OUTPUT_FORMAT") {
       readOutputFormat();
     } else if (Tok == "PHDRS") {
       readPhdrs();
     } else if (Tok == "SEARCH_DIR") {
       readSearchDir();
     } else if (Tok == "SECTIONS") {
       readSections();
     } else if (Tok == "VERSION") {
       readVersion();
     } else if (SymbolAssignment *Cmd = readProvideOrAssignment(Tok)) {
       Opt.Commands.emplace_back(Cmd);
     } else {
       setError("unknown directive: " + Tok);
     }
   }
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::addFile(StringRef S) {
   if (IsUnderSysroot && S.startswith("/")) {
     SmallString<128> PathData;
     StringRef Path = (Config->Sysroot + S).toStringRef(PathData);
     if (sys::fs::exists(Path)) {
       Driver->addFile(Saver.save(Path));
       return;
     }
   }
 
   if (sys::path::is_absolute(S)) {
     Driver->addFile(S);
   } else if (S.startswith("=")) {
     if (Config->Sysroot.empty())
       Driver->addFile(S.substr(1));
     else
       Driver->addFile(Saver.save(Config->Sysroot + "/" + S.substr(1)));
   } else if (S.startswith("-l")) {
     Driver->addLibrary(S.substr(2));
   } else if (sys::fs::exists(S)) {
     Driver->addFile(S);
   } else {
     if (Optional<std::string> Path = findFromSearchPaths(S))
       Driver->addFile(Saver.save(*Path));
     else
       setError("unable to find " + S);
   }
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readAsNeeded() {
   expect("(");
   bool Orig = Config->AsNeeded;
   Config->AsNeeded = true;
   while (!Error && !consume(")"))
     addFile(unquote(next()));
   Config->AsNeeded = Orig;
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readEntry() {
   // -e <symbol> takes predecence over ENTRY(<symbol>).
   expect("(");
   StringRef Tok = next();
   if (Config->Entry.empty())
     Config->Entry = Tok;
   expect(")");
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readExtern() {
   expect("(");
   while (!Error && !consume(")"))
     Config->Undefined.push_back(next());
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readGroup() {
   expect("(");
   while (!Error && !consume(")")) {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     if (Tok == "AS_NEEDED")
       readAsNeeded();
     else
       addFile(unquote(Tok));
   }
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readInclude() {
   StringRef Tok = unquote(next());
   // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/File-Commands.html:
   // The file will be searched for in the current directory, and in any
   // directory specified with the -L option.
   auto MBOrErr = MemoryBuffer::getFile(Tok);
   if (!MBOrErr)
     if (Optional<std::string> Path = findFromSearchPaths(Tok))
       MBOrErr = MemoryBuffer::getFile(*Path);
   if (!MBOrErr) {
     setError("cannot open " + Tok);
     return;
   }
   MemoryBufferRef MBRef = (*MBOrErr)->getMemBufferRef();
   make<std::unique_ptr<MemoryBuffer>>(std::move(*MBOrErr)); // take MB ownership
   tokenize(MBRef);
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readOutput() {
   // -o <file> takes predecence over OUTPUT(<file>).
   expect("(");
   StringRef Tok = next();
   if (Config->OutputFile.empty())
     Config->OutputFile = unquote(Tok);
   expect(")");
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readOutputArch() {
   // Error checking only for now.
   expect("(");
   skip();
   expect(")");
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readOutputFormat() {
   // Error checking only for now.
   expect("(");
   skip();
   StringRef Tok = next();
   if (Tok == ")")
     return;
   if (Tok != ",") {
     setError("unexpected token: " + Tok);
     return;
   }
   skip();
   expect(",");
   skip();
   expect(")");
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readPhdrs() {
   expect("{");
   while (!Error && !consume("}")) {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     Opt.PhdrsCommands.push_back(
         {Tok, PT_NULL, false, false, UINT_MAX, nullptr});
     PhdrsCommand &PhdrCmd = Opt.PhdrsCommands.back();
 
     PhdrCmd.Type = readPhdrType();
     do {
       Tok = next();
       if (Tok == ";")
         break;
       if (Tok == "FILEHDR")
         PhdrCmd.HasFilehdr = true;
       else if (Tok == "PHDRS")
         PhdrCmd.HasPhdrs = true;
       else if (Tok == "AT")
         PhdrCmd.LMAExpr = readParenExpr();
       else if (Tok == "FLAGS") {
         expect("(");
         // Passing 0 for the value of dot is a bit of a hack. It means that
         // we accept expressions like ".|1".
         PhdrCmd.Flags = readExpr()(0);
         expect(")");
       } else
         setError("unexpected header attribute: " + Tok);
     } while (!Error);
   }
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readSearchDir() {
   expect("(");
   StringRef Tok = next();
   if (!Config->Nostdlib)
     Config->SearchPaths.push_back(unquote(Tok));
   expect(")");
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readSections() {
   Opt.HasSections = true;
   // -no-rosegment is used to avoid placing read only non-executable sections in
   // their own segment. We do the same if SECTIONS command is present in linker
   // script. See comment for computeFlags().
   Config->SingleRoRx = true;
 
   expect("{");
   while (!Error && !consume("}")) {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     BaseCommand *Cmd = readProvideOrAssignment(Tok);
     if (!Cmd) {
       if (Tok == "ASSERT")
         Cmd = new AssertCommand(readAssert());
       else
         Cmd = readOutputSectionDescription(Tok);
     }
     Opt.Commands.emplace_back(Cmd);
   }
 }
 
 static int precedence(StringRef Op) {
   return StringSwitch<int>(Op)
       .Cases("*", "/", 5)
       .Cases("+", "-", 4)
       .Cases("<<", ">>", 3)
       .Cases("<", "<=", ">", ">=", "==", "!=", 2)
       .Cases("&", "|", 1)
       .Default(-1);
 }
 
 StringMatcher ScriptParser::readFilePatterns() {
   std::vector<StringRef> V;
   while (!Error && !consume(")"))
     V.push_back(next());
   return StringMatcher(V);
 }
 
 SortSectionPolicy ScriptParser::readSortKind() {
   if (consume("SORT") || consume("SORT_BY_NAME"))
     return SortSectionPolicy::Name;
   if (consume("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT"))
     return SortSectionPolicy::Alignment;
   if (consume("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY"))
     return SortSectionPolicy::Priority;
   if (consume("SORT_NONE"))
     return SortSectionPolicy::None;
   return SortSectionPolicy::Default;
 }
 
 // Method reads a list of sequence of excluded files and section globs given in
 // a following form: ((EXCLUDE_FILE(file_pattern+))? section_pattern+)+
 // Example: *(.foo.1 EXCLUDE_FILE (*a.o) .foo.2 EXCLUDE_FILE (*b.o) .foo.3)
 // The semantics of that is next:
 // * Include .foo.1 from every file.
 // * Include .foo.2 from every file but a.o
 // * Include .foo.3 from every file but b.o
 std::vector<SectionPattern> ScriptParser::readInputSectionsList() {
   std::vector<SectionPattern> Ret;
   while (!Error && peek() != ")") {
     StringMatcher ExcludeFilePat;
     if (consume("EXCLUDE_FILE")) {
       expect("(");
       ExcludeFilePat = readFilePatterns();
     }
 
     std::vector<StringRef> V;
     while (!Error && peek() != ")" && peek() != "EXCLUDE_FILE")
       V.push_back(next());
 
     if (!V.empty())
       Ret.push_back({std::move(ExcludeFilePat), StringMatcher(V)});
     else
       setError("section pattern is expected");
   }
   return Ret;
 }
 
 // Reads contents of "SECTIONS" directive. That directive contains a
 // list of glob patterns for input sections. The grammar is as follows.
 //
 // <patterns> ::= <section-list>
 //              | <sort> "(" <section-list> ")"
 //              | <sort> "(" <sort> "(" <section-list> ")" ")"
 //
 // <sort>     ::= "SORT" | "SORT_BY_NAME" | "SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT"
 //              | "SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY" | "SORT_NONE"
 //
 // <section-list> is parsed by readInputSectionsList().
 InputSectionDescription *
 ScriptParser::readInputSectionRules(StringRef FilePattern) {
   auto *Cmd = new InputSectionDescription(FilePattern);
   expect("(");
   while (!Error && !consume(")")) {
     SortSectionPolicy Outer = readSortKind();
     SortSectionPolicy Inner = SortSectionPolicy::Default;
     std::vector<SectionPattern> V;
     if (Outer != SortSectionPolicy::Default) {
       expect("(");
       Inner = readSortKind();
       if (Inner != SortSectionPolicy::Default) {
         expect("(");
         V = readInputSectionsList();
         expect(")");
       } else {
         V = readInputSectionsList();
       }
       expect(")");
     } else {
       V = readInputSectionsList();
     }
 
     for (SectionPattern &Pat : V) {
       Pat.SortInner = Inner;
       Pat.SortOuter = Outer;
     }
 
     std::move(V.begin(), V.end(), std::back_inserter(Cmd->SectionPatterns));
   }
   return Cmd;
 }
 
 InputSectionDescription *
 ScriptParser::readInputSectionDescription(StringRef Tok) {
   // Input section wildcard can be surrounded by KEEP.
   // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Input-Section-Keep.html#Input-Section-Keep
   if (Tok == "KEEP") {
     expect("(");
     StringRef FilePattern = next();
     InputSectionDescription *Cmd = readInputSectionRules(FilePattern);
     expect(")");
     Opt.KeptSections.push_back(Cmd);
     return Cmd;
   }
   return readInputSectionRules(Tok);
 }
 
 void ScriptParser::readSort() {
   expect("(");
   expect("CONSTRUCTORS");
   expect(")");
 }
 
 Expr ScriptParser::readAssert() {
   expect("(");
   Expr E = readExpr();
   expect(",");
   StringRef Msg = unquote(next());
   expect(")");
   return [=](uint64_t Dot) {
     uint64_t V = E(Dot);
     if (!V)
       error(Msg);
     return V;
   };
 }
 
 // Reads a FILL(expr) command. We handle the FILL command as an
 // alias for =fillexp section attribute, which is different from
 // what GNU linkers do.
 // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Output-Section-Data.html
 uint32_t ScriptParser::readFill() {
   expect("(");
   uint32_t V = readOutputSectionFiller(next());
   expect(")");
   expect(";");
   return V;
 }
 
 OutputSectionCommand *
 ScriptParser::readOutputSectionDescription(StringRef OutSec) {
   OutputSectionCommand *Cmd = new OutputSectionCommand(OutSec);
   Cmd->Location = getCurrentLocation();
 
   // Read an address expression.
   // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Output-Section-Address.html#Output-Section-Address
   if (peek() != ":")
     Cmd->AddrExpr = readExpr();
 
   expect(":");
 
   if (consume("AT"))
     Cmd->LMAExpr = readParenExpr();
   if (consume("ALIGN"))
     Cmd->AlignExpr = readParenExpr();
   if (consume("SUBALIGN"))
     Cmd->SubalignExpr = readParenExpr();
 
   // Parse constraints.
   if (consume("ONLY_IF_RO"))
     Cmd->Constraint = ConstraintKind::ReadOnly;
   if (consume("ONLY_IF_RW"))
     Cmd->Constraint = ConstraintKind::ReadWrite;
   expect("{");
 
   while (!Error && !consume("}")) {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     if (SymbolAssignment *Assignment = readProvideOrAssignment(Tok)) {
       Cmd->Commands.emplace_back(Assignment);
     } else if (BytesDataCommand *Data = readBytesDataCommand(Tok)) {
       Cmd->Commands.emplace_back(Data);
     } else if (Tok == "ASSERT") {
       Cmd->Commands.emplace_back(new AssertCommand(readAssert()));
       expect(";");
     } else if (Tok == "FILL") {
       Cmd->Filler = readFill();
     } else if (Tok == "SORT") {
       readSort();
     } else if (peek() == "(") {
       Cmd->Commands.emplace_back(readInputSectionDescription(Tok));
     } else {
       setError("unknown command " + Tok);
     }
   }
   Cmd->Phdrs = readOutputSectionPhdrs();
 
   if (consume("="))
     Cmd->Filler = readOutputSectionFiller(next());
   else if (peek().startswith("="))
     Cmd->Filler = readOutputSectionFiller(next().drop_front());
 
   return Cmd;
 }
 
 // Read "=<number>" where <number> is an octal/decimal/hexadecimal number.
 // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Output-Section-Fill.html
 //
 // ld.gold is not fully compatible with ld.bfd. ld.bfd handles
 // hexstrings as blobs of arbitrary sizes, while ld.gold handles them
 // as 32-bit big-endian values. We will do the same as ld.gold does
 // because it's simpler than what ld.bfd does.
 uint32_t ScriptParser::readOutputSectionFiller(StringRef Tok) {
   uint32_t V;
   if (!Tok.getAsInteger(0, V))
     return V;
   setError("invalid filler expression: " + Tok);
   return 0;
 }
 
 SymbolAssignment *ScriptParser::readProvideHidden(bool Provide, bool Hidden) {
   expect("(");
   SymbolAssignment *Cmd = readAssignment(next());
   Cmd->Provide = Provide;
   Cmd->Hidden = Hidden;
   expect(")");
   expect(";");
   return Cmd;
 }
 
 SymbolAssignment *ScriptParser::readProvideOrAssignment(StringRef Tok) {
   SymbolAssignment *Cmd = nullptr;
   if (peek() == "=" || peek() == "+=") {
     Cmd = readAssignment(Tok);
     expect(";");
   } else if (Tok == "PROVIDE") {
     Cmd = readProvideHidden(true, false);
   } else if (Tok == "HIDDEN") {
     Cmd = readProvideHidden(false, true);
   } else if (Tok == "PROVIDE_HIDDEN") {
     Cmd = readProvideHidden(true, true);
   }
   return Cmd;
 }
 
 static uint64_t getSymbolValue(const Twine &Loc, StringRef S, uint64_t Dot) {
   if (S == ".")
     return Dot;
   return ScriptBase->getSymbolValue(Loc, S);
 }
 
 static bool isAbsolute(StringRef S) {
   if (S == ".")
     return false;
   return ScriptBase->isAbsolute(S);
 }
 
 SymbolAssignment *ScriptParser::readAssignment(StringRef Name) {
   StringRef Op = next();
   Expr E;
   assert(Op == "=" || Op == "+=");
   if (consume("ABSOLUTE")) {
     // The RHS may be something like "ABSOLUTE(.) & 0xff".
     // Call readExpr1 to read the whole expression.
     E = readExpr1(readParenExpr(), 0);
     E.IsAbsolute = [] { return true; };
   } else {
     E = readExpr();
   }
   if (Op == "+=") {
     std::string Loc = getCurrentLocation();
     E = [=](uint64_t Dot) {
       return getSymbolValue(Loc, Name, Dot) + E(Dot);
     };
   }
   return new SymbolAssignment(Name, E);
 }
 
 // This is an operator-precedence parser to parse a linker
 // script expression.
 Expr ScriptParser::readExpr() { return readExpr1(readPrimary(), 0); }
 
 static Expr combine(StringRef Op, Expr L, Expr R) {
   if (Op == "*")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) * R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "/") {
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) -> uint64_t {
       uint64_t RHS = R(Dot);
       if (RHS == 0) {
         error("division by zero");
         return 0;
       }
       return L(Dot) / RHS;
     };
   }
   if (Op == "+")
     return {[=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) + R(Dot); },
             [=] { return L.IsAbsolute() && R.IsAbsolute(); },
             [=] {
               const OutputSectionBase *S = L.Section();
               return S ? S : R.Section();
             }};
   if (Op == "-")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) - R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "<<")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) << R(Dot); };
   if (Op == ">>")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) >> R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "<")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) < R(Dot); };
   if (Op == ">")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) > R(Dot); };
   if (Op == ">=")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) >= R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "<=")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) <= R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "==")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) == R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "!=")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) != R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "&")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) & R(Dot); };
   if (Op == "|")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return L(Dot) | R(Dot); };
   llvm_unreachable("invalid operator");
 }
 
 // This is a part of the operator-precedence parser. This function
 // assumes that the remaining token stream starts with an operator.
 Expr ScriptParser::readExpr1(Expr Lhs, int MinPrec) {
   while (!atEOF() && !Error) {
     // Read an operator and an expression.
     if (consume("?"))
       return readTernary(Lhs);
     StringRef Op1 = peek();
     if (precedence(Op1) < MinPrec)
       break;
     skip();
     Expr Rhs = readPrimary();
 
     // Evaluate the remaining part of the expression first if the
     // next operator has greater precedence than the previous one.
     // For example, if we have read "+" and "3", and if the next
     // operator is "*", then we'll evaluate 3 * ... part first.
     while (!atEOF()) {
       StringRef Op2 = peek();
       if (precedence(Op2) <= precedence(Op1))
         break;
       Rhs = readExpr1(Rhs, precedence(Op2));
     }
 
     Lhs = combine(Op1, Lhs, Rhs);
   }
   return Lhs;
 }
 
 uint64_t static getConstant(StringRef S) {
   if (S == "COMMONPAGESIZE")
     return Target->PageSize;
   if (S == "MAXPAGESIZE")
     return Config->MaxPageSize;
   error("unknown constant: " + S);
   return 0;
 }
 
 // Parses Tok as an integer. Returns true if successful.
 // It recognizes hexadecimal (prefixed with "0x" or suffixed with "H")
 // and decimal numbers. Decimal numbers may have "K" (kilo) or
 // "M" (mega) prefixes.
 static bool readInteger(StringRef Tok, uint64_t &Result) {
   // Negative number
   if (Tok.startswith("-")) {
     if (!readInteger(Tok.substr(1), Result))
       return false;
     Result = -Result;
     return true;
   }
 
   // Hexadecimal
   if (Tok.startswith_lower("0x"))
     return !Tok.substr(2).getAsInteger(16, Result);
   if (Tok.endswith_lower("H"))
     return !Tok.drop_back().getAsInteger(16, Result);
 
   // Decimal
   int Suffix = 1;
   if (Tok.endswith_lower("K")) {
     Suffix = 1024;
     Tok = Tok.drop_back();
   } else if (Tok.endswith_lower("M")) {
     Suffix = 1024 * 1024;
     Tok = Tok.drop_back();
   }
   if (Tok.getAsInteger(10, Result))
     return false;
   Result *= Suffix;
   return true;
 }
 
 BytesDataCommand *ScriptParser::readBytesDataCommand(StringRef Tok) {
   int Size = StringSwitch<unsigned>(Tok)
                  .Case("BYTE", 1)
                  .Case("SHORT", 2)
                  .Case("LONG", 4)
                  .Case("QUAD", 8)
                  .Default(-1);
   if (Size == -1)
     return nullptr;
 
   return new BytesDataCommand(readParenExpr(), Size);
 }
 
 StringRef ScriptParser::readParenLiteral() {
   expect("(");
   StringRef Tok = next();
   expect(")");
   return Tok;
 }
 
 Expr ScriptParser::readPrimary() {
   if (peek() == "(")
     return readParenExpr();
 
   StringRef Tok = next();
   std::string Location = getCurrentLocation();
 
   if (Tok == "~") {
     Expr E = readPrimary();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return ~E(Dot); };
   }
   if (Tok == "-") {
     Expr E = readPrimary();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return -E(Dot); };
   }
 
   // Built-in functions are parsed here.
   // https://sourceware.org/binutils/docs/ld/Builtin-Functions.html.
   if (Tok == "ADDR") {
     StringRef Name = readParenLiteral();
     return {[=](uint64_t Dot) {
               return ScriptBase->getOutputSection(Location, Name)->Addr;
             },
             [=] { return false; },
             [=] { return ScriptBase->getOutputSection(Location, Name); }};
   }
   if (Tok == "LOADADDR") {
     StringRef Name = readParenLiteral();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) {
       return ScriptBase->getOutputSection(Location, Name)->getLMA();
     };
   }
   if (Tok == "ASSERT")
     return readAssert();
   if (Tok == "ALIGN") {
     expect("(");
     Expr E = readExpr();
     if (consume(",")) {
       Expr E2 = readExpr();
       expect(")");
       return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return alignTo(E(Dot), E2(Dot)); };
     }
     expect(")");
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return alignTo(Dot, E(Dot)); };
   }
   if (Tok == "CONSTANT") {
     StringRef Name = readParenLiteral();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return getConstant(Name); };
   }
   if (Tok == "DEFINED") {
     StringRef Name = readParenLiteral();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return ScriptBase->isDefined(Name) ? 1 : 0; };
   }
   if (Tok == "SEGMENT_START") {
     expect("(");
     skip();
     expect(",");
     Expr E = readExpr();
     expect(")");
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return E(Dot); };
   }
   if (Tok == "DATA_SEGMENT_ALIGN") {
     expect("(");
     Expr E = readExpr();
     expect(",");
     readExpr();
     expect(")");
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return alignTo(Dot, E(Dot)); };
   }
   if (Tok == "DATA_SEGMENT_END") {
     expect("(");
     expect(".");
     expect(")");
     return [](uint64_t Dot) { return Dot; };
   }
   // GNU linkers implements more complicated logic to handle
   // DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. We instead ignore the arguments and just align to
   // the next page boundary for simplicity.
   if (Tok == "DATA_SEGMENT_RELRO_END") {
     expect("(");
     readExpr();
     expect(",");
     readExpr();
     expect(")");
     return [](uint64_t Dot) { return alignTo(Dot, Target->PageSize); };
   }
   if (Tok == "SIZEOF") {
     StringRef Name = readParenLiteral();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return ScriptBase->getOutputSectionSize(Name); };
   }
   if (Tok == "ALIGNOF") {
     StringRef Name = readParenLiteral();
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) {
       return ScriptBase->getOutputSection(Location, Name)->Addralign;
     };
   }
   if (Tok == "SIZEOF_HEADERS")
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return ScriptBase->getHeaderSize(); };
 
   // Tok is a literal number.
   uint64_t V;
   if (readInteger(Tok, V))
     return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return V; };
 
   // Tok is a symbol name.
   if (Tok != "." && !isValidCIdentifier(Tok))
     setError("malformed number: " + Tok);
   return {[=](uint64_t Dot) { return getSymbolValue(Location, Tok, Dot); },
           [=] { return isAbsolute(Tok); },
           [=] { return ScriptBase->getSymbolSection(Tok); }};
 }
 
 Expr ScriptParser::readTernary(Expr Cond) {
   Expr L = readExpr();
   expect(":");
   Expr R = readExpr();
   return [=](uint64_t Dot) { return Cond(Dot) ? L(Dot) : R(Dot); };
 }
 
 Expr ScriptParser::readParenExpr() {
   expect("(");
   Expr E = readExpr();
   expect(")");
   return E;
 }
 
 std::vector<StringRef> ScriptParser::readOutputSectionPhdrs() {
   std::vector<StringRef> Phdrs;
   while (!Error && peek().startswith(":")) {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     Phdrs.push_back((Tok.size() == 1) ? next() : Tok.substr(1));
   }
   return Phdrs;
 }
 
 // Read a program header type name. The next token must be a
 // name of a program header type or a constant (e.g. "0x3").
 unsigned ScriptParser::readPhdrType() {
   StringRef Tok = next();
   uint64_t Val;
   if (readInteger(Tok, Val))
     return Val;
 
   unsigned Ret = StringSwitch<unsigned>(Tok)
                      .Case("PT_NULL", PT_NULL)
                      .Case("PT_LOAD", PT_LOAD)
                      .Case("PT_DYNAMIC", PT_DYNAMIC)
                      .Case("PT_INTERP", PT_INTERP)
                      .Case("PT_NOTE", PT_NOTE)
                      .Case("PT_SHLIB", PT_SHLIB)
                      .Case("PT_PHDR", PT_PHDR)
                      .Case("PT_TLS", PT_TLS)
                      .Case("PT_GNU_EH_FRAME", PT_GNU_EH_FRAME)
                      .Case("PT_GNU_STACK", PT_GNU_STACK)
                      .Case("PT_GNU_RELRO", PT_GNU_RELRO)
                      .Case("PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE", PT_OPENBSD_RANDOMIZE)
                      .Case("PT_OPENBSD_WXNEEDED", PT_OPENBSD_WXNEEDED)
                      .Case("PT_OPENBSD_BOOTDATA", PT_OPENBSD_BOOTDATA)
                      .Default(-1);
 
   if (Ret == (unsigned)-1) {
     setError("invalid program header type: " + Tok);
     return PT_NULL;
   }
   return Ret;
 }
 
 // Reads a list of symbols, e.g. "{ global: foo; bar; local: *; };".
 void ScriptParser::readAnonymousDeclaration() {
   // Read global symbols first. "global:" is default, so if there's
   // no label, we assume global symbols.
   if (consume("global:") || peek() != "local:")
     Config->VersionScriptGlobals = readSymbols();
 
   // Next, read local symbols.
   if (consume("local:")) {
     if (consume("*")) {
       Config->DefaultSymbolVersion = VER_NDX_LOCAL;
       expect(";");
     } else {
       setError("local symbol list for anonymous version is not supported");
     }
   }
   expect("}");
   expect(";");
 }
 
 // Reads a list of symbols, e.g. "VerStr { global: foo; bar; local: *; };".
 void ScriptParser::readVersionDeclaration(StringRef VerStr) {
   // Identifiers start at 2 because 0 and 1 are reserved
   // for VER_NDX_LOCAL and VER_NDX_GLOBAL constants.
   uint16_t VersionId = Config->VersionDefinitions.size() + 2;
   Config->VersionDefinitions.push_back({VerStr, VersionId});
 
   // Read global symbols.
   if (consume("global:") || peek() != "local:")
     Config->VersionDefinitions.back().Globals = readSymbols();
 
   // Read local symbols.
   if (consume("local:")) {
     if (consume("*")) {
       Config->DefaultSymbolVersion = VER_NDX_LOCAL;
       expect(";");
     } else {
       for (SymbolVersion V : readSymbols())
         Config->VersionScriptLocals.push_back(V);
     }
   }
   expect("}");
 
   // Each version may have a parent version. For example, "Ver2"
   // defined as "Ver2 { global: foo; local: *; } Ver1;" has "Ver1"
   // as a parent. This version hierarchy is, probably against your
   // instinct, purely for hint; the runtime doesn't care about it
   // at all. In LLD, we simply ignore it.
   if (peek() != ";")
     skip();
   expect(";");
 }
 
 // Reads a list of symbols for a versions cript.
 std::vector<SymbolVersion> ScriptParser::readSymbols() {
   std::vector<SymbolVersion> Ret;
   for (;;) {
     if (consume("extern")) {
       for (SymbolVersion V : readVersionExtern())
         Ret.push_back(V);
       continue;
     }
 
     if (peek() == "}" || peek() == "local:" || Error)
       break;
     StringRef Tok = next();
     Ret.push_back({unquote(Tok), false, hasWildcard(Tok)});
     expect(";");
   }
   return Ret;
 }
 
 // Reads an "extern C++" directive, e.g.,
 // "extern "C++" { ns::*; "f(int, double)"; };"
 std::vector<SymbolVersion> ScriptParser::readVersionExtern() {
   StringRef Tok = next();
   bool IsCXX = Tok == "\"C++\"";
   if (!IsCXX && Tok != "\"C\"")
     setError("Unknown language");
   expect("{");
 
   std::vector<SymbolVersion> Ret;
   while (!Error && peek() != "}") {
     StringRef Tok = next();
     bool HasWildcard = !Tok.startswith("\"") && hasWildcard(Tok);
     Ret.push_back({unquote(Tok), IsCXX, HasWildcard});
     expect(";");
   }
 
   expect("}");
   expect(";");
   return Ret;
 }
 
 void elf::readLinkerScript(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   ScriptParser(MB).readLinkerScript();
 }
 
 void elf::readVersionScript(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   ScriptParser(MB).readVersionScript();
 }
 
 void elf::readDynamicList(MemoryBufferRef MB) {
   ScriptParser(MB).readDynamicList();
 }
 
 template class elf::LinkerScript<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::LinkerScript<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::LinkerScript<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::LinkerScript<ELF64BE>;
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/OutputSections.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/OutputSections.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/OutputSections.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,651 +1,707 @@
 //===- OutputSections.cpp -------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "OutputSections.h"
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "EhFrame.h"
 #include "LinkerScript.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "Strings.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "SyntheticSections.h"
 #include "Target.h"
 #include "Threads.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Dwarf.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MD5.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/SHA1.h"
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::dwarf;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::support::endian;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 OutputSectionBase::OutputSectionBase(StringRef Name, uint32_t Type,
                                      uint64_t Flags)
     : Name(Name) {
   this->Type = Type;
   this->Flags = Flags;
   this->Addralign = 1;
 }
 
 uint32_t OutputSectionBase::getPhdrFlags() const {
   uint32_t Ret = PF_R;
   if (Flags & SHF_WRITE)
     Ret |= PF_W;
   if (Flags & SHF_EXECINSTR)
     Ret |= PF_X;
   return Ret;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void OutputSectionBase::writeHeaderTo(typename ELFT::Shdr *Shdr) {
   Shdr->sh_entsize = Entsize;
   Shdr->sh_addralign = Addralign;
   Shdr->sh_type = Type;
   Shdr->sh_offset = Offset;
   Shdr->sh_flags = Flags;
   Shdr->sh_info = Info;
   Shdr->sh_link = Link;
   Shdr->sh_addr = Addr;
   Shdr->sh_size = Size;
   Shdr->sh_name = ShName;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static uint64_t getEntsize(uint32_t Type) {
   switch (Type) {
   case SHT_RELA:
     return sizeof(typename ELFT::Rela);
   case SHT_REL:
     return sizeof(typename ELFT::Rel);
   case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
     return sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo<ELFT>);
   case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
     return sizeof(Elf_Mips_Options<ELFT>) + sizeof(Elf_Mips_RegInfo<ELFT>);
   case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS:
     return sizeof(Elf_Mips_ABIFlags<ELFT>);
   default:
     return 0;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 OutputSection<ELFT>::OutputSection(StringRef Name, uint32_t Type, uintX_t Flags)
     : OutputSectionBase(Name, Type, Flags) {
   this->Entsize = getEntsize<ELFT>(Type);
 }
 
 template <typename ELFT>
 static bool compareByFilePosition(InputSection<ELFT> *A,
                                   InputSection<ELFT> *B) {
   // Synthetic doesn't have link order dependecy, stable_sort will keep it last
   if (A->kind() == InputSectionData::Synthetic ||
       B->kind() == InputSectionData::Synthetic)
     return false;
   auto *LA = cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(A->getLinkOrderDep());
   auto *LB = cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(B->getLinkOrderDep());
   OutputSectionBase *AOut = LA->OutSec;
   OutputSectionBase *BOut = LB->OutSec;
   if (AOut != BOut)
     return AOut->SectionIndex < BOut->SectionIndex;
   return LA->OutSecOff < LB->OutSecOff;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void OutputSection<ELFT>::finalize() {
   if ((this->Flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) && !this->Sections.empty()) {
     std::sort(Sections.begin(), Sections.end(), compareByFilePosition<ELFT>);
     Size = 0;
     assignOffsets();
 
     // We must preserve the link order dependency of sections with the
     // SHF_LINK_ORDER flag. The dependency is indicated by the sh_link field. We
     // need to translate the InputSection sh_link to the OutputSection sh_link,
     // all InputSections in the OutputSection have the same dependency.
     if (auto *D = this->Sections.front()->getLinkOrderDep())
       this->Link = D->OutSec->SectionIndex;
   }
 
   uint32_t Type = this->Type;
   if (!Config->Relocatable || (Type != SHT_RELA && Type != SHT_REL))
     return;
 
   this->Link = In<ELFT>::SymTab->OutSec->SectionIndex;
   // sh_info for SHT_REL[A] sections should contain the section header index of
   // the section to which the relocation applies.
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S = Sections[0]->getRelocatedSection();
   this->Info = S->OutSec->SectionIndex;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void OutputSection<ELFT>::addSection(InputSectionData *C) {
   assert(C->Live);
   auto *S = cast<InputSection<ELFT>>(C);
   Sections.push_back(S);
   S->OutSec = this;
   this->updateAlignment(S->Alignment);
   // Keep sh_entsize value of the input section to be able to perform merging
   // later during a final linking using the generated relocatable object.
   if (Config->Relocatable && (S->Flags & SHF_MERGE))
     this->Entsize = S->Entsize;
 }
 
 // This function is called after we sort input sections
 // and scan relocations to setup sections' offsets.
 template <class ELFT> void OutputSection<ELFT>::assignOffsets() {
   uintX_t Off = this->Size;
   for (InputSection<ELFT> *S : Sections) {
     Off = alignTo(Off, S->Alignment);
     S->OutSecOff = Off;
     Off += S->getSize();
   }
   this->Size = Off;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void OutputSection<ELFT>::sort(
     std::function<int(InputSection<ELFT> *S)> Order) {
   typedef std::pair<unsigned, InputSection<ELFT> *> Pair;
   auto Comp = [](const Pair &A, const Pair &B) { return A.first < B.first; };
 
   std::vector<Pair> V;
   for (InputSection<ELFT> *S : Sections)
     V.push_back({Order(S), S});
   std::stable_sort(V.begin(), V.end(), Comp);
   Sections.clear();
   for (Pair &P : V)
     Sections.push_back(P.second);
 }
 
 // Sorts input sections by section name suffixes, so that .foo.N comes
 // before .foo.M if N < M. Used to sort .{init,fini}_array.N sections.
 // We want to keep the original order if the priorities are the same
 // because the compiler keeps the original initialization order in a
 // translation unit and we need to respect that.
 // For more detail, read the section of the GCC's manual about init_priority.
 template <class ELFT> void OutputSection<ELFT>::sortInitFini() {
   // Sort sections by priority.
   sort([](InputSection<ELFT> *S) { return getPriority(S->Name); });
 }
 
 // Returns true if S matches /Filename.?\.o$/.
 static bool isCrtBeginEnd(StringRef S, StringRef Filename) {
   if (!S.endswith(".o"))
     return false;
   S = S.drop_back(2);
   if (S.endswith(Filename))
     return true;
   return !S.empty() && S.drop_back().endswith(Filename);
 }
 
 static bool isCrtbegin(StringRef S) { return isCrtBeginEnd(S, "crtbegin"); }
 static bool isCrtend(StringRef S) { return isCrtBeginEnd(S, "crtend"); }
 
 // .ctors and .dtors are sorted by this priority from highest to lowest.
 //
 //  1. The section was contained in crtbegin (crtbegin contains
 //     some sentinel value in its .ctors and .dtors so that the runtime
 //     can find the beginning of the sections.)
 //
 //  2. The section has an optional priority value in the form of ".ctors.N"
 //     or ".dtors.N" where N is a number. Unlike .{init,fini}_array,
 //     they are compared as string rather than number.
 //
 //  3. The section is just ".ctors" or ".dtors".
 //
 //  4. The section was contained in crtend, which contains an end marker.
 //
 // In an ideal world, we don't need this function because .init_array and
 // .ctors are duplicate features (and .init_array is newer.) However, there
 // are too many real-world use cases of .ctors, so we had no choice to
 // support that with this rather ad-hoc semantics.
 template <class ELFT>
 static bool compCtors(const InputSection<ELFT> *A,
                       const InputSection<ELFT> *B) {
   bool BeginA = isCrtbegin(A->getFile()->getName());
   bool BeginB = isCrtbegin(B->getFile()->getName());
   if (BeginA != BeginB)
     return BeginA;
   bool EndA = isCrtend(A->getFile()->getName());
   bool EndB = isCrtend(B->getFile()->getName());
   if (EndA != EndB)
     return EndB;
   StringRef X = A->Name;
   StringRef Y = B->Name;
   assert(X.startswith(".ctors") || X.startswith(".dtors"));
   assert(Y.startswith(".ctors") || Y.startswith(".dtors"));
   X = X.substr(6);
   Y = Y.substr(6);
   if (X.empty() && Y.empty())
     return false;
   return X < Y;
 }
 
 // Sorts input sections by the special rules for .ctors and .dtors.
 // Unfortunately, the rules are different from the one for .{init,fini}_array.
 // Read the comment above.
 template <class ELFT> void OutputSection<ELFT>::sortCtorsDtors() {
   std::stable_sort(Sections.begin(), Sections.end(), compCtors<ELFT>);
 }
 
 // Fill [Buf, Buf + Size) with Filler. Filler is written in big
 // endian order. This is used for linker script "=fillexp" command.
 void fill(uint8_t *Buf, size_t Size, uint32_t Filler) {
   uint8_t V[4];
   write32be(V, Filler);
   size_t I = 0;
   for (; I + 4 < Size; I += 4)
     memcpy(Buf + I, V, 4);
   memcpy(Buf + I, V, Size - I);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void OutputSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
   Loc = Buf;
   if (uint32_t Filler = Script<ELFT>::X->getFiller(this->Name))
     fill(Buf, this->Size, Filler);
 
   auto Fn = [=](InputSection<ELFT> *IS) { IS->writeTo(Buf); };
   forEach(Sections.begin(), Sections.end(), Fn);
 
   // Linker scripts may have BYTE()-family commands with which you
   // can write arbitrary bytes to the output. Process them if any.
   Script<ELFT>::X->writeDataBytes(this->Name, Buf);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 EhOutputSection<ELFT>::EhOutputSection()
     : OutputSectionBase(".eh_frame", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC) {}
 
 // Search for an existing CIE record or create a new one.
 // CIE records from input object files are uniquified by their contents
 // and where their relocations point to.
 template <class ELFT>
 template <class RelTy>
 CieRecord *EhOutputSection<ELFT>::addCie(EhSectionPiece &Piece,
                                          ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
   auto *Sec = cast<EhInputSection<ELFT>>(Piece.ID);
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   if (read32<E>(Piece.data().data() + 4) != 0)
     fatal(toString(Sec) + ": CIE expected at beginning of .eh_frame");
 
   SymbolBody *Personality = nullptr;
   unsigned FirstRelI = Piece.FirstRelocation;
   if (FirstRelI != (unsigned)-1)
     Personality = &Sec->getFile()->getRelocTargetSym(Rels[FirstRelI]);
 
   // Search for an existing CIE by CIE contents/relocation target pair.
   CieRecord *Cie = &CieMap[{Piece.data(), Personality}];
 
   // If not found, create a new one.
   if (Cie->Piece == nullptr) {
     Cie->Piece = &Piece;
     Cies.push_back(Cie);
   }
   return Cie;
 }
 
 // There is one FDE per function. Returns true if a given FDE
 // points to a live function.
 template <class ELFT>
 template <class RelTy>
 bool EhOutputSection<ELFT>::isFdeLive(EhSectionPiece &Piece,
                                       ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
   auto *Sec = cast<EhInputSection<ELFT>>(Piece.ID);
   unsigned FirstRelI = Piece.FirstRelocation;
   if (FirstRelI == (unsigned)-1)
     fatal(toString(Sec) + ": FDE doesn't reference another section");
   const RelTy &Rel = Rels[FirstRelI];
   SymbolBody &B = Sec->getFile()->getRelocTargetSym(Rel);
   auto *D = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(&B);
   if (!D || !D->Section)
     return false;
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Target = D->Section->Repl;
   return Target && Target->Live;
 }
 
 // .eh_frame is a sequence of CIE or FDE records. In general, there
 // is one CIE record per input object file which is followed by
 // a list of FDEs. This function searches an existing CIE or create a new
 // one and associates FDEs to the CIE.
 template <class ELFT>
 template <class RelTy>
 void EhOutputSection<ELFT>::addSectionAux(EhInputSection<ELFT> *Sec,
                                           ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels) {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
 
   DenseMap<size_t, CieRecord *> OffsetToCie;
   for (EhSectionPiece &Piece : Sec->Pieces) {
     // The empty record is the end marker.
     if (Piece.size() == 4)
       return;
 
     size_t Offset = Piece.InputOff;
     uint32_t ID = read32<E>(Piece.data().data() + 4);
     if (ID == 0) {
       OffsetToCie[Offset] = addCie(Piece, Rels);
       continue;
     }
 
     uint32_t CieOffset = Offset + 4 - ID;
     CieRecord *Cie = OffsetToCie[CieOffset];
     if (!Cie)
       fatal(toString(Sec) + ": invalid CIE reference");
 
     if (!isFdeLive(Piece, Rels))
       continue;
     Cie->FdePieces.push_back(&Piece);
     NumFdes++;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void EhOutputSection<ELFT>::addSection(InputSectionData *C) {
   auto *Sec = cast<EhInputSection<ELFT>>(C);
   Sec->OutSec = this;
   this->updateAlignment(Sec->Alignment);
   Sections.push_back(Sec);
 
   // .eh_frame is a sequence of CIE or FDE records. This function
   // splits it into pieces so that we can call
   // SplitInputSection::getSectionPiece on the section.
   Sec->split();
   if (Sec->Pieces.empty())
     return;
 
   if (Sec->NumRelocations) {
     if (Sec->AreRelocsRela)
       addSectionAux(Sec, Sec->relas());
     else
       addSectionAux(Sec, Sec->rels());
     return;
   }
   addSectionAux(Sec, makeArrayRef<Elf_Rela>(nullptr, nullptr));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static void writeCieFde(uint8_t *Buf, ArrayRef<uint8_t> D) {
   memcpy(Buf, D.data(), D.size());
 
   // Fix the size field. -4 since size does not include the size field itself.
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   write32<E>(Buf, alignTo(D.size(), sizeof(typename ELFT::uint)) - 4);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void EhOutputSection<ELFT>::finalize() {
   if (this->Size)
     return; // Already finalized.
 
   size_t Off = 0;
   for (CieRecord *Cie : Cies) {
     Cie->Piece->OutputOff = Off;
     Off += alignTo(Cie->Piece->size(), sizeof(uintX_t));
 
     for (EhSectionPiece *Fde : Cie->FdePieces) {
       Fde->OutputOff = Off;
       Off += alignTo(Fde->size(), sizeof(uintX_t));
     }
   }
   this->Size = Off;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static uint64_t readFdeAddr(uint8_t *Buf, int Size) {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   switch (Size) {
   case DW_EH_PE_udata2:
     return read16<E>(Buf);
   case DW_EH_PE_udata4:
     return read32<E>(Buf);
   case DW_EH_PE_udata8:
     return read64<E>(Buf);
   case DW_EH_PE_absptr:
     if (ELFT::Is64Bits)
       return read64<E>(Buf);
     return read32<E>(Buf);
   }
   fatal("unknown FDE size encoding");
 }
 
 // Returns the VA to which a given FDE (on a mmap'ed buffer) is applied to.
 // We need it to create .eh_frame_hdr section.
 template <class ELFT>
 typename ELFT::uint EhOutputSection<ELFT>::getFdePc(uint8_t *Buf, size_t FdeOff,
                                                     uint8_t Enc) {
   // The starting address to which this FDE applies is
   // stored at FDE + 8 byte.
   size_t Off = FdeOff + 8;
   uint64_t Addr = readFdeAddr<ELFT>(Buf + Off, Enc & 0x7);
   if ((Enc & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_absptr)
     return Addr;
   if ((Enc & 0x70) == DW_EH_PE_pcrel)
     return Addr + this->Addr + Off;
   fatal("unknown FDE size relative encoding");
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void EhOutputSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   for (CieRecord *Cie : Cies) {
     size_t CieOffset = Cie->Piece->OutputOff;
     writeCieFde<ELFT>(Buf + CieOffset, Cie->Piece->data());
 
     for (EhSectionPiece *Fde : Cie->FdePieces) {
       size_t Off = Fde->OutputOff;
       writeCieFde<ELFT>(Buf + Off, Fde->data());
 
       // FDE's second word should have the offset to an associated CIE.
       // Write it.
       write32<E>(Buf + Off + 4, Off + 4 - CieOffset);
     }
   }
 
   for (EhInputSection<ELFT> *S : Sections)
     S->relocate(Buf, nullptr);
 
   // Construct .eh_frame_hdr. .eh_frame_hdr is a binary search table
   // to get a FDE from an address to which FDE is applied. So here
   // we obtain two addresses and pass them to EhFrameHdr object.
   if (In<ELFT>::EhFrameHdr) {
     for (CieRecord *Cie : Cies) {
       uint8_t Enc = getFdeEncoding<ELFT>(Cie->Piece);
       for (SectionPiece *Fde : Cie->FdePieces) {
         uintX_t Pc = getFdePc(Buf, Fde->OutputOff, Enc);
         uintX_t FdeVA = this->Addr + Fde->OutputOff;
         In<ELFT>::EhFrameHdr->addFde(Pc, FdeVA);
       }
     }
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::MergeOutputSection(StringRef Name, uint32_t Type,
                                              uintX_t Flags, uintX_t Alignment)
     : OutputSectionBase(Name, Type, Flags),
       Builder(StringTableBuilder::RAW, Alignment) {}
 
 template <class ELFT> void MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {
   Builder.write(Buf);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::addSection(InputSectionData *C) {
   auto *Sec = cast<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(C);
   Sec->OutSec = this;
   this->updateAlignment(Sec->Alignment);
   this->Entsize = Sec->Entsize;
   Sections.push_back(Sec);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::shouldTailMerge() const {
   return (this->Flags & SHF_STRINGS) && Config->Optimize >= 2;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::finalizeTailMerge() {
   // Add all string pieces to the string table builder to create section
   // contents.
   for (MergeInputSection<ELFT> *Sec : Sections)
     for (size_t I = 0, E = Sec->Pieces.size(); I != E; ++I)
       if (Sec->Pieces[I].Live)
         Builder.add(Sec->getData(I));
 
   // Fix the string table content. After this, the contents will never change.
   Builder.finalize();
   this->Size = Builder.getSize();
 
   // finalize() fixed tail-optimized strings, so we can now get
   // offsets of strings. Get an offset for each string and save it
   // to a corresponding StringPiece for easy access.
   for (MergeInputSection<ELFT> *Sec : Sections)
     for (size_t I = 0, E = Sec->Pieces.size(); I != E; ++I)
       if (Sec->Pieces[I].Live)
         Sec->Pieces[I].OutputOff = Builder.getOffset(Sec->getData(I));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::finalizeNoTailMerge() {
   // Add all string pieces to the string table builder to create section
   // contents. Because we are not tail-optimizing, offsets of strings are
   // fixed when they are added to the builder (string table builder contains
   // a hash table from strings to offsets).
   for (MergeInputSection<ELFT> *Sec : Sections)
     for (size_t I = 0, E = Sec->Pieces.size(); I != E; ++I)
       if (Sec->Pieces[I].Live)
         Sec->Pieces[I].OutputOff = Builder.add(Sec->getData(I));
 
   Builder.finalizeInOrder();
   this->Size = Builder.getSize();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> void MergeOutputSection<ELFT>::finalize() {
   if (shouldTailMerge())
     finalizeTailMerge();
   else
     finalizeNoTailMerge();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static typename ELFT::uint getOutFlags(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *S) {
   return S->Flags & ~SHF_GROUP & ~SHF_COMPRESSED;
 }
 
+namespace llvm {
+template <> struct DenseMapInfo<lld::elf::SectionKey> {
+  static lld::elf::SectionKey getEmptyKey();
+  static lld::elf::SectionKey getTombstoneKey();
+  static unsigned getHashValue(const lld::elf::SectionKey &Val);
+  static bool isEqual(const lld::elf::SectionKey &LHS,
+                      const lld::elf::SectionKey &RHS);
+};
+}
+
 template <class ELFT>
-static SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits> createKey(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C,
-                                            StringRef OutsecName) {
+static SectionKey createKey(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C, StringRef OutsecName) {
+  //  The ELF spec just says
+  // ----------------------------------------------------------------
+  // In the first phase, input sections that match in name, type and
+  // attribute flags should be concatenated into single sections.
+  // ----------------------------------------------------------------
+  //
+  // However, it is clear that at least some flags have to be ignored for
+  // section merging. At the very least SHF_GROUP and SHF_COMPRESSED have to be
+  // ignored. We should not have two output .text sections just because one was
+  // in a group and another was not for example.
+  //
+  // It also seems that that wording was a late addition and didn't get the
+  // necessary scrutiny.
+  //
+  // Merging sections with different flags is expected by some users. One
+  // reason is that if one file has
+  //
+  // int *const bar __attribute__((section(".foo"))) = (int *)0;
+  //
+  // gcc with -fPIC will produce a read only .foo section. But if another
+  // file has
+  //
+  // int zed;
+  // int *const bar __attribute__((section(".foo"))) = (int *)&zed;
+  //
+  // gcc with -fPIC will produce a read write section.
+  //
+  // Last but not least, when using linker script the merge rules are forced by
+  // the script. Unfortunately, linker scripts are name based. This means that
+  // expressions like *(.foo*) can refer to multiple input sections with
+  // different flags. We cannot put them in different output sections or we
+  // would produce wrong results for
+  //
+  // start = .; *(.foo.*) end = .; *(.bar)
+  //
+  // and a mapping of .foo1 and .bar1 to one section and .foo2 and .bar2 to
+  // another. The problem is that there is no way to layout those output
+  // sections such that the .foo sections are the only thing between the start
+  // and end symbols.
+  //
+  // Given the above issues, we instead merge sections by name and error on
+  // incompatible types and flags.
+  //
+  // The exception being SHF_MERGE, where we create different output sections
+  // for each alignment. This makes each output section simple. In case of
+  // relocatable object generation we do not try to perform merging and treat
+  // SHF_MERGE sections as regular ones, but also create different output
+  // sections for them to allow merging at final linking stage.
+  //
+  // Fortunately, creating symbols in the middle of a merge section is not
+  // supported by bfd or gold, so the SHF_MERGE exception should not cause
+  // problems with most linker scripts.
+
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
-  uintX_t Flags = getOutFlags(C);
+  uintX_t Flags = C->Flags & (SHF_MERGE | SHF_STRINGS);
 
-  // For SHF_MERGE we create different output sections for each alignment.
-  // This makes each output section simple and keeps a single level mapping from
-  // input to output.
-  // In case of relocatable object generation we do not try to perform merging
-  // and treat SHF_MERGE sections as regular ones, but also create different
-  // output sections for them to allow merging at final linking stage.
   uintX_t Alignment = 0;
   if (isa<MergeInputSection<ELFT>>(C) ||
       (Config->Relocatable && (C->Flags & SHF_MERGE)))
     Alignment = std::max<uintX_t>(C->Alignment, C->Entsize);
 
-  return SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits>{OutsecName, C->Type, Flags, Alignment};
+  return SectionKey{OutsecName, Flags, Alignment};
 }
 
+template <class ELFT> OutputSectionFactory<ELFT>::OutputSectionFactory() {}
+
+template <class ELFT> OutputSectionFactory<ELFT>::~OutputSectionFactory() {}
+
 template <class ELFT>
 std::pair<OutputSectionBase *, bool>
 OutputSectionFactory<ELFT>::create(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C,
                                    StringRef OutsecName) {
-  SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits> Key = createKey(C, OutsecName);
+  SectionKey Key = createKey(C, OutsecName);
   return create(Key, C);
 }
 
+static uint64_t getIncompatibleFlags(uint64_t Flags) {
+  return Flags & (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_TLS);
+}
+
 template <class ELFT>
 std::pair<OutputSectionBase *, bool>
-OutputSectionFactory<ELFT>::create(const SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits> &Key,
+OutputSectionFactory<ELFT>::create(const SectionKey &Key,
                                    InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C) {
   uintX_t Flags = getOutFlags(C);
   OutputSectionBase *&Sec = Map[Key];
   if (Sec) {
+    if (getIncompatibleFlags(Sec->Flags) != getIncompatibleFlags(C->Flags))
+      error("Section has flags incompatible with others with the same name " +
+            toString(C));
+    if (Sec->Type != C->Type)
+      error("Section has different type from others with the same name " +
+            toString(C));
     Sec->Flags |= Flags;
     return {Sec, false};
   }
 
   uint32_t Type = C->Type;
   switch (C->kind()) {
   case InputSectionBase<ELFT>::Regular:
   case InputSectionBase<ELFT>::Synthetic:
     Sec = make<OutputSection<ELFT>>(Key.Name, Type, Flags);
     break;
   case InputSectionBase<ELFT>::EHFrame:
     return {Out<ELFT>::EhFrame, false};
   case InputSectionBase<ELFT>::Merge:
     Sec = make<MergeOutputSection<ELFT>>(Key.Name, Type, Flags, Key.Alignment);
     break;
   }
   return {Sec, true};
 }
 
-template <bool Is64Bits>
-typename lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>
-DenseMapInfo<lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>>::getEmptyKey() {
-  return SectionKey<Is64Bits>{DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getEmptyKey(), 0, 0, 0};
+SectionKey DenseMapInfo<SectionKey>::getEmptyKey() {
+  return SectionKey{DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getEmptyKey(), 0, 0};
 }
 
-template <bool Is64Bits>
-typename lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>
-DenseMapInfo<lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>>::getTombstoneKey() {
-  return SectionKey<Is64Bits>{DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getTombstoneKey(), 0, 0,
-                              0};
+SectionKey DenseMapInfo<SectionKey>::getTombstoneKey() {
+  return SectionKey{DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::getTombstoneKey(), 0, 0};
 }
 
-template <bool Is64Bits>
-unsigned
-DenseMapInfo<lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>>::getHashValue(const Key &Val) {
-  return hash_combine(Val.Name, Val.Type, Val.Flags, Val.Alignment);
+unsigned DenseMapInfo<SectionKey>::getHashValue(const SectionKey &Val) {
+  return hash_combine(Val.Name, Val.Flags, Val.Alignment);
 }
 
-template <bool Is64Bits>
-bool DenseMapInfo<lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>>::isEqual(const Key &LHS,
-                                                           const Key &RHS) {
+bool DenseMapInfo<SectionKey>::isEqual(const SectionKey &LHS,
+                                       const SectionKey &RHS) {
   return DenseMapInfo<StringRef>::isEqual(LHS.Name, RHS.Name) &&
-         LHS.Type == RHS.Type && LHS.Flags == RHS.Flags &&
-         LHS.Alignment == RHS.Alignment;
-}
-
-namespace llvm {
-template struct DenseMapInfo<SectionKey<true>>;
-template struct DenseMapInfo<SectionKey<false>>;
+         LHS.Flags == RHS.Flags && LHS.Alignment == RHS.Alignment;
 }
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 
 template void OutputSectionBase::writeHeaderTo<ELF32LE>(ELF32LE::Shdr *Shdr);
 template void OutputSectionBase::writeHeaderTo<ELF32BE>(ELF32BE::Shdr *Shdr);
 template void OutputSectionBase::writeHeaderTo<ELF64LE>(ELF64LE::Shdr *Shdr);
 template void OutputSectionBase::writeHeaderTo<ELF64BE>(ELF64BE::Shdr *Shdr);
 
 template class OutputSection<ELF32LE>;
 template class OutputSection<ELF32BE>;
 template class OutputSection<ELF64LE>;
 template class OutputSection<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class EhOutputSection<ELF32LE>;
 template class EhOutputSection<ELF32BE>;
 template class EhOutputSection<ELF64LE>;
 template class EhOutputSection<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class MergeOutputSection<ELF32LE>;
 template class MergeOutputSection<ELF32BE>;
 template class MergeOutputSection<ELF64LE>;
 template class MergeOutputSection<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class OutputSectionFactory<ELF32LE>;
 template class OutputSectionFactory<ELF32BE>;
 template class OutputSectionFactory<ELF64LE>;
 template class OutputSectionFactory<ELF64BE>;
 }
 }
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/OutputSections.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/OutputSections.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/OutputSections.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,279 +1,268 @@
 //===- OutputSections.h -----------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_ELF_OUTPUT_SECTIONS_H
 #define LLD_ELF_OUTPUT_SECTIONS_H
 
 #include "Config.h"
 #include "Relocations.h"
 
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "llvm/MC/StringTableBuilder.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 
 struct PhdrEntry;
 class SymbolBody;
 struct EhSectionPiece;
 template <class ELFT> class EhInputSection;
 template <class ELFT> class InputSection;
 template <class ELFT> class InputSectionBase;
 template <class ELFT> class MergeInputSection;
 template <class ELFT> class OutputSection;
 template <class ELFT> class ObjectFile;
 template <class ELFT> class SharedFile;
 template <class ELFT> class SharedSymbol;
 template <class ELFT> class DefinedRegular;
 
 // This represents a section in an output file.
 // Different sub classes represent different types of sections. Some contain
 // input sections, others are created by the linker.
 // The writer creates multiple OutputSections and assign them unique,
 // non-overlapping file offsets and VAs.
 class OutputSectionBase {
 public:
   enum Kind {
     Base,
     EHFrame,
     Merge,
     Regular,
   };
 
   OutputSectionBase(StringRef Name, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Flags);
   void setLMAOffset(uint64_t LMAOff) { LMAOffset = LMAOff; }
   uint64_t getLMA() const { return Addr + LMAOffset; }
   template <typename ELFT> void writeHeaderTo(typename ELFT::Shdr *SHdr);
   StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
 
   virtual void addSection(InputSectionData *C) {}
   virtual Kind getKind() const { return Base; }
   static bool classof(const OutputSectionBase *B) {
     return B->getKind() == Base;
   }
 
   unsigned SectionIndex;
 
   uint32_t getPhdrFlags() const;
 
   void updateAlignment(uint64_t Alignment) {
     if (Alignment > Addralign)
       Addralign = Alignment;
   }
 
   // If true, this section will be page aligned on disk.
   // Typically the first section of each PT_LOAD segment has this flag.
   bool PageAlign = false;
 
   // Pointer to the first section in PT_LOAD segment, which this section
   // also resides in. This field is used to correctly compute file offset
   // of a section. When two sections share the same load segment, difference
   // between their file offsets should be equal to difference between their
   // virtual addresses. To compute some section offset we use the following
   // formula: Off = Off_first + VA - VA_first.
   OutputSectionBase *FirstInPtLoad = nullptr;
 
   virtual void finalize() {}
   virtual void assignOffsets() {}
   virtual void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) {}
   virtual ~OutputSectionBase() = default;
 
   StringRef Name;
 
   // The following fields correspond to Elf_Shdr members.
   uint64_t Size = 0;
   uint64_t Entsize = 0;
   uint64_t Addralign = 0;
   uint64_t Offset = 0;
   uint64_t Flags = 0;
   uint64_t LMAOffset = 0;
   uint64_t Addr = 0;
   uint32_t ShName = 0;
   uint32_t Type = 0;
   uint32_t Info = 0;
   uint32_t Link = 0;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> class OutputSection final : public OutputSectionBase {
 
 public:
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rel Elf_Rel;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rela Elf_Rela;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
   OutputSection(StringRef Name, uint32_t Type, uintX_t Flags);
   void addSection(InputSectionData *C) override;
   void sort(std::function<int(InputSection<ELFT> *S)> Order);
   void sortInitFini();
   void sortCtorsDtors();
   void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override;
   void finalize() override;
   void assignOffsets() override;
   Kind getKind() const override { return Regular; }
   static bool classof(const OutputSectionBase *B) {
     return B->getKind() == Regular;
   }
   std::vector<InputSection<ELFT> *> Sections;
 
   // Location in the output buffer.
   uint8_t *Loc = nullptr;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT>
 class MergeOutputSection final : public OutputSectionBase {
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
 public:
   MergeOutputSection(StringRef Name, uint32_t Type, uintX_t Flags,
                      uintX_t Alignment);
   void addSection(InputSectionData *S) override;
   void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override;
   void finalize() override;
   bool shouldTailMerge() const;
   Kind getKind() const override { return Merge; }
   static bool classof(const OutputSectionBase *B) {
     return B->getKind() == Merge;
   }
 
 private:
   void finalizeTailMerge();
   void finalizeNoTailMerge();
 
   llvm::StringTableBuilder Builder;
   std::vector<MergeInputSection<ELFT> *> Sections;
 };
 
 struct CieRecord {
   EhSectionPiece *Piece = nullptr;
   std::vector<EhSectionPiece *> FdePieces;
 };
 
 // Output section for .eh_frame.
 template <class ELFT> class EhOutputSection final : public OutputSectionBase {
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rel Elf_Rel;
   typedef typename ELFT::Rela Elf_Rela;
 
 public:
   EhOutputSection();
   void writeTo(uint8_t *Buf) override;
   void finalize() override;
   bool empty() const { return Sections.empty(); }
 
   void addSection(InputSectionData *S) override;
   Kind getKind() const override { return EHFrame; }
   static bool classof(const OutputSectionBase *B) {
     return B->getKind() == EHFrame;
   }
 
   size_t NumFdes = 0;
 
 private:
   template <class RelTy>
   void addSectionAux(EhInputSection<ELFT> *S, llvm::ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels);
 
   template <class RelTy>
   CieRecord *addCie(EhSectionPiece &Piece, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels);
 
   template <class RelTy>
   bool isFdeLive(EhSectionPiece &Piece, ArrayRef<RelTy> Rels);
 
   uintX_t getFdePc(uint8_t *Buf, size_t Off, uint8_t Enc);
 
   std::vector<EhInputSection<ELFT> *> Sections;
   std::vector<CieRecord *> Cies;
 
   // CIE records are uniquified by their contents and personality functions.
   llvm::DenseMap<std::pair<ArrayRef<uint8_t>, SymbolBody *>, CieRecord> CieMap;
 };
 
 // All output sections that are hadnled by the linker specially are
 // globally accessible. Writer initializes them, so don't use them
 // until Writer is initialized.
 template <class ELFT> struct Out {
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
   typedef typename ELFT::Phdr Elf_Phdr;
 
   static uint8_t First;
   static EhOutputSection<ELFT> *EhFrame;
   static OutputSection<ELFT> *Bss;
   static OutputSectionBase *Opd;
   static uint8_t *OpdBuf;
   static PhdrEntry *TlsPhdr;
   static OutputSectionBase *DebugInfo;
   static OutputSectionBase *ElfHeader;
   static OutputSectionBase *ProgramHeaders;
   static OutputSectionBase *PreinitArray;
   static OutputSectionBase *InitArray;
   static OutputSectionBase *FiniArray;
 };
 
-template <bool Is64Bits> struct SectionKey {
-  typedef typename std::conditional<Is64Bits, uint64_t, uint32_t>::type uintX_t;
+struct SectionKey {
   StringRef Name;
-  uint32_t Type;
-  uintX_t Flags;
-  uintX_t Alignment;
+  uint64_t Flags;
+  uint64_t Alignment;
 };
 
 // This class knows how to create an output section for a given
 // input section. Output section type is determined by various
 // factors, including input section's sh_flags, sh_type and
 // linker scripts.
 template <class ELFT> class OutputSectionFactory {
   typedef typename ELFT::Shdr Elf_Shdr;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
-  typedef typename elf::SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits> Key;
 
 public:
+  OutputSectionFactory();
+  ~OutputSectionFactory();
   std::pair<OutputSectionBase *, bool> create(InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C,
                                               StringRef OutsecName);
-  std::pair<OutputSectionBase *, bool>
-  create(const SectionKey<ELFT::Is64Bits> &Key, InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C);
+  std::pair<OutputSectionBase *, bool> create(const SectionKey &Key,
+                                              InputSectionBase<ELFT> *C);
 
 private:
-  llvm::SmallDenseMap<Key, OutputSectionBase *> Map;
+  llvm::SmallDenseMap<SectionKey, OutputSectionBase *> Map;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> uint64_t getHeaderSize() {
   if (Config->OFormatBinary)
     return 0;
   return Out<ELFT>::ElfHeader->Size + Out<ELFT>::ProgramHeaders->Size;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> uint8_t Out<ELFT>::First;
 template <class ELFT> EhOutputSection<ELFT> *Out<ELFT>::EhFrame;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSection<ELFT> *Out<ELFT>::Bss;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::Opd;
 template <class ELFT> uint8_t *Out<ELFT>::OpdBuf;
 template <class ELFT> PhdrEntry *Out<ELFT>::TlsPhdr;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::DebugInfo;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::ElfHeader;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::ProgramHeaders;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::PreinitArray;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::InitArray;
 template <class ELFT> OutputSectionBase *Out<ELFT>::FiniArray;
 } // namespace elf
 } // namespace lld
 
-namespace llvm {
-template <bool Is64Bits> struct DenseMapInfo<lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits>> {
-  typedef typename lld::elf::SectionKey<Is64Bits> Key;
-
-  static Key getEmptyKey();
-  static Key getTombstoneKey();
-  static unsigned getHashValue(const Key &Val);
-  static bool isEqual(const Key &LHS, const Key &RHS);
-};
-}
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Symbols.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Symbols.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Symbols.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,368 +1,368 @@
 //===- Symbols.cpp --------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "OutputSections.h"
 #include "Strings.h"
 #include "SyntheticSections.h"
 #include "Target.h"
 #include "Writer.h"
 
 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 #include <cstring>
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace lld::elf;
 
 template <class ELFT>
 static typename ELFT::uint getSymVA(const SymbolBody &Body,
                                     typename ELFT::uint &Addend) {
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
   switch (Body.kind()) {
   case SymbolBody::DefinedSyntheticKind: {
     auto &D = cast<DefinedSynthetic>(Body);
     const OutputSectionBase *Sec = D.Section;
     if (!Sec)
       return D.Value;
     if (D.Value == uintX_t(-1))
       return Sec->Addr + Sec->Size;
     return Sec->Addr + D.Value;
   }
   case SymbolBody::DefinedRegularKind: {
     auto &D = cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(Body);
     InputSectionBase<ELFT> *IS = D.Section;
 
     // According to the ELF spec reference to a local symbol from outside
     // the group are not allowed. Unfortunately .eh_frame breaks that rule
     // and must be treated specially. For now we just replace the symbol with
     // 0.
     if (IS == &InputSection<ELFT>::Discarded)
       return 0;
 
     // This is an absolute symbol.
     if (!IS)
       return D.Value;
 
     uintX_t Offset = D.Value;
     if (D.isSection()) {
       Offset += Addend;
       Addend = 0;
     }
     uintX_t VA = (IS->OutSec ? IS->OutSec->Addr : 0) + IS->getOffset(Offset);
     if (D.isTls() && !Config->Relocatable) {
       if (!Out<ELFT>::TlsPhdr)
         fatal(toString(D.File) +
               " has a STT_TLS symbol but doesn't have a PT_TLS section");
       return VA - Out<ELFT>::TlsPhdr->p_vaddr;
     }
     return VA;
   }
   case SymbolBody::DefinedCommonKind:
     return In<ELFT>::Common->OutSec->Addr + In<ELFT>::Common->OutSecOff +
            cast<DefinedCommon>(Body).Offset;
   case SymbolBody::SharedKind: {
     auto &SS = cast<SharedSymbol<ELFT>>(Body);
     if (!SS.NeedsCopyOrPltAddr)
       return 0;
     if (SS.isFunc())
       return Body.getPltVA<ELFT>();
     return Out<ELFT>::Bss->Addr + SS.OffsetInBss;
   }
   case SymbolBody::UndefinedKind:
     return 0;
   case SymbolBody::LazyArchiveKind:
   case SymbolBody::LazyObjectKind:
     assert(Body.symbol()->IsUsedInRegularObj && "lazy symbol reached writer");
     return 0;
   }
   llvm_unreachable("invalid symbol kind");
 }
 
 SymbolBody::SymbolBody(Kind K, StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther,
                        uint8_t Type)
     : SymbolKind(K), NeedsCopyOrPltAddr(false), IsLocal(IsLocal),
       IsInGlobalMipsGot(false), Is32BitMipsGot(false), IsInIplt(false),
       IsInIgot(false), Type(Type), StOther(StOther), Name(Name) {}
 
 // Returns true if a symbol can be replaced at load-time by a symbol
 // with the same name defined in other ELF executable or DSO.
 bool SymbolBody::isPreemptible() const {
   if (isLocal())
     return false;
 
   // Shared symbols resolve to the definition in the DSO. The exceptions are
   // symbols with copy relocations (which resolve to .bss) or preempt plt
   // entries (which resolve to that plt entry).
   if (isShared())
     return !NeedsCopyOrPltAddr;
 
   // That's all that can be preempted in a non-DSO.
   if (!Config->Shared)
     return false;
 
   // Only symbols that appear in dynsym can be preempted.
   if (!symbol()->includeInDynsym())
     return false;
 
   // Only default visibility symbols can be preempted.
   if (symbol()->Visibility != STV_DEFAULT)
     return false;
 
   // -Bsymbolic means that definitions are not preempted.
   if (Config->Bsymbolic || (Config->BsymbolicFunctions && isFunc()))
     return !isDefined();
   return true;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool SymbolBody::hasThunk() const {
   if (auto *DR = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(this))
     return DR->ThunkData != nullptr;
   if (auto *S = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol<ELFT>>(this))
     return S->ThunkData != nullptr;
   return false;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getVA(typename ELFT::uint Addend) const {
   typename ELFT::uint OutVA = getSymVA<ELFT>(*this, Addend);
   return OutVA + Addend;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getGotVA() const {
   return In<ELFT>::Got->getVA() + getGotOffset<ELFT>();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getGotOffset() const {
   return GotIndex * Target->GotEntrySize;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getGotPltVA() const {
   if (this->IsInIgot)
     return In<ELFT>::IgotPlt->getVA() + getGotPltOffset<ELFT>();
   return In<ELFT>::GotPlt->getVA() + getGotPltOffset<ELFT>();
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getGotPltOffset() const {
   return GotPltIndex * Target->GotPltEntrySize;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getPltVA() const {
   if (this->IsInIplt)
     return In<ELFT>::Iplt->getVA() + PltIndex * Target->PltEntrySize;
   return In<ELFT>::Plt->getVA() + Target->PltHeaderSize +
          PltIndex * Target->PltEntrySize;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getThunkVA() const {
   if (const auto *DR = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(this))
     return DR->ThunkData->getVA();
   if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol<ELFT>>(this))
     return S->ThunkData->getVA();
   if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<Undefined<ELFT>>(this))
     return S->ThunkData->getVA();
   fatal("getThunkVA() not supported for Symbol class\n");
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint SymbolBody::getSize() const {
   if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<DefinedCommon>(this))
     return C->Size;
   if (const auto *DR = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(this))
     return DR->Size;
   if (const auto *S = dyn_cast<SharedSymbol<ELFT>>(this))
     return S->Sym.st_size;
   return 0;
 }
 
 // If a symbol name contains '@', the characters after that is
 // a symbol version name. This function parses that.
 void SymbolBody::parseSymbolVersion() {
   StringRef S = getName();
   size_t Pos = S.find('@');
   if (Pos == 0 || Pos == StringRef::npos)
     return;
   StringRef Verstr = S.substr(Pos + 1);
   if (Verstr.empty())
     return;
 
   // Truncate the symbol name so that it doesn't include the version string.
   Name = {S.data(), Pos};
 
   // '@@' in a symbol name means the default version.
   // It is usually the most recent one.
   bool IsDefault = (Verstr[0] == '@');
   if (IsDefault)
     Verstr = Verstr.substr(1);
 
   for (VersionDefinition &Ver : Config->VersionDefinitions) {
     if (Ver.Name != Verstr)
       continue;
 
     if (IsDefault)
       symbol()->VersionId = Ver.Id;
     else
       symbol()->VersionId = Ver.Id | VERSYM_HIDDEN;
     return;
   }
 
   // It is an error if the specified version is not defined.
   error(toString(File) + ": symbol " + S + " has undefined version " + Verstr);
 }
 
 Defined::Defined(Kind K, StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther,
                  uint8_t Type)
     : SymbolBody(K, Name, IsLocal, StOther, Type) {}
 
 template <class ELFT> bool DefinedRegular<ELFT>::isMipsPIC() const {
   if (!Section || !isFunc())
     return false;
   return (this->StOther & STO_MIPS_MIPS16) == STO_MIPS_PIC ||
          (Section->getFile()->getObj().getHeader()->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC);
 }
 
 template <typename ELFT>
 Undefined<ELFT>::Undefined(StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther,
                            uint8_t Type, InputFile *File)
     : SymbolBody(SymbolBody::UndefinedKind, Name, IsLocal, StOther, Type) {
   this->File = File;
 }
 
 DefinedCommon::DefinedCommon(StringRef Name, uint64_t Size, uint64_t Alignment,
                              uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type, InputFile *File)
     : Defined(SymbolBody::DefinedCommonKind, Name, /*IsLocal=*/false, StOther,
               Type),
       Alignment(Alignment), Size(Size) {
   this->File = File;
 }
 
 InputFile *Lazy::fetch() {
   if (auto *S = dyn_cast<LazyArchive>(this))
     return S->fetch();
   return cast<LazyObject>(this)->fetch();
 }
 
 LazyArchive::LazyArchive(ArchiveFile &File,
                          const llvm::object::Archive::Symbol S, uint8_t Type)
     : Lazy(LazyArchiveKind, S.getName(), Type), Sym(S) {
   this->File = &File;
 }
 
 LazyObject::LazyObject(StringRef Name, LazyObjectFile &File, uint8_t Type)
     : Lazy(LazyObjectKind, Name, Type) {
   this->File = &File;
 }
 
 InputFile *LazyArchive::fetch() {
   std::pair<MemoryBufferRef, uint64_t> MBInfo = file()->getMember(&Sym);
 
   // getMember returns an empty buffer if the member was already
   // read from the library.
   if (MBInfo.first.getBuffer().empty())
     return nullptr;
   return createObjectFile(MBInfo.first, file()->getName(), MBInfo.second);
 }
 
 InputFile *LazyObject::fetch() {
   MemoryBufferRef MBRef = file()->getBuffer();
   if (MBRef.getBuffer().empty())
     return nullptr;
   return createObjectFile(MBRef);
 }
 
 bool Symbol::includeInDynsym() const {
   if (Visibility != STV_DEFAULT && Visibility != STV_PROTECTED)
     return false;
   return (ExportDynamic && VersionId != VER_NDX_LOCAL) || body()->isShared() ||
          (body()->isUndefined() && Config->Shared);
 }
 
 // Print out a log message for --trace-symbol.
 void elf::printTraceSymbol(Symbol *Sym) {
   SymbolBody *B = Sym->body();
   outs() << toString(B->File);
 
   if (B->isUndefined())
     outs() << ": reference to ";
   else if (B->isCommon())
     outs() << ": common definition of ";
   else
     outs() << ": definition of ";
   outs() << B->getName() << "\n";
 }
 
 // Returns a symbol for an error message.
-std::string elf::toString(const SymbolBody &B) {
+std::string lld::toString(const SymbolBody &B) {
   if (Config->Demangle)
     if (Optional<std::string> S = demangle(B.getName()))
       return *S;
   return B.getName();
 }
 
 template bool SymbolBody::hasThunk<ELF32LE>() const;
 template bool SymbolBody::hasThunk<ELF32BE>() const;
 template bool SymbolBody::hasThunk<ELF64LE>() const;
 template bool SymbolBody::hasThunk<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getVA<ELF32LE>(uint32_t) const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getVA<ELF32BE>(uint32_t) const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getVA<ELF64LE>(uint64_t) const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getVA<ELF64BE>(uint64_t) const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotVA<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotVA<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotVA<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotVA<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotOffset<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotOffset<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotOffset<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotOffset<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltVA<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltVA<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltVA<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltVA<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getThunkVA<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getThunkVA<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getThunkVA<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getThunkVA<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltOffset<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltOffset<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltOffset<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getGotPltOffset<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getPltVA<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getPltVA<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getPltVA<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getPltVA<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getSize<ELF32LE>() const;
 template uint32_t SymbolBody::template getSize<ELF32BE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getSize<ELF64LE>() const;
 template uint64_t SymbolBody::template getSize<ELF64BE>() const;
 
 template class elf::Undefined<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::Undefined<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::Undefined<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::Undefined<ELF64BE>;
 
 template class elf::DefinedRegular<ELF32LE>;
 template class elf::DefinedRegular<ELF32BE>;
 template class elf::DefinedRegular<ELF64LE>;
 template class elf::DefinedRegular<ELF64BE>;
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Symbols.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Symbols.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Symbols.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,462 +1,461 @@
 //===- Symbols.h ------------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 // All symbols are handled as SymbolBodies regardless of their types.
 // This file defines various types of SymbolBodies.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_ELF_SYMBOLS_H
 #define LLD_ELF_SYMBOLS_H
 
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "Strings.h"
 
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/Archive.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 
 class ArchiveFile;
 class BitcodeFile;
 class InputFile;
 class LazyObjectFile;
 template <class ELFT> class ObjectFile;
 template <class ELFT> class OutputSection;
 class OutputSectionBase;
 template <class ELFT> class SharedFile;
 
 struct Symbol;
 
 // The base class for real symbol classes.
 class SymbolBody {
 public:
   enum Kind {
     DefinedFirst,
     DefinedRegularKind = DefinedFirst,
     SharedKind,
     DefinedCommonKind,
     DefinedSyntheticKind,
     DefinedLast = DefinedSyntheticKind,
     UndefinedKind,
     LazyArchiveKind,
     LazyObjectKind,
   };
 
   SymbolBody(Kind K) : SymbolKind(K) {}
 
   Symbol *symbol();
   const Symbol *symbol() const {
     return const_cast<SymbolBody *>(this)->symbol();
   }
 
   Kind kind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(SymbolKind); }
 
   bool isUndefined() const { return SymbolKind == UndefinedKind; }
   bool isDefined() const { return SymbolKind <= DefinedLast; }
   bool isCommon() const { return SymbolKind == DefinedCommonKind; }
   bool isLazy() const {
     return SymbolKind == LazyArchiveKind || SymbolKind == LazyObjectKind;
   }
   bool isShared() const { return SymbolKind == SharedKind; }
   bool isLocal() const { return IsLocal; }
   bool isPreemptible() const;
   StringRef getName() const { return Name; }
   uint8_t getVisibility() const { return StOther & 0x3; }
   void parseSymbolVersion();
 
   bool isInGot() const { return GotIndex != -1U; }
   bool isInPlt() const { return PltIndex != -1U; }
   template <class ELFT> bool hasThunk() const;
 
   template <class ELFT>
   typename ELFT::uint getVA(typename ELFT::uint Addend = 0) const;
 
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getGotOffset() const;
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getGotVA() const;
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getGotPltOffset() const;
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getGotPltVA() const;
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getPltVA() const;
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getThunkVA() const;
   template <class ELFT> typename ELFT::uint getSize() const;
 
   // The file from which this symbol was created.
   InputFile *File = nullptr;
 
   uint32_t DynsymIndex = 0;
   uint32_t GotIndex = -1;
   uint32_t GotPltIndex = -1;
   uint32_t PltIndex = -1;
   uint32_t GlobalDynIndex = -1;
 
 protected:
   SymbolBody(Kind K, StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther,
              uint8_t Type);
 
   const unsigned SymbolKind : 8;
 
 public:
   // True if the linker has to generate a copy relocation for this shared
   // symbol or if the symbol should point to its plt entry.
   unsigned NeedsCopyOrPltAddr : 1;
 
   // True if this is a local symbol.
   unsigned IsLocal : 1;
 
   // True if this symbol has an entry in the global part of MIPS GOT.
   unsigned IsInGlobalMipsGot : 1;
 
   // True if this symbol is referenced by 32-bit GOT relocations.
   unsigned Is32BitMipsGot : 1;
 
   // True if this symbol is in the Iplt sub-section of the Plt.
   unsigned IsInIplt : 1;
 
   // True if this symbol is in the Igot sub-section of the .got.plt or .got.
   unsigned IsInIgot : 1;
 
   // The following fields have the same meaning as the ELF symbol attributes.
   uint8_t Type;    // symbol type
   uint8_t StOther; // st_other field value
 
   // The Type field may also have this value. It means that we have not yet seen
   // a non-Lazy symbol with this name, so we don't know what its type is. The
   // Type field is normally set to this value for Lazy symbols unless we saw a
   // weak undefined symbol first, in which case we need to remember the original
   // symbol's type in order to check for TLS mismatches.
   enum { UnknownType = 255 };
 
   bool isSection() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_SECTION; }
   bool isTls() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_TLS; }
   bool isFunc() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_FUNC; }
   bool isGnuIFunc() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_GNU_IFUNC; }
   bool isObject() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_OBJECT; }
   bool isFile() const { return Type == llvm::ELF::STT_FILE; }
 
 protected:
   StringRefZ Name;
 };
 
 // The base class for any defined symbols.
 class Defined : public SymbolBody {
 public:
   Defined(Kind K, StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type);
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) { return S->isDefined(); }
 };
 
 class DefinedCommon : public Defined {
 public:
   DefinedCommon(StringRef N, uint64_t Size, uint64_t Alignment, uint8_t StOther,
                 uint8_t Type, InputFile *File);
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == SymbolBody::DefinedCommonKind;
   }
 
   // The output offset of this common symbol in the output bss. Computed by the
   // writer.
   uint64_t Offset;
 
   // The maximum alignment we have seen for this symbol.
   uint64_t Alignment;
 
   uint64_t Size;
 };
 
 // Regular defined symbols read from object file symbol tables.
 template <class ELFT> class DefinedRegular : public Defined {
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
 public:
   DefinedRegular(StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
                  uintX_t Value, uintX_t Size, InputSectionBase<ELFT> *Section,
                  InputFile *File)
       : Defined(SymbolBody::DefinedRegularKind, Name, IsLocal, StOther, Type),
         Value(Value), Size(Size),
         Section(Section ? Section->Repl : NullInputSection) {
     this->File = File;
   }
 
   // Return true if the symbol is a PIC function.
   bool isMipsPIC() const;
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == SymbolBody::DefinedRegularKind;
   }
 
   uintX_t Value;
   uintX_t Size;
 
   // The input section this symbol belongs to. Notice that this is
   // a reference to a pointer. We are using two levels of indirections
   // because of ICF. If ICF decides two sections need to be merged, it
   // manipulates this Section pointers so that they point to the same
   // section. This is a bit tricky, so be careful to not be confused.
   // If this is null, the symbol is an absolute symbol.
   InputSectionBase<ELFT> *&Section;
 
   // If non-null the symbol has a Thunk that may be used as an alternative
   // destination for callers of this Symbol.
   Thunk<ELFT> *ThunkData = nullptr;
 
 private:
   static InputSectionBase<ELFT> *NullInputSection;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT>
 InputSectionBase<ELFT> *DefinedRegular<ELFT>::NullInputSection;
 
 // DefinedSynthetic is a class to represent linker-generated ELF symbols.
 // The difference from the regular symbol is that DefinedSynthetic symbols
 // don't belong to any input files or sections. Thus, its constructor
 // takes an output section to calculate output VA, etc.
 // If Section is null, this symbol is relative to the image base.
 class DefinedSynthetic : public Defined {
 public:
   DefinedSynthetic(StringRef Name, uint64_t Value,
                    const OutputSectionBase *Section)
       : Defined(SymbolBody::DefinedSyntheticKind, Name, /*IsLocal=*/false,
                 llvm::ELF::STV_HIDDEN, 0 /* Type */),
         Value(Value), Section(Section) {}
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == SymbolBody::DefinedSyntheticKind;
   }
 
   uint64_t Value;
   const OutputSectionBase *Section;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> class Undefined : public SymbolBody {
 public:
   Undefined(StringRefZ Name, bool IsLocal, uint8_t StOther, uint8_t Type,
             InputFile *F);
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == UndefinedKind;
   }
 
   // If non-null the symbol has a Thunk that may be used as an alternative
   // destination for callers of this Symbol. When linking a DSO undefined
   // symbols are implicitly imported, the symbol lookup will be performed by
   // the dynamic loader. A call to an undefined symbol will be given a PLT
   // entry and on ARM this may need a Thunk if the caller is in Thumb state.
   Thunk<ELFT> *ThunkData = nullptr;
   InputFile *file() { return this->File; }
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> class SharedSymbol : public Defined {
   typedef typename ELFT::Sym Elf_Sym;
   typedef typename ELFT::Verdef Elf_Verdef;
   typedef typename ELFT::uint uintX_t;
 
 public:
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == SymbolBody::SharedKind;
   }
 
   SharedSymbol(SharedFile<ELFT> *F, StringRef Name, const Elf_Sym &Sym,
                const Elf_Verdef *Verdef)
       : Defined(SymbolBody::SharedKind, Name, /*IsLocal=*/false, Sym.st_other,
                 Sym.getType()),
         Sym(Sym), Verdef(Verdef) {
     // IFuncs defined in DSOs are treated as functions by the static linker.
     if (isGnuIFunc())
       Type = llvm::ELF::STT_FUNC;
     this->File = F;
   }
 
   SharedFile<ELFT> *file() { return (SharedFile<ELFT> *)this->File; }
 
   const Elf_Sym &Sym;
 
   // This field is a pointer to the symbol's version definition.
   const Elf_Verdef *Verdef;
 
   // OffsetInBss is significant only when needsCopy() is true.
   uintX_t OffsetInBss = 0;
 
   // If non-null the symbol has a Thunk that may be used as an alternative
   // destination for callers of this Symbol.
   Thunk<ELFT> *ThunkData = nullptr;
   bool needsCopy() const { return this->NeedsCopyOrPltAddr && !this->isFunc(); }
 };
 
 // This class represents a symbol defined in an archive file. It is
 // created from an archive file header, and it knows how to load an
 // object file from an archive to replace itself with a defined
 // symbol. If the resolver finds both Undefined and Lazy for
 // the same name, it will ask the Lazy to load a file.
 class Lazy : public SymbolBody {
 public:
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) { return S->isLazy(); }
 
   // Returns an object file for this symbol, or a nullptr if the file
   // was already returned.
   InputFile *fetch();
 
 protected:
   Lazy(SymbolBody::Kind K, StringRef Name, uint8_t Type)
       : SymbolBody(K, Name, /*IsLocal=*/false, llvm::ELF::STV_DEFAULT, Type) {}
 };
 
 // LazyArchive symbols represents symbols in archive files.
 class LazyArchive : public Lazy {
 public:
   LazyArchive(ArchiveFile &File, const llvm::object::Archive::Symbol S,
               uint8_t Type);
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == LazyArchiveKind;
   }
 
   ArchiveFile *file() { return (ArchiveFile *)this->File; }
   InputFile *fetch();
 
 private:
   const llvm::object::Archive::Symbol Sym;
 };
 
 // LazyObject symbols represents symbols in object files between
 // --start-lib and --end-lib options.
 class LazyObject : public Lazy {
 public:
   LazyObject(StringRef Name, LazyObjectFile &File, uint8_t Type);
 
   static bool classof(const SymbolBody *S) {
     return S->kind() == LazyObjectKind;
   }
 
   LazyObjectFile *file() { return (LazyObjectFile *)this->File; }
   InputFile *fetch();
 };
 
 // Some linker-generated symbols need to be created as
 // DefinedRegular symbols.
 template <class ELFT> struct ElfSym {
   // The content for __ehdr_start symbol.
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *EhdrStart;
 
   // The content for _etext and etext symbols.
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *Etext;
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *Etext2;
 
   // The content for _edata and edata symbols.
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *Edata;
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *Edata2;
 
   // The content for _end and end symbols.
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *End;
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *End2;
 
   // The content for _gp_disp/__gnu_local_gp symbols for MIPS target.
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *MipsGpDisp;
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *MipsLocalGp;
   static DefinedRegular<ELFT> *MipsGp;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::EhdrStart;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::Etext;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::Etext2;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::Edata;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::Edata2;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::End;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::End2;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::MipsGpDisp;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::MipsLocalGp;
 template <class ELFT> DefinedRegular<ELFT> *ElfSym<ELFT>::MipsGp;
 
 // A real symbol object, SymbolBody, is usually stored within a Symbol. There's
 // always one Symbol for each symbol name. The resolver updates the SymbolBody
 // stored in the Body field of this object as it resolves symbols. Symbol also
 // holds computed properties of symbol names.
 struct Symbol {
   // Symbol binding. This is on the Symbol to track changes during resolution.
   // In particular:
   // An undefined weak is still weak when it resolves to a shared library.
   // An undefined weak will not fetch archive members, but we have to remember
   // it is weak.
   uint8_t Binding;
 
   // Version definition index.
   uint16_t VersionId;
 
   // Symbol visibility. This is the computed minimum visibility of all
   // observed non-DSO symbols.
   unsigned Visibility : 2;
 
   // True if the symbol was used for linking and thus need to be added to the
   // output file's symbol table. This is true for all symbols except for
   // unreferenced DSO symbols and bitcode symbols that are unreferenced except
   // by other bitcode objects.
   unsigned IsUsedInRegularObj : 1;
 
   // If this flag is true and the symbol has protected or default visibility, it
   // will appear in .dynsym. This flag is set by interposable DSO symbols in
   // executables, by most symbols in DSOs and executables built with
   // --export-dynamic, and by dynamic lists.
   unsigned ExportDynamic : 1;
 
   // True if this symbol is specified by --trace-symbol option.
   unsigned Traced : 1;
 
   // This symbol version was found in a version script.
   unsigned InVersionScript : 1;
 
   bool includeInDynsym() const;
   bool isWeak() const { return Binding == llvm::ELF::STB_WEAK; }
 
   // This field is used to store the Symbol's SymbolBody. This instantiation of
   // AlignedCharArrayUnion gives us a struct with a char array field that is
   // large and aligned enough to store any derived class of SymbolBody. We
   // assume that the size and alignment of ELF64LE symbols is sufficient for any
   // ELFT, and we verify this with the static_asserts in replaceBody.
   llvm::AlignedCharArrayUnion<
       DefinedCommon, DefinedRegular<llvm::object::ELF64LE>, DefinedSynthetic,
       Undefined<llvm::object::ELF64LE>, SharedSymbol<llvm::object::ELF64LE>,
       LazyArchive, LazyObject>
       Body;
 
   SymbolBody *body() { return reinterpret_cast<SymbolBody *>(Body.buffer); }
   const SymbolBody *body() const { return const_cast<Symbol *>(this)->body(); }
 };
 
 void printTraceSymbol(Symbol *Sym);
 
 template <typename T, typename... ArgT>
 void replaceBody(Symbol *S, ArgT &&... Arg) {
   static_assert(sizeof(T) <= sizeof(S->Body), "Body too small");
   static_assert(alignof(T) <= alignof(decltype(S->Body)),
                 "Body not aligned enough");
   assert(static_cast<SymbolBody *>(static_cast<T *>(nullptr)) == nullptr &&
          "Not a SymbolBody");
 
   new (S->Body.buffer) T(std::forward<ArgT>(Arg)...);
 
   // Print out a log message if --trace-symbol was specified.
   // This is for debugging.
   if (S->Traced)
     printTraceSymbol(S);
 }
 
 inline Symbol *SymbolBody::symbol() {
   assert(!isLocal());
   return reinterpret_cast<Symbol *>(reinterpret_cast<char *>(this) -
                                     offsetof(Symbol, Body));
 }
-
-std::string toString(const SymbolBody &B);
-
 } // namespace elf
+
+std::string toString(const elf::SymbolBody &B);
 } // namespace lld
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Target.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Target.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Target.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,2351 +1,2351 @@
 //===- Target.cpp ---------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 //
 // Machine-specific things, such as applying relocations, creation of
 // GOT or PLT entries, etc., are handled in this file.
 //
 // Refer the ELF spec for the single letter variables, S, A or P, used
 // in this file.
 //
 // Some functions defined in this file has "relaxTls" as part of their names.
 // They do peephole optimization for TLS variables by rewriting instructions.
 // They are not part of the ABI but optional optimization, so you can skip
 // them if you are not interested in how TLS variables are optimized.
 // See the following paper for the details.
 //
 //   Ulrich Drepper, ELF Handling For Thread-Local Storage
 //   http://www.akkadia.org/drepper/tls.pdf
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "Target.h"
 #include "Error.h"
 #include "InputFiles.h"
 #include "Memory.h"
 #include "OutputSections.h"
 #include "SymbolTable.h"
 #include "Symbols.h"
 #include "SyntheticSections.h"
 #include "Thunks.h"
 #include "Writer.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/ELF.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Endian.h"
 
 using namespace llvm;
 using namespace llvm::object;
 using namespace llvm::support::endian;
 using namespace llvm::ELF;
 
+std::string lld::toString(uint32_t Type) {
+  return getELFRelocationTypeName(elf::Config->EMachine, Type);
+}
+
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 
 TargetInfo *Target;
 
 static void or32le(uint8_t *P, int32_t V) { write32le(P, read32le(P) | V); }
 static void or32be(uint8_t *P, int32_t V) { write32be(P, read32be(P) | V); }
-
-std::string toString(uint32_t Type) {
-  return getELFRelocationTypeName(Config->EMachine, Type);
-}
 
 template <class ELFT> static std::string getErrorLoc(uint8_t *Loc) {
   for (InputSectionData *D : Symtab<ELFT>::X->Sections) {
     auto *IS = dyn_cast_or_null<InputSection<ELFT>>(D);
     if (!IS || !IS->OutSec)
       continue;
 
     uint8_t *ISLoc = cast<OutputSection<ELFT>>(IS->OutSec)->Loc + IS->OutSecOff;
     if (ISLoc <= Loc && Loc < ISLoc + IS->getSize())
       return IS->getLocation(Loc - ISLoc) + ": ";
   }
   return "";
 }
 
 static std::string getErrorLocation(uint8_t *Loc) {
   switch (Config->EKind) {
   case ELF32LEKind:
     return getErrorLoc<ELF32LE>(Loc);
   case ELF32BEKind:
     return getErrorLoc<ELF32BE>(Loc);
   case ELF64LEKind:
     return getErrorLoc<ELF64LE>(Loc);
   case ELF64BEKind:
     return getErrorLoc<ELF64BE>(Loc);
   default:
     llvm_unreachable("unknown ELF type");
   }
 }
 
 template <unsigned N>
 static void checkInt(uint8_t *Loc, int64_t V, uint32_t Type) {
   if (!isInt<N>(V))
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "relocation " + toString(Type) +
           " out of range");
 }
 
 template <unsigned N>
 static void checkUInt(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V, uint32_t Type) {
   if (!isUInt<N>(V))
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "relocation " + toString(Type) +
           " out of range");
 }
 
 template <unsigned N>
 static void checkIntUInt(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V, uint32_t Type) {
   if (!isInt<N>(V) && !isUInt<N>(V))
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "relocation " + toString(Type) +
           " out of range");
 }
 
 template <unsigned N>
 static void checkAlignment(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V, uint32_t Type) {
   if ((V & (N - 1)) != 0)
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "improper alignment for relocation " +
           toString(Type));
 }
 
 namespace {
 class X86TargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   X86TargetInfo();
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   uint64_t getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf, uint32_t Type) const override;
   void writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   uint32_t getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   void writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
                 int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 
   RelExpr adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                           RelExpr Expr) const override;
   void relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> class X86_64TargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   X86_64TargetInfo();
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   bool isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   void writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   void writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
                 int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 
   RelExpr adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                           RelExpr Expr) const override;
   void relaxGot(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 
 private:
   void relaxGotNoPic(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val, uint8_t Op,
                      uint8_t ModRm) const;
 };
 
 class PPCTargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   PPCTargetInfo();
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
 };
 
 class PPC64TargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   PPC64TargetInfo();
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
                 int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 };
 
 class AArch64TargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   AArch64TargetInfo();
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   bool isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   void writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
                 int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
   bool usesOnlyLowPageBits(uint32_t Type) const override;
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   RelExpr adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                           RelExpr Expr) const override;
   void relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   void relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 };
 
 class AMDGPUTargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   AMDGPUTargetInfo();
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
 };
 
 class ARMTargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   ARMTargetInfo();
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   bool isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   uint32_t getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   uint64_t getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf, uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   void writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
                 int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
   RelExpr getThunkExpr(RelExpr Expr, uint32_t RelocType, const InputFile &File,
                        const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
 };
 
 template <class ELFT> class MipsTargetInfo final : public TargetInfo {
 public:
   MipsTargetInfo();
   RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   uint64_t getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf, uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   uint32_t getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   bool isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const override;
   void writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const override;
   void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr, uint64_t PltEntryAddr,
                 int32_t Index, unsigned RelOff) const override;
   RelExpr getThunkExpr(RelExpr Expr, uint32_t RelocType, const InputFile &File,
                        const SymbolBody &S) const override;
   void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const override;
   bool usesOnlyLowPageBits(uint32_t Type) const override;
 };
 } // anonymous namespace
 
 TargetInfo *createTarget() {
   switch (Config->EMachine) {
   case EM_386:
   case EM_IAMCU:
     return make<X86TargetInfo>();
   case EM_AARCH64:
     return make<AArch64TargetInfo>();
   case EM_AMDGPU:
     return make<AMDGPUTargetInfo>();
   case EM_ARM:
     return make<ARMTargetInfo>();
   case EM_MIPS:
     switch (Config->EKind) {
     case ELF32LEKind:
       return make<MipsTargetInfo<ELF32LE>>();
     case ELF32BEKind:
       return make<MipsTargetInfo<ELF32BE>>();
     case ELF64LEKind:
       return make<MipsTargetInfo<ELF64LE>>();
     case ELF64BEKind:
       return make<MipsTargetInfo<ELF64BE>>();
     default:
       fatal("unsupported MIPS target");
     }
   case EM_PPC:
     return make<PPCTargetInfo>();
   case EM_PPC64:
     return make<PPC64TargetInfo>();
   case EM_X86_64:
     if (Config->EKind == ELF32LEKind)
       return make<X86_64TargetInfo<ELF32LE>>();
     return make<X86_64TargetInfo<ELF64LE>>();
   }
   fatal("unknown target machine");
 }
 
 TargetInfo::~TargetInfo() {}
 
 uint64_t TargetInfo::getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf,
                                        uint32_t Type) const {
   return 0;
 }
 
 bool TargetInfo::usesOnlyLowPageBits(uint32_t Type) const { return false; }
 
 RelExpr TargetInfo::getThunkExpr(RelExpr Expr, uint32_t RelocType,
                                  const InputFile &File,
                                  const SymbolBody &S) const {
   return Expr;
 }
 
 bool TargetInfo::isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const { return false; }
 
 bool TargetInfo::isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const { return false; }
 
 bool TargetInfo::isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const { return false; }
 
 void TargetInfo::writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   writeGotPlt(Buf, S);
 }
 
 RelExpr TargetInfo::adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                                     RelExpr Expr) const {
   return Expr;
 }
 
 void TargetInfo::relaxGot(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val) const {
   llvm_unreachable("Should not have claimed to be relaxable");
 }
 
 void TargetInfo::relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   llvm_unreachable("Should not have claimed to be relaxable");
 }
 
 void TargetInfo::relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   llvm_unreachable("Should not have claimed to be relaxable");
 }
 
 void TargetInfo::relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   llvm_unreachable("Should not have claimed to be relaxable");
 }
 
 void TargetInfo::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   llvm_unreachable("Should not have claimed to be relaxable");
 }
 
 X86TargetInfo::X86TargetInfo() {
   CopyRel = R_386_COPY;
   GotRel = R_386_GLOB_DAT;
   PltRel = R_386_JUMP_SLOT;
   IRelativeRel = R_386_IRELATIVE;
   RelativeRel = R_386_RELATIVE;
   TlsGotRel = R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
   TlsModuleIndexRel = R_386_TLS_DTPMOD32;
   TlsOffsetRel = R_386_TLS_DTPOFF32;
   GotEntrySize = 4;
   GotPltEntrySize = 4;
   PltEntrySize = 16;
   PltHeaderSize = 16;
   TlsGdRelaxSkip = 2;
 }
 
 RelExpr X86TargetInfo::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_386_TLS_GD:
     return R_TLSGD;
   case R_386_TLS_LDM:
     return R_TLSLD;
   case R_386_PLT32:
     return R_PLT_PC;
   case R_386_PC16:
   case R_386_PC32:
     return R_PC;
   case R_386_GOTPC:
     return R_GOTONLY_PC_FROM_END;
   case R_386_TLS_IE:
     return R_GOT;
   case R_386_GOT32:
   case R_386_GOT32X:
   case R_386_TLS_GOTIE:
     return R_GOT_FROM_END;
   case R_386_GOTOFF:
     return R_GOTREL_FROM_END;
   case R_386_TLS_LE:
     return R_TLS;
   case R_386_TLS_LE_32:
     return R_NEG_TLS;
   }
 }
 
 RelExpr X86TargetInfo::adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                                        RelExpr Expr) const {
   switch (Expr) {
   default:
     return Expr;
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE:
     return R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_END;
   case R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE:
     return R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_LE_NEG;
   }
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   write32le(Buf, In<ELF32LE>::Dynamic->getVA());
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // Entries in .got.plt initially points back to the corresponding
   // PLT entries with a fixed offset to skip the first instruction.
   write32le(Buf, S.getPltVA<ELF32LE>() + 6);
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // An x86 entry is the address of the ifunc resolver function.
   write32le(Buf, S.getVA<ELF32LE>());
 }
 
 uint32_t X86TargetInfo::getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   if (Type == R_386_TLS_LE)
     return R_386_TLS_TPOFF;
   if (Type == R_386_TLS_LE_32)
     return R_386_TLS_TPOFF32;
   return Type;
 }
 
 bool X86TargetInfo::isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_386_TLS_GD;
 }
 
 bool X86TargetInfo::isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_386_TLS_LDO_32 || Type == R_386_TLS_LDM;
 }
 
 bool X86TargetInfo::isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_386_TLS_IE || Type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE;
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   // Executable files and shared object files have
   // separate procedure linkage tables.
   if (Config->Pic) {
     const uint8_t V[] = {
         0xff, 0xb3, 0x04, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // pushl 4(%ebx)
         0xff, 0xa3, 0x08, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // jmp   *8(%ebx)
         0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90              // nop; nop; nop; nop
     };
     memcpy(Buf, V, sizeof(V));
     return;
   }
 
   const uint8_t PltData[] = {
       0xff, 0x35, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // pushl (GOT+4)
       0xff, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // jmp   *(GOT+8)
       0x90, 0x90, 0x90, 0x90              // nop; nop; nop; nop
   };
   memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
   uint32_t Got = In<ELF32LE>::GotPlt->getVA();
   write32le(Buf + 2, Got + 4);
   write32le(Buf + 8, Got + 8);
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                              uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                              unsigned RelOff) const {
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0xff, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // jmp *foo_in_GOT|*foo@GOT(%ebx)
       0x68, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,       // pushl $reloc_offset
       0xe9, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00        // jmp .PLT0@PC
   };
   memcpy(Buf, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
 
   // jmp *foo@GOT(%ebx) or jmp *foo_in_GOT
   Buf[1] = Config->Pic ? 0xa3 : 0x25;
   uint32_t Got = In<ELF32LE>::GotPlt->getVA();
   write32le(Buf + 2, Config->Shared ? GotEntryAddr - Got : GotEntryAddr);
   write32le(Buf + 7, RelOff);
   write32le(Buf + 12, -Index * PltEntrySize - PltHeaderSize - 16);
 }
 
 uint64_t X86TargetInfo::getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf,
                                           uint32_t Type) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return 0;
   case R_386_16:
   case R_386_PC16:
     return read16le(Buf);
   case R_386_32:
   case R_386_GOT32:
   case R_386_GOT32X:
   case R_386_GOTOFF:
   case R_386_GOTPC:
   case R_386_PC32:
   case R_386_PLT32:
   case R_386_TLS_LE:
     return read32le(Buf);
   }
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   checkInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
 
   // R_386_PC16 and R_386_16 are not part of the current i386 psABI. They are
   // used by 16-bit x86 objects, like boot loaders.
   if (Type == R_386_16 || Type == R_386_PC16) {
     write16le(Loc, Val);
     return;
   }
   write32le(Loc, Val);
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                    uint64_t Val) const {
   // Convert
   //   leal x@tlsgd(, %ebx, 1),
   //   call __tls_get_addr@plt
   // to
   //   movl %gs:0,%eax
   //   subl $x@ntpoff,%eax
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x65, 0xa1, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // movl %gs:0, %eax
       0x81, 0xe8, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00  // subl 0(%ebx), %eax
   };
   memcpy(Loc - 3, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
   relocateOne(Loc + 5, R_386_32, Val);
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                    uint64_t Val) const {
   // Convert
   //   leal x@tlsgd(, %ebx, 1),
   //   call __tls_get_addr@plt
   // to
   //   movl %gs:0, %eax
   //   addl x@gotntpoff(%ebx), %eax
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x65, 0xa1, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // movl %gs:0, %eax
       0x03, 0x83, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00  // addl 0(%ebx), %eax
   };
   memcpy(Loc - 3, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
   relocateOne(Loc + 5, R_386_32, Val);
 }
 
 // In some conditions, relocations can be optimized to avoid using GOT.
 // This function does that for Initial Exec to Local Exec case.
 void X86TargetInfo::relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                    uint64_t Val) const {
   // Ulrich's document section 6.2 says that @gotntpoff can
   // be used with MOVL or ADDL instructions.
   // @indntpoff is similar to @gotntpoff, but for use in
   // position dependent code.
   uint8_t Reg = (Loc[-1] >> 3) & 7;
 
   if (Type == R_386_TLS_IE) {
     if (Loc[-1] == 0xa1) {
       // "movl foo@indntpoff,%eax" -> "movl $foo,%eax"
       // This case is different from the generic case below because
       // this is a 5 byte instruction while below is 6 bytes.
       Loc[-1] = 0xb8;
     } else if (Loc[-2] == 0x8b) {
       // "movl foo@indntpoff,%reg" -> "movl $foo,%reg"
       Loc[-2] = 0xc7;
       Loc[-1] = 0xc0 | Reg;
     } else {
       // "addl foo@indntpoff,%reg" -> "addl $foo,%reg"
       Loc[-2] = 0x81;
       Loc[-1] = 0xc0 | Reg;
     }
   } else {
     assert(Type == R_386_TLS_GOTIE);
     if (Loc[-2] == 0x8b) {
       // "movl foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg" -> "movl $foo,%reg"
       Loc[-2] = 0xc7;
       Loc[-1] = 0xc0 | Reg;
     } else {
       // "addl foo@gotntpoff(%rip),%reg" -> "leal foo(%reg),%reg"
       Loc[-2] = 0x8d;
       Loc[-1] = 0x80 | (Reg << 3) | Reg;
     }
   }
   relocateOne(Loc, R_386_TLS_LE, Val);
 }
 
 void X86TargetInfo::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                    uint64_t Val) const {
   if (Type == R_386_TLS_LDO_32) {
     relocateOne(Loc, R_386_TLS_LE, Val);
     return;
   }
 
   // Convert
   //   leal foo(%reg),%eax
   //   call ___tls_get_addr
   // to
   //   movl %gs:0,%eax
   //   nop
   //   leal 0(%esi,1),%esi
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x65, 0xa1, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // movl %gs:0,%eax
       0x90,                               // nop
       0x8d, 0x74, 0x26, 0x00              // leal 0(%esi,1),%esi
   };
   memcpy(Loc - 2, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::X86_64TargetInfo() {
   CopyRel = R_X86_64_COPY;
   GotRel = R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT;
   PltRel = R_X86_64_JUMP_SLOT;
   RelativeRel = R_X86_64_RELATIVE;
   IRelativeRel = R_X86_64_IRELATIVE;
   TlsGotRel = R_X86_64_TPOFF64;
   TlsModuleIndexRel = R_X86_64_DTPMOD64;
   TlsOffsetRel = R_X86_64_DTPOFF64;
   GotEntrySize = 8;
   GotPltEntrySize = 8;
   PltEntrySize = 16;
   PltHeaderSize = 16;
   TlsGdRelaxSkip = 2;
   // Align to the large page size (known as a superpage or huge page).
   // FreeBSD automatically promotes large, superpage-aligned allocations.
   DefaultImageBase = 0x200000;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 RelExpr X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type,
                                            const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_X86_64_TPOFF32:
     return R_TLS;
   case R_X86_64_TLSLD:
     return R_TLSLD_PC;
   case R_X86_64_TLSGD:
     return R_TLSGD_PC;
   case R_X86_64_SIZE32:
   case R_X86_64_SIZE64:
     return R_SIZE;
   case R_X86_64_PLT32:
     return R_PLT_PC;
   case R_X86_64_PC32:
   case R_X86_64_PC64:
     return R_PC;
   case R_X86_64_GOT32:
   case R_X86_64_GOT64:
     return R_GOT_FROM_END;
   case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
   case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
   case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
   case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
     return R_GOT_PC;
   case R_X86_64_NONE:
     return R_HINT;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   // The first entry holds the value of _DYNAMIC. It is not clear why that is
   // required, but it is documented in the psabi and the glibc dynamic linker
   // seems to use it (note that this is relevant for linking ld.so, not any
   // other program).
   write64le(Buf, In<ELFT>::Dynamic->getVA());
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf,
                                          const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // See comments in X86TargetInfo::writeGotPlt.
   write32le(Buf, S.getPltVA<ELFT>() + 6);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   const uint8_t PltData[] = {
       0xff, 0x35, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // pushq GOT+8(%rip)
       0xff, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // jmp *GOT+16(%rip)
       0x0f, 0x1f, 0x40, 0x00              // nopl 0x0(rax)
   };
   memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
   uint64_t Got = In<ELFT>::GotPlt->getVA();
   uint64_t Plt = In<ELFT>::Plt->getVA();
   write32le(Buf + 2, Got - Plt + 2); // GOT+8
   write32le(Buf + 8, Got - Plt + 4); // GOT+16
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                                       uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                                       unsigned RelOff) const {
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0xff, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // jmpq *got(%rip)
       0x68, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,       // pushq <relocation index>
       0xe9, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00        // jmpq plt[0]
   };
   memcpy(Buf, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
 
   write32le(Buf + 2, GotEntryAddr - PltEntryAddr - 6);
   write32le(Buf + 7, Index);
   write32le(Buf + 12, -Index * PltEntrySize - PltHeaderSize - 16);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type != R_X86_64_PC32 && Type != R_X86_64_32;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_X86_64_TLSGD;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_X86_64_DTPOFF32 || Type == R_X86_64_DTPOFF64 ||
          Type == R_X86_64_TLSLD;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                             uint64_t Val) const {
   // Convert
   //   .byte 0x66
   //   leaq x@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
   //   .word 0x6666
   //   rex64
   //   call __tls_get_addr@plt
   // to
   //   mov %fs:0x0,%rax
   //   lea x@tpoff,%rax
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x64, 0x48, 0x8b, 0x04, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // mov %fs:0x0,%rax
       0x48, 0x8d, 0x80, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00              // lea x@tpoff,%rax
   };
   memcpy(Loc - 4, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
   // The original code used a pc relative relocation and so we have to
   // compensate for the -4 in had in the addend.
   relocateOne(Loc + 8, R_X86_64_TPOFF32, Val + 4);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                             uint64_t Val) const {
   // Convert
   //   .byte 0x66
   //   leaq x@tlsgd(%rip), %rdi
   //   .word 0x6666
   //   rex64
   //   call __tls_get_addr@plt
   // to
   //   mov %fs:0x0,%rax
   //   addq x@tpoff,%rax
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x64, 0x48, 0x8b, 0x04, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // mov %fs:0x0,%rax
       0x48, 0x03, 0x05, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00              // addq x@tpoff,%rax
   };
   memcpy(Loc - 4, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
   // Both code sequences are PC relatives, but since we are moving the constant
   // forward by 8 bytes we have to subtract the value by 8.
   relocateOne(Loc + 8, R_X86_64_PC32, Val - 8);
 }
 
 // In some conditions, R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF relocation can be optimized to
 // R_X86_64_TPOFF32 so that it does not use GOT.
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                             uint64_t Val) const {
   uint8_t *Inst = Loc - 3;
   uint8_t Reg = Loc[-1] >> 3;
   uint8_t *RegSlot = Loc - 1;
 
   // Note that ADD with RSP or R12 is converted to ADD instead of LEA
   // because LEA with these registers needs 4 bytes to encode and thus
   // wouldn't fit the space.
 
   if (memcmp(Inst, "\x48\x03\x25", 3) == 0) {
     // "addq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%rsp" -> "addq $foo,%rsp"
     memcpy(Inst, "\x48\x81\xc4", 3);
   } else if (memcmp(Inst, "\x4c\x03\x25", 3) == 0) {
     // "addq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%r12" -> "addq $foo,%r12"
     memcpy(Inst, "\x49\x81\xc4", 3);
   } else if (memcmp(Inst, "\x4c\x03", 2) == 0) {
     // "addq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%r[8-15]" -> "leaq foo(%r[8-15]),%r[8-15]"
     memcpy(Inst, "\x4d\x8d", 2);
     *RegSlot = 0x80 | (Reg << 3) | Reg;
   } else if (memcmp(Inst, "\x48\x03", 2) == 0) {
     // "addq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg -> "leaq foo(%reg),%reg"
     memcpy(Inst, "\x48\x8d", 2);
     *RegSlot = 0x80 | (Reg << 3) | Reg;
   } else if (memcmp(Inst, "\x4c\x8b", 2) == 0) {
     // "movq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%r[8-15]" -> "movq $foo,%r[8-15]"
     memcpy(Inst, "\x49\xc7", 2);
     *RegSlot = 0xc0 | Reg;
   } else if (memcmp(Inst, "\x48\x8b", 2) == 0) {
     // "movq foo@gottpoff(%rip),%reg" -> "movq $foo,%reg"
     memcpy(Inst, "\x48\xc7", 2);
     *RegSlot = 0xc0 | Reg;
   } else {
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc - 3) +
           "R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF must be used in MOVQ or ADDQ instructions only");
   }
 
   // The original code used a PC relative relocation.
   // Need to compensate for the -4 it had in the addend.
   relocateOne(Loc, R_X86_64_TPOFF32, Val + 4);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                             uint64_t Val) const {
   // Convert
   //   leaq bar@tlsld(%rip), %rdi
   //   callq __tls_get_addr@PLT
   //   leaq bar@dtpoff(%rax), %rcx
   // to
   //   .word 0x6666
   //   .byte 0x66
   //   mov %fs:0,%rax
   //   leaq bar@tpoff(%rax), %rcx
   if (Type == R_X86_64_DTPOFF64) {
     write64le(Loc, Val);
     return;
   }
   if (Type == R_X86_64_DTPOFF32) {
     relocateOne(Loc, R_X86_64_TPOFF32, Val);
     return;
   }
 
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x66, 0x66,                                          // .word 0x6666
       0x66,                                                // .byte 0x66
       0x64, 0x48, 0x8b, 0x04, 0x25, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00 // mov %fs:0,%rax
   };
   memcpy(Loc - 3, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                          uint64_t Val) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_X86_64_32:
     checkUInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_X86_64_32S:
   case R_X86_64_TPOFF32:
   case R_X86_64_GOT32:
   case R_X86_64_GOTPCREL:
   case R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX:
   case R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX:
   case R_X86_64_PC32:
   case R_X86_64_GOTTPOFF:
   case R_X86_64_PLT32:
   case R_X86_64_TLSGD:
   case R_X86_64_TLSLD:
   case R_X86_64_DTPOFF32:
   case R_X86_64_SIZE32:
     checkInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_X86_64_64:
   case R_X86_64_DTPOFF64:
   case R_X86_64_GLOB_DAT:
   case R_X86_64_PC64:
   case R_X86_64_SIZE64:
   case R_X86_64_GOT64:
     write64le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 RelExpr X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type,
                                                 const uint8_t *Data,
                                                 RelExpr RelExpr) const {
   if (Type != R_X86_64_GOTPCRELX && Type != R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX)
     return RelExpr;
   const uint8_t Op = Data[-2];
   const uint8_t ModRm = Data[-1];
   // FIXME: When PIC is disabled and foo is defined locally in the
   // lower 32 bit address space, memory operand in mov can be converted into
   // immediate operand. Otherwise, mov must be changed to lea. We support only
   // latter relaxation at this moment.
   if (Op == 0x8b)
     return R_RELAX_GOT_PC;
   // Relax call and jmp.
   if (Op == 0xff && (ModRm == 0x15 || ModRm == 0x25))
     return R_RELAX_GOT_PC;
 
   // Relaxation of test, adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub, xor.
   // If PIC then no relaxation is available.
   // We also don't relax test/binop instructions without REX byte,
   // they are 32bit operations and not common to have.
   assert(Type == R_X86_64_REX_GOTPCRELX);
   return Config->Pic ? RelExpr : R_RELAX_GOT_PC_NOPIC;
 }
 
 // A subset of relaxations can only be applied for no-PIC. This method
 // handles such relaxations. Instructions encoding information was taken from:
 // "Intel 64 and IA-32 Architectures Software Developer's Manual V2"
 // (http://www.intel.com/content/dam/www/public/us/en/documents/manuals/
 //    64-ia-32-architectures-software-developer-instruction-set-reference-manual-325383.pdf)
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relaxGotNoPic(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val,
                                            uint8_t Op, uint8_t ModRm) const {
   const uint8_t Rex = Loc[-3];
   // Convert "test %reg, foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)" to "test $foo, %reg".
   if (Op == 0x85) {
     // See "TEST-Logical Compare" (4-428 Vol. 2B),
     // TEST r/m64, r64 uses "full" ModR / M byte (no opcode extension).
 
     // ModR/M byte has form XX YYY ZZZ, where
     // YYY is MODRM.reg(register 2), ZZZ is MODRM.rm(register 1).
     // XX has different meanings:
     // 00: The operand's memory address is in reg1.
     // 01: The operand's memory address is reg1 + a byte-sized displacement.
     // 10: The operand's memory address is reg1 + a word-sized displacement.
     // 11: The operand is reg1 itself.
     // If an instruction requires only one operand, the unused reg2 field
     // holds extra opcode bits rather than a register code
     // 0xC0 == 11 000 000 binary.
     // 0x38 == 00 111 000 binary.
     // We transfer reg2 to reg1 here as operand.
     // See "2.1.3 ModR/M and SIB Bytes" (Vol. 2A 2-3).
     Loc[-1] = 0xc0 | (ModRm & 0x38) >> 3; // ModR/M byte.
 
     // Change opcode from TEST r/m64, r64 to TEST r/m64, imm32
     // See "TEST-Logical Compare" (4-428 Vol. 2B).
     Loc[-2] = 0xf7;
 
     // Move R bit to the B bit in REX byte.
     // REX byte is encoded as 0100WRXB, where
     // 0100 is 4bit fixed pattern.
     // REX.W When 1, a 64-bit operand size is used. Otherwise, when 0, the
     //   default operand size is used (which is 32-bit for most but not all
     //   instructions).
     // REX.R This 1-bit value is an extension to the MODRM.reg field.
     // REX.X This 1-bit value is an extension to the SIB.index field.
     // REX.B This 1-bit value is an extension to the MODRM.rm field or the
     // SIB.base field.
     // See "2.2.1.2 More on REX Prefix Fields " (2-8 Vol. 2A).
     Loc[-3] = (Rex & ~0x4) | (Rex & 0x4) >> 2;
     relocateOne(Loc, R_X86_64_PC32, Val);
     return;
   }
 
   // If we are here then we need to relax the adc, add, and, cmp, or, sbb, sub
   // or xor operations.
 
   // Convert "binop foo@GOTPCREL(%rip), %reg" to "binop $foo, %reg".
   // Logic is close to one for test instruction above, but we also
   // write opcode extension here, see below for details.
   Loc[-1] = 0xc0 | (ModRm & 0x38) >> 3 | (Op & 0x3c); // ModR/M byte.
 
   // Primary opcode is 0x81, opcode extension is one of:
   // 000b = ADD, 001b is OR, 010b is ADC, 011b is SBB,
   // 100b is AND, 101b is SUB, 110b is XOR, 111b is CMP.
   // This value was wrote to MODRM.reg in a line above.
   // See "3.2 INSTRUCTIONS (A-M)" (Vol. 2A 3-15),
   // "INSTRUCTION SET REFERENCE, N-Z" (Vol. 2B 4-1) for
   // descriptions about each operation.
   Loc[-2] = 0x81;
   Loc[-3] = (Rex & ~0x4) | (Rex & 0x4) >> 2;
   relocateOne(Loc, R_X86_64_PC32, Val);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void X86_64TargetInfo<ELFT>::relaxGot(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val) const {
   const uint8_t Op = Loc[-2];
   const uint8_t ModRm = Loc[-1];
 
   // Convert "mov foo@GOTPCREL(%rip),%reg" to "lea foo(%rip),%reg".
   if (Op == 0x8b) {
     Loc[-2] = 0x8d;
     relocateOne(Loc, R_X86_64_PC32, Val);
     return;
   }
 
   if (Op != 0xff) {
     // We are relaxing a rip relative to an absolute, so compensate
     // for the old -4 addend.
     assert(!Config->Pic);
     relaxGotNoPic(Loc, Val + 4, Op, ModRm);
     return;
   }
 
   // Convert call/jmp instructions.
   if (ModRm == 0x15) {
     // ABI says we can convert "call *foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)" to "nop; call foo".
     // Instead we convert to "addr32 call foo" where addr32 is an instruction
     // prefix. That makes result expression to be a single instruction.
     Loc[-2] = 0x67; // addr32 prefix
     Loc[-1] = 0xe8; // call
     relocateOne(Loc, R_X86_64_PC32, Val);
     return;
   }
 
   // Convert "jmp *foo@GOTPCREL(%rip)" to "jmp foo; nop".
   // jmp doesn't return, so it is fine to use nop here, it is just a stub.
   assert(ModRm == 0x25);
   Loc[-2] = 0xe9; // jmp
   Loc[3] = 0x90;  // nop
   relocateOne(Loc - 1, R_X86_64_PC32, Val + 1);
 }
 
 // Relocation masks following the #lo(value), #hi(value), #ha(value),
 // #higher(value), #highera(value), #highest(value), and #highesta(value)
 // macros defined in section 4.5.1. Relocation Types of the PPC-elf64abi
 // document.
 static uint16_t applyPPCLo(uint64_t V) { return V; }
 static uint16_t applyPPCHi(uint64_t V) { return V >> 16; }
 static uint16_t applyPPCHa(uint64_t V) { return (V + 0x8000) >> 16; }
 static uint16_t applyPPCHigher(uint64_t V) { return V >> 32; }
 static uint16_t applyPPCHighera(uint64_t V) { return (V + 0x8000) >> 32; }
 static uint16_t applyPPCHighest(uint64_t V) { return V >> 48; }
 static uint16_t applyPPCHighesta(uint64_t V) { return (V + 0x8000) >> 48; }
 
 PPCTargetInfo::PPCTargetInfo() {}
 
 void PPCTargetInfo::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHa(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCLo(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC_ADDR32:
   case R_PPC_REL32:
     write32be(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_PPC_REL24:
     or32be(Loc, Val & 0x3FFFFFC);
     break;
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 RelExpr PPCTargetInfo::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_PPC_REL24:
   case R_PPC_REL32:
     return R_PC;
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   }
 }
 
 PPC64TargetInfo::PPC64TargetInfo() {
   PltRel = GotRel = R_PPC64_GLOB_DAT;
   RelativeRel = R_PPC64_RELATIVE;
   GotEntrySize = 8;
   GotPltEntrySize = 8;
   PltEntrySize = 32;
   PltHeaderSize = 0;
 
   // We need 64K pages (at least under glibc/Linux, the loader won't
   // set different permissions on a finer granularity than that).
   DefaultMaxPageSize = 65536;
 
   // The PPC64 ELF ABI v1 spec, says:
   //
   //   It is normally desirable to put segments with different characteristics
   //   in separate 256 Mbyte portions of the address space, to give the
   //   operating system full paging flexibility in the 64-bit address space.
   //
   // And because the lowest non-zero 256M boundary is 0x10000000, PPC64 linkers
   // use 0x10000000 as the starting address.
   DefaultImageBase = 0x10000000;
 }
 
 static uint64_t PPC64TocOffset = 0x8000;
 
 uint64_t getPPC64TocBase() {
   // The TOC consists of sections .got, .toc, .tocbss, .plt in that order. The
   // TOC starts where the first of these sections starts. We always create a
   // .got when we see a relocation that uses it, so for us the start is always
   // the .got.
   uint64_t TocVA = In<ELF64BE>::Got->getVA();
 
   // Per the ppc64-elf-linux ABI, The TOC base is TOC value plus 0x8000
   // thus permitting a full 64 Kbytes segment. Note that the glibc startup
   // code (crt1.o) assumes that you can get from the TOC base to the
   // start of the .toc section with only a single (signed) 16-bit relocation.
   return TocVA + PPC64TocOffset;
 }
 
 RelExpr PPC64TargetInfo::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_PPC64_TOC16:
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
     return R_GOTREL;
   case R_PPC64_TOC:
     return R_PPC_TOC;
   case R_PPC64_REL24:
     return R_PPC_PLT_OPD;
   }
 }
 
 void PPC64TargetInfo::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                                uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                                unsigned RelOff) const {
   uint64_t Off = GotEntryAddr - getPPC64TocBase();
 
   // FIXME: What we should do, in theory, is get the offset of the function
   // descriptor in the .opd section, and use that as the offset from %r2 (the
   // TOC-base pointer). Instead, we have the GOT-entry offset, and that will
   // be a pointer to the function descriptor in the .opd section. Using
   // this scheme is simpler, but requires an extra indirection per PLT dispatch.
 
   write32be(Buf, 0xf8410028);                       // std %r2, 40(%r1)
   write32be(Buf + 4, 0x3d620000 | applyPPCHa(Off)); // addis %r11, %r2, X@ha
   write32be(Buf + 8, 0xe98b0000 | applyPPCLo(Off)); // ld %r12, X@l(%r11)
   write32be(Buf + 12, 0xe96c0000);                  // ld %r11,0(%r12)
   write32be(Buf + 16, 0x7d6903a6);                  // mtctr %r11
   write32be(Buf + 20, 0xe84c0008);                  // ld %r2,8(%r12)
   write32be(Buf + 24, 0xe96c0010);                  // ld %r11,16(%r12)
   write32be(Buf + 28, 0x4e800420);                  // bctr
 }
 
 static std::pair<uint32_t, uint64_t> toAddr16Rel(uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) {
   uint64_t V = Val - PPC64TocOffset;
   switch (Type) {
   case R_PPC64_TOC16:
     return {R_PPC64_ADDR16, V};
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_DS:
     return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS, V};
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_HA:
     return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA, V};
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_HI:
     return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI, V};
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO:
     return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO, V};
   case R_PPC64_TOC16_LO_DS:
     return {R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS, V};
   default:
     return {Type, Val};
   }
 }
 
 void PPC64TargetInfo::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                   uint64_t Val) const {
   // For a TOC-relative relocation, proceed in terms of the corresponding
   // ADDR16 relocation type.
   std::tie(Type, Val) = toAddr16Rel(Type, Val);
 
   switch (Type) {
   case R_PPC64_ADDR14: {
     checkAlignment<4>(Loc, Val, Type);
     // Preserve the AA/LK bits in the branch instruction
     uint8_t AALK = Loc[3];
     write16be(Loc + 2, (AALK & 3) | (Val & 0xfffc));
     break;
   }
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16:
     checkInt<16>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16be(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_DS:
     checkInt<16>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16be(Loc, (read16be(Loc) & 3) | (Val & ~3));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HA:
   case R_PPC64_REL16_HA:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHa(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HI:
   case R_PPC64_REL16_HI:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHi(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHER:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHigher(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHERA:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHighera(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHEST:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHighest(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_HIGHESTA:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCHighesta(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO:
     write16be(Loc, applyPPCLo(Val));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS:
   case R_PPC64_REL16_LO:
     write16be(Loc, (read16be(Loc) & 3) | (applyPPCLo(Val) & ~3));
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR32:
   case R_PPC64_REL32:
     checkInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32be(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_PPC64_ADDR64:
   case R_PPC64_REL64:
   case R_PPC64_TOC:
     write64be(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_PPC64_REL24: {
     uint32_t Mask = 0x03FFFFFC;
     checkInt<24>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32be(Loc, (read32be(Loc) & ~Mask) | (Val & Mask));
     break;
   }
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 AArch64TargetInfo::AArch64TargetInfo() {
   CopyRel = R_AARCH64_COPY;
   RelativeRel = R_AARCH64_RELATIVE;
   IRelativeRel = R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE;
   GotRel = R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT;
   PltRel = R_AARCH64_JUMP_SLOT;
   TlsDescRel = R_AARCH64_TLSDESC;
   TlsGotRel = R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64;
   GotEntrySize = 8;
   GotPltEntrySize = 8;
   PltEntrySize = 16;
   PltHeaderSize = 32;
   DefaultMaxPageSize = 65536;
 
   // It doesn't seem to be documented anywhere, but tls on aarch64 uses variant
   // 1 of the tls structures and the tcb size is 16.
   TcbSize = 16;
 }
 
 RelExpr AArch64TargetInfo::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type,
                                       const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21:
     return R_TLSDESC_PAGE;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC:
     return R_TLSDESC;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL:
     return R_TLSDESC_CALL;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC:
     return R_TLS;
   case R_AARCH64_CALL26:
   case R_AARCH64_CONDBR19:
   case R_AARCH64_JUMP26:
   case R_AARCH64_TSTBR14:
     return R_PLT_PC;
   case R_AARCH64_PREL16:
   case R_AARCH64_PREL32:
   case R_AARCH64_PREL64:
   case R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21:
     return R_PC;
   case R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21:
     return R_PAGE_PC;
   case R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC:
     return R_GOT;
   case R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21:
     return R_GOT_PAGE_PC;
   }
 }
 
 RelExpr AArch64TargetInfo::adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                                            RelExpr Expr) const {
   if (Expr == R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE) {
     if (Type == R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21)
       return R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_PAGE_PC;
     return R_RELAX_TLS_GD_TO_IE_ABS;
   }
   return Expr;
 }
 
 bool AArch64TargetInfo::usesOnlyLowPageBits(uint32_t Type) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return false;
   case R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC:
     return true;
   }
 }
 
 bool AArch64TargetInfo::isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21 ||
          Type == R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC;
 }
 
 bool AArch64TargetInfo::isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_AARCH64_ABS32 || Type == R_AARCH64_ABS64;
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &) const {
   write64le(Buf, In<ELF64LE>::Plt->getVA());
 }
 
 // Page(Expr) is the page address of the expression Expr, defined
 // as (Expr & ~0xFFF). (This applies even if the machine page size
 // supported by the platform has a different value.)
 uint64_t getAArch64Page(uint64_t Expr) {
   return Expr & (~static_cast<uint64_t>(0xFFF));
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   const uint8_t PltData[] = {
       0xf0, 0x7b, 0xbf, 0xa9, // stp	x16, x30, [sp,#-16]!
       0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, // adrp	x16, Page(&(.plt.got[2]))
       0x11, 0x02, 0x40, 0xf9, // ldr	x17, [x16, Offset(&(.plt.got[2]))]
       0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x91, // add	x16, x16, Offset(&(.plt.got[2]))
       0x20, 0x02, 0x1f, 0xd6, // br	x17
       0x1f, 0x20, 0x03, 0xd5, // nop
       0x1f, 0x20, 0x03, 0xd5, // nop
       0x1f, 0x20, 0x03, 0xd5  // nop
   };
   memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
 
   uint64_t Got = In<ELF64LE>::GotPlt->getVA();
   uint64_t Plt = In<ELF64LE>::Plt->getVA();
   relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21,
               getAArch64Page(Got + 16) - getAArch64Page(Plt + 4));
   relocateOne(Buf + 8, R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC, Got + 16);
   relocateOne(Buf + 12, R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC, Got + 16);
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                                  uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                                  unsigned RelOff) const {
   const uint8_t Inst[] = {
       0x10, 0x00, 0x00, 0x90, // adrp x16, Page(&(.plt.got[n]))
       0x11, 0x02, 0x40, 0xf9, // ldr  x17, [x16, Offset(&(.plt.got[n]))]
       0x10, 0x02, 0x00, 0x91, // add  x16, x16, Offset(&(.plt.got[n]))
       0x20, 0x02, 0x1f, 0xd6  // br   x17
   };
   memcpy(Buf, Inst, sizeof(Inst));
 
   relocateOne(Buf, R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21,
               getAArch64Page(GotEntryAddr) - getAArch64Page(PltEntryAddr));
   relocateOne(Buf + 4, R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC, GotEntryAddr);
   relocateOne(Buf + 8, R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC, GotEntryAddr);
 }
 
 static void write32AArch64Addr(uint8_t *L, uint64_t Imm) {
   uint32_t ImmLo = (Imm & 0x3) << 29;
   uint32_t ImmHi = (Imm & 0x1FFFFC) << 3;
   uint64_t Mask = (0x3 << 29) | (0x1FFFFC << 3);
   write32le(L, (read32le(L) & ~Mask) | ImmLo | ImmHi);
 }
 
 // Return the bits [Start, End] from Val shifted Start bits.
 // For instance, getBits(0xF0, 4, 8) returns 0xF.
 static uint64_t getBits(uint64_t Val, int Start, int End) {
   uint64_t Mask = ((uint64_t)1 << (End + 1 - Start)) - 1;
   return (Val >> Start) & Mask;
 }
 
 // Update the immediate field in a AARCH64 ldr, str, and add instruction.
 static void or32AArch64Imm(uint8_t *L, uint64_t Imm) {
   or32le(L, (Imm & 0xFFF) << 10);
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                     uint64_t Val) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_AARCH64_ABS16:
   case R_AARCH64_PREL16:
     checkIntUInt<16>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_ABS32:
   case R_AARCH64_PREL32:
     checkIntUInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_ABS64:
   case R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT:
   case R_AARCH64_PREL64:
     write64le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE:
   case R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21:
     checkInt<33>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32AArch64Addr(Loc, Val >> 12);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21:
     checkInt<21>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32AArch64Addr(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_CALL26:
   case R_AARCH64_JUMP26:
     checkInt<28>(Loc, Val, Type);
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0x0FFFFFFC) >> 2);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_CONDBR19:
     checkInt<21>(Loc, Val, Type);
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0x1FFFFC) << 3);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC:
     checkAlignment<8>(Loc, Val, Type);
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFF8) << 7);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, getBits(Val, 0, 11));
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, getBits(Val, 1, 11));
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, getBits(Val, 2, 11));
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, getBits(Val, 3, 11));
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, getBits(Val, 4, 11));
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G0_NC:
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFFFF) << 5);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G1_NC:
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFFFF0000) >> 11);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G2_NC:
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFFFF00000000) >> 27);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_MOVW_UABS_G3:
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFFFF000000000000) >> 43);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_TSTBR14:
     checkInt<16>(Loc, Val, Type);
     or32le(Loc, (Val & 0xFFFC) << 3);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12:
     checkInt<24>(Loc, Val, Type);
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, Val >> 12);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC:
     or32AArch64Imm(Loc, Val);
     break;
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                        uint64_t Val) const {
   // TLSDESC Global-Dynamic relocation are in the form:
   //   adrp    x0, :tlsdesc:v             [R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21]
   //   ldr     x1, [x0, #:tlsdesc_lo12:v  [R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC]
   //   add     x0, x0, :tlsdesc_los:v     [_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC]
   //   .tlsdesccall                       [R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL]
   //   blr     x1
   // And it can optimized to:
   //   movz    x0, #0x0, lsl #16
   //   movk    x0, #0x10
   //   nop
   //   nop
   checkUInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
 
   switch (Type) {
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL:
     write32le(Loc, 0xd503201f); // nop
     return;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21:
     write32le(Loc, 0xd2a00000 | (((Val >> 16) & 0xffff) << 5)); // movz
     return;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC:
     write32le(Loc, 0xf2800000 | ((Val & 0xffff) << 5)); // movk
     return;
   default:
     llvm_unreachable("unsupported relocation for TLS GD to LE relaxation");
   }
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                        uint64_t Val) const {
   // TLSDESC Global-Dynamic relocation are in the form:
   //   adrp    x0, :tlsdesc:v             [R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21]
   //   ldr     x1, [x0, #:tlsdesc_lo12:v  [R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC]
   //   add     x0, x0, :tlsdesc_los:v     [_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC]
   //   .tlsdesccall                       [R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL]
   //   blr     x1
   // And it can optimized to:
   //   adrp    x0, :gottprel:v
   //   ldr     x0, [x0, :gottprel_lo12:v]
   //   nop
   //   nop
 
   switch (Type) {
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12_NC:
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL:
     write32le(Loc, 0xd503201f); // nop
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21:
     write32le(Loc, 0x90000000); // adrp
     relocateOne(Loc, R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21, Val);
     break;
   case R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12_NC:
     write32le(Loc, 0xf9400000); // ldr
     relocateOne(Loc, R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC, Val);
     break;
   default:
     llvm_unreachable("unsupported relocation for TLS GD to LE relaxation");
   }
 }
 
 void AArch64TargetInfo::relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                        uint64_t Val) const {
   checkUInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
 
   if (Type == R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21) {
     // Generate MOVZ.
     uint32_t RegNo = read32le(Loc) & 0x1f;
     write32le(Loc, (0xd2a00000 | RegNo) | (((Val >> 16) & 0xffff) << 5));
     return;
   }
   if (Type == R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC) {
     // Generate MOVK.
     uint32_t RegNo = read32le(Loc) & 0x1f;
     write32le(Loc, (0xf2800000 | RegNo) | ((Val & 0xffff) << 5));
     return;
   }
   llvm_unreachable("invalid relocation for TLS IE to LE relaxation");
 }
 
 AMDGPUTargetInfo::AMDGPUTargetInfo() {
   RelativeRel = R_AMDGPU_REL64;
   GotRel = R_AMDGPU_ABS64;
   GotEntrySize = 8;
 }
 
 void AMDGPUTargetInfo::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                    uint64_t Val) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_AMDGPU_ABS32:
   case R_AMDGPU_GOTPCREL:
   case R_AMDGPU_GOTPCREL32_LO:
   case R_AMDGPU_REL32:
   case R_AMDGPU_REL32_LO:
     write32le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AMDGPU_ABS64:
     write64le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_AMDGPU_GOTPCREL32_HI:
   case R_AMDGPU_REL32_HI:
     write32le(Loc, Val >> 32);
     break;
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 RelExpr AMDGPUTargetInfo::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_AMDGPU_ABS32:
   case R_AMDGPU_ABS64:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_AMDGPU_REL32:
   case R_AMDGPU_REL32_LO:
   case R_AMDGPU_REL32_HI:
     return R_PC;
   case R_AMDGPU_GOTPCREL:
   case R_AMDGPU_GOTPCREL32_LO:
   case R_AMDGPU_GOTPCREL32_HI:
     return R_GOT_PC;
   default:
     fatal("do not know how to handle relocation " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 ARMTargetInfo::ARMTargetInfo() {
   CopyRel = R_ARM_COPY;
   RelativeRel = R_ARM_RELATIVE;
   IRelativeRel = R_ARM_IRELATIVE;
   GotRel = R_ARM_GLOB_DAT;
   PltRel = R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT;
   TlsGotRel = R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32;
   TlsModuleIndexRel = R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32;
   TlsOffsetRel = R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32;
   GotEntrySize = 4;
   GotPltEntrySize = 4;
   PltEntrySize = 16;
   PltHeaderSize = 20;
   // ARM uses Variant 1 TLS
   TcbSize = 8;
   NeedsThunks = true;
 }
 
 RelExpr ARMTargetInfo::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
     return R_PC;
   case R_ARM_CALL:
   case R_ARM_JUMP24:
   case R_ARM_PC24:
   case R_ARM_PLT32:
   case R_ARM_PREL31:
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
   case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
     return R_PLT_PC;
   case R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
     // (S + A) - GOT_ORG
     return R_GOTREL;
   case R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
     // GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
     return R_GOT_OFF;
   case R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
   case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
     // GOT(S) + A - P
     return R_GOT_PC;
   case R_ARM_TARGET1:
     return Config->Target1Rel ? R_PC : R_ABS;
   case R_ARM_TARGET2:
     if (Config->Target2 == Target2Policy::Rel)
       return R_PC;
     if (Config->Target2 == Target2Policy::Abs)
       return R_ABS;
     return R_GOT_PC;
   case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
     return R_TLSGD_PC;
   case R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
     return R_TLSLD_PC;
   case R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
     // B(S) + A - P
     // FIXME: currently B(S) assumed to be .got, this may not hold for all
     // platforms.
     return R_GOTONLY_PC;
   case R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
   case R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
   case R_ARM_REL32:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
     return R_PC;
   case R_ARM_NONE:
     return R_HINT;
   case R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
     return R_TLS;
   }
 }
 
 bool ARMTargetInfo::isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return (Type == R_ARM_TARGET1 && !Config->Target1Rel) ||
          (Type == R_ARM_ABS32);
 }
 
 uint32_t ARMTargetInfo::getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   if (Type == R_ARM_TARGET1 && !Config->Target1Rel)
     return R_ARM_ABS32;
   if (Type == R_ARM_ABS32)
     return Type;
   // Keep it going with a dummy value so that we can find more reloc errors.
   return R_ARM_ABS32;
 }
 
 void ARMTargetInfo::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &) const {
   write32le(Buf, In<ELF32LE>::Plt->getVA());
 }
 
 void ARMTargetInfo::writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // An ARM entry is the address of the ifunc resolver function.
   write32le(Buf, S.getVA<ELF32LE>());
 }
 
 void ARMTargetInfo::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   const uint8_t PltData[] = {
       0x04, 0xe0, 0x2d, 0xe5, //     str lr, [sp,#-4]!
       0x04, 0xe0, 0x9f, 0xe5, //     ldr lr, L2
       0x0e, 0xe0, 0x8f, 0xe0, // L1: add lr, pc, lr
       0x08, 0xf0, 0xbe, 0xe5, //     ldr pc, [lr, #8]
       0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // L2: .word   &(.got.plt) - L1 - 8
   };
   memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
   uint64_t GotPlt = In<ELF32LE>::GotPlt->getVA();
   uint64_t L1 = In<ELF32LE>::Plt->getVA() + 8;
   write32le(Buf + 16, GotPlt - L1 - 8);
 }
 
 void ARMTargetInfo::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                              uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                              unsigned RelOff) const {
   // FIXME: Using simple code sequence with simple relocations.
   // There is a more optimal sequence but it requires support for the group
   // relocations. See ELF for the ARM Architecture Appendix A.3
   const uint8_t PltData[] = {
       0x04, 0xc0, 0x9f, 0xe5, //     ldr ip, L2
       0x0f, 0xc0, 0x8c, 0xe0, // L1: add ip, ip, pc
       0x00, 0xf0, 0x9c, 0xe5, //     ldr pc, [ip]
       0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, // L2: .word   Offset(&(.plt.got) - L1 - 8
   };
   memcpy(Buf, PltData, sizeof(PltData));
   uint64_t L1 = PltEntryAddr + 4;
   write32le(Buf + 12, GotEntryAddr - L1 - 8);
 }
 
 RelExpr ARMTargetInfo::getThunkExpr(RelExpr Expr, uint32_t RelocType,
                                     const InputFile &File,
                                     const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // If S is an undefined weak symbol in an executable we don't need a Thunk.
   // In a DSO calls to undefined symbols, including weak ones get PLT entries
   // which may need a thunk.
   if (S.isUndefined() && !S.isLocal() && S.symbol()->isWeak()
       && !Config->Shared)
     return Expr;
   // A state change from ARM to Thumb and vice versa must go through an
   // interworking thunk if the relocation type is not R_ARM_CALL or
   // R_ARM_THM_CALL.
   switch (RelocType) {
   case R_ARM_PC24:
   case R_ARM_PLT32:
   case R_ARM_JUMP24:
     // Source is ARM, all PLT entries are ARM so no interworking required.
     // Otherwise we need to interwork if Symbol has bit 0 set (Thumb).
     if (Expr == R_PC && ((S.getVA<ELF32LE>() & 1) == 1))
       return R_THUNK_PC;
     break;
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
     // Source is Thumb, all PLT entries are ARM so interworking is required.
     // Otherwise we need to interwork if Symbol has bit 0 clear (ARM).
     if (Expr == R_PLT_PC)
       return R_THUNK_PLT_PC;
     if ((S.getVA<ELF32LE>() & 1) == 0)
       return R_THUNK_PC;
     break;
   }
   return Expr;
 }
 
 void ARMTargetInfo::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                 uint64_t Val) const {
   switch (Type) {
   case R_ARM_ABS32:
   case R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
   case R_ARM_GLOB_DAT:
   case R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
   case R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
   case R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
   case R_ARM_REL32:
   case R_ARM_RELATIVE:
   case R_ARM_TARGET1:
   case R_ARM_TARGET2:
   case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_LDO32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32:
     write32le(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32:
     write32le(Loc, 1);
     break;
   case R_ARM_PREL31:
     checkInt<31>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & 0x80000000) | (Val & ~0x80000000));
     break;
   case R_ARM_CALL:
     // R_ARM_CALL is used for BL and BLX instructions, depending on the
     // value of bit 0 of Val, we must select a BL or BLX instruction
     if (Val & 1) {
       // If bit 0 of Val is 1 the target is Thumb, we must select a BLX.
       // The BLX encoding is 0xfa:H:imm24 where Val = imm24:H:'1'
       checkInt<26>(Loc, Val, Type);
       write32le(Loc, 0xfa000000 |                    // opcode
                          ((Val & 2) << 23) |         // H
                          ((Val >> 2) & 0x00ffffff)); // imm24
       break;
     }
     if ((read32le(Loc) & 0xfe000000) == 0xfa000000)
       // BLX (always unconditional) instruction to an ARM Target, select an
       // unconditional BL.
       write32le(Loc, 0xeb000000 | (read32le(Loc) & 0x00ffffff));
   // fall through as BL encoding is shared with B
   case R_ARM_JUMP24:
   case R_ARM_PC24:
   case R_ARM_PLT32:
     checkInt<26>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & ~0x00ffffff) | ((Val >> 2) & 0x00ffffff));
     break;
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
     checkInt<12>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & 0xf800) | ((Val >> 1) & 0x07ff));
     break;
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19:
     // Encoding T3: Val = S:J2:J1:imm6:imm11:0
     checkInt<21>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16le(Loc,
               (read16le(Loc) & 0xfbc0) |   // opcode cond
                   ((Val >> 10) & 0x0400) | // S
                   ((Val >> 12) & 0x003f)); // imm6
     write16le(Loc + 2,
               0x8000 |                    // opcode
                   ((Val >> 8) & 0x0800) | // J2
                   ((Val >> 5) & 0x2000) | // J1
                   ((Val >> 1) & 0x07ff)); // imm11
     break;
   case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
     // R_ARM_THM_CALL is used for BL and BLX instructions, depending on the
     // value of bit 0 of Val, we must select a BL or BLX instruction
     if ((Val & 1) == 0) {
       // Ensure BLX destination is 4-byte aligned. As BLX instruction may
       // only be two byte aligned. This must be done before overflow check
       Val = alignTo(Val, 4);
     }
     // Bit 12 is 0 for BLX, 1 for BL
     write16le(Loc + 2, (read16le(Loc + 2) & ~0x1000) | (Val & 1) << 12);
   // Fall through as rest of encoding is the same as B.W
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24:
     // Encoding B  T4, BL T1, BLX T2: Val = S:I1:I2:imm10:imm11:0
     // FIXME: Use of I1 and I2 require v6T2ops
     checkInt<25>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16le(Loc,
               0xf000 |                     // opcode
                   ((Val >> 14) & 0x0400) | // S
                   ((Val >> 12) & 0x03ff)); // imm10
     write16le(Loc + 2,
               (read16le(Loc + 2) & 0xd000) |                  // opcode
                   (((~(Val >> 10)) ^ (Val >> 11)) & 0x2000) | // J1
                   (((~(Val >> 11)) ^ (Val >> 13)) & 0x0800) | // J2
                   ((Val >> 1) & 0x07ff));                     // imm11
     break;
   case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
   case R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
     write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & ~0x000f0fff) | ((Val & 0xf000) << 4) |
                        (Val & 0x0fff));
     break;
   case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
   case R_ARM_MOVT_PREL:
     checkInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write32le(Loc, (read32le(Loc) & ~0x000f0fff) |
                        (((Val >> 16) & 0xf000) << 4) | ((Val >> 16) & 0xfff));
     break;
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL:
     // Encoding T1: A = imm4:i:imm3:imm8
     checkInt<32>(Loc, Val, Type);
     write16le(Loc,
               0xf2c0 |                     // opcode
                   ((Val >> 17) & 0x0400) | // i
                   ((Val >> 28) & 0x000f)); // imm4
     write16le(Loc + 2,
               (read16le(Loc + 2) & 0x8f00) | // opcode
                   ((Val >> 12) & 0x7000) |   // imm3
                   ((Val >> 16) & 0x00ff));   // imm8
     break;
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
     // Encoding T3: A = imm4:i:imm3:imm8
     write16le(Loc,
               0xf240 |                     // opcode
                   ((Val >> 1) & 0x0400) |  // i
                   ((Val >> 12) & 0x000f)); // imm4
     write16le(Loc + 2,
               (read16le(Loc + 2) & 0x8f00) | // opcode
                   ((Val << 4) & 0x7000) |    // imm3
                   (Val & 0x00ff));           // imm8
     break;
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 uint64_t ARMTargetInfo::getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf,
                                           uint32_t Type) const {
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return 0;
   case R_ARM_ABS32:
   case R_ARM_BASE_PREL:
   case R_ARM_GOTOFF32:
   case R_ARM_GOT_BREL:
   case R_ARM_GOT_PREL:
   case R_ARM_REL32:
   case R_ARM_TARGET1:
   case R_ARM_TARGET2:
   case R_ARM_TLS_GD32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_LDM32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_LDO32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_IE32:
   case R_ARM_TLS_LE32:
     return SignExtend64<32>(read32le(Buf));
   case R_ARM_PREL31:
     return SignExtend64<31>(read32le(Buf));
   case R_ARM_CALL:
   case R_ARM_JUMP24:
   case R_ARM_PC24:
   case R_ARM_PLT32:
     return SignExtend64<26>(read32le(Buf) << 2);
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP11:
     return SignExtend64<12>(read16le(Buf) << 1);
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP19: {
     // Encoding T3: A = S:J2:J1:imm10:imm6:0
     uint16_t Hi = read16le(Buf);
     uint16_t Lo = read16le(Buf + 2);
     return SignExtend64<20>(((Hi & 0x0400) << 10) | // S
                             ((Lo & 0x0800) << 8) |  // J2
                             ((Lo & 0x2000) << 5) |  // J1
                             ((Hi & 0x003f) << 12) | // imm6
                             ((Lo & 0x07ff) << 1));  // imm11:0
   }
   case R_ARM_THM_CALL:
   case R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: {
     // Encoding B T4, BL T1, BLX T2: A = S:I1:I2:imm10:imm11:0
     // I1 = NOT(J1 EOR S), I2 = NOT(J2 EOR S)
     // FIXME: I1 and I2 require v6T2ops
     uint16_t Hi = read16le(Buf);
     uint16_t Lo = read16le(Buf + 2);
     return SignExtend64<24>(((Hi & 0x0400) << 14) |                    // S
                             (~((Lo ^ (Hi << 3)) << 10) & 0x00800000) | // I1
                             (~((Lo ^ (Hi << 1)) << 11) & 0x00400000) | // I2
                             ((Hi & 0x003ff) << 12) |                   // imm0
                             ((Lo & 0x007ff) << 1)); // imm11:0
   }
   // ELF for the ARM Architecture 4.6.1.1 the implicit addend for MOVW and
   // MOVT is in the range -32768 <= A < 32768
   case R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
   case R_ARM_MOVT_ABS:
   case R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
   case R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: {
     uint64_t Val = read32le(Buf) & 0x000f0fff;
     return SignExtend64<16>(((Val & 0x000f0000) >> 4) | (Val & 0x00fff));
   }
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC:
   case R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: {
     // Encoding T3: A = imm4:i:imm3:imm8
     uint16_t Hi = read16le(Buf);
     uint16_t Lo = read16le(Buf + 2);
     return SignExtend64<16>(((Hi & 0x000f) << 12) | // imm4
                             ((Hi & 0x0400) << 1) |  // i
                             ((Lo & 0x7000) >> 4) |  // imm3
                             (Lo & 0x00ff));         // imm8
   }
   }
 }
 
 bool ARMTargetInfo::isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_ARM_TLS_LDO32 || Type == R_ARM_TLS_LDM32;
 }
 
 bool ARMTargetInfo::isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_ARM_TLS_GD32;
 }
 
 bool ARMTargetInfo::isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_ARM_TLS_IE32;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::MipsTargetInfo() {
   GotPltHeaderEntriesNum = 2;
   DefaultMaxPageSize = 65536;
   GotEntrySize = sizeof(typename ELFT::uint);
   GotPltEntrySize = sizeof(typename ELFT::uint);
   PltEntrySize = 16;
   PltHeaderSize = 32;
   CopyRel = R_MIPS_COPY;
   PltRel = R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT;
   NeedsThunks = true;
   if (ELFT::Is64Bits) {
     RelativeRel = (R_MIPS_64 << 8) | R_MIPS_REL32;
     TlsGotRel = R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64;
     TlsModuleIndexRel = R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64;
     TlsOffsetRel = R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64;
   } else {
     RelativeRel = R_MIPS_REL32;
     TlsGotRel = R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32;
     TlsModuleIndexRel = R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32;
     TlsOffsetRel = R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 RelExpr MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::getRelExpr(uint32_t Type,
                                          const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // See comment in the calculateMipsRelChain.
   if (ELFT::Is64Bits || Config->MipsN32Abi)
     Type &= 0xff;
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return R_ABS;
   case R_MIPS_JALR:
     return R_HINT;
   case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
   case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
     return R_MIPS_GOTREL;
   case R_MIPS_26:
     return R_PLT;
   case R_MIPS_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
     // R_MIPS_HI16/R_MIPS_LO16 relocations against _gp_disp calculate
     // offset between start of function and 'gp' value which by default
     // equal to the start of .got section. In that case we consider these
     // relocations as relative.
     if (&S == ElfSym<ELFT>::MipsGpDisp)
       return R_PC;
     return R_ABS;
   case R_MIPS_PC32:
   case R_MIPS_PC16:
   case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
   case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
   case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
   case R_MIPS_PCHI16:
   case R_MIPS_PCLO16:
     return R_PC;
   case R_MIPS_GOT16:
     if (S.isLocal())
       return R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE;
   // fallthrough
   case R_MIPS_CALL16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
     return R_MIPS_GOT_OFF;
   case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
     return R_MIPS_GOT_OFF32;
   case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
     return R_MIPS_GOT_LOCAL_PAGE;
   case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
     return R_MIPS_TLSGD;
   case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
     return R_MIPS_TLSLD;
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> bool MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_MIPS_32 || Type == R_MIPS_64;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 uint32_t MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return RelativeRel;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &) const {
   write32<ELFT::TargetEndianness>(Buf, In<ELFT>::Plt->getVA());
 }
 
 template <endianness E, uint8_t BSIZE, uint8_t SHIFT>
 static int64_t getPcRelocAddend(const uint8_t *Loc) {
   uint32_t Instr = read32<E>(Loc);
   uint32_t Mask = 0xffffffff >> (32 - BSIZE);
   return SignExtend64<BSIZE + SHIFT>((Instr & Mask) << SHIFT);
 }
 
 template <endianness E, uint8_t BSIZE, uint8_t SHIFT>
 static void applyMipsPcReloc(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t V) {
   uint32_t Mask = 0xffffffff >> (32 - BSIZE);
   uint32_t Instr = read32<E>(Loc);
   if (SHIFT > 0)
     checkAlignment<(1 << SHIFT)>(Loc, V, Type);
   checkInt<BSIZE + SHIFT>(Loc, V, Type);
   write32<E>(Loc, (Instr & ~Mask) | ((V >> SHIFT) & Mask));
 }
 
 template <endianness E> static void writeMipsHi16(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V) {
   uint32_t Instr = read32<E>(Loc);
   uint16_t Res = ((V + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
   write32<E>(Loc, (Instr & 0xffff0000) | Res);
 }
 
 template <endianness E> static void writeMipsHigher(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V) {
   uint32_t Instr = read32<E>(Loc);
   uint16_t Res = ((V + 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
   write32<E>(Loc, (Instr & 0xffff0000) | Res);
 }
 
 template <endianness E> static void writeMipsHighest(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V) {
   uint32_t Instr = read32<E>(Loc);
   uint16_t Res = ((V + 0x800080008000) >> 48) & 0xffff;
   write32<E>(Loc, (Instr & 0xffff0000) | Res);
 }
 
 template <endianness E> static void writeMipsLo16(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t V) {
   uint32_t Instr = read32<E>(Loc);
   write32<E>(Loc, (Instr & 0xffff0000) | (V & 0xffff));
 }
 
 template <class ELFT> static bool isMipsR6() {
   const auto &FirstObj = cast<ELFFileBase<ELFT>>(*Config->FirstElf);
   uint32_t Arch = FirstObj.getObj().getHeader()->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH;
   return Arch == EF_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 || Arch == EF_MIPS_ARCH_64R6;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   if (Config->MipsN32Abi) {
     write32<E>(Buf, 0x3c0e0000);      // lui   $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
     write32<E>(Buf + 4, 0x8dd90000);  // lw    $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)
     write32<E>(Buf + 8, 0x25ce0000);  // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
     write32<E>(Buf + 12, 0x030ec023); // subu  $24, $24, $14
   } else {
     write32<E>(Buf, 0x3c1c0000);      // lui   $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
     write32<E>(Buf + 4, 0x8f990000);  // lw    $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28)
     write32<E>(Buf + 8, 0x279c0000);  // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
     write32<E>(Buf + 12, 0x031cc023); // subu  $24, $24, $28
   }
   write32<E>(Buf + 16, 0x03e07825); // move  $15, $31
   write32<E>(Buf + 20, 0x0018c082); // srl   $24, $24, 2
   write32<E>(Buf + 24, 0x0320f809); // jalr  $25
   write32<E>(Buf + 28, 0x2718fffe); // subu  $24, $24, 2
   uint64_t Got = In<ELFT>::GotPlt->getVA();
   writeMipsHi16<E>(Buf, Got);
   writeMipsLo16<E>(Buf + 4, Got);
   writeMipsLo16<E>(Buf + 8, Got);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                                     uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                                     unsigned RelOff) const {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   write32<E>(Buf, 0x3c0f0000);     // lui   $15, %hi(.got.plt entry)
   write32<E>(Buf + 4, 0x8df90000); // l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15)
                                    // jr    $25
   write32<E>(Buf + 8, isMipsR6<ELFT>() ? 0x03200009 : 0x03200008);
   write32<E>(Buf + 12, 0x25f80000); // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry)
   writeMipsHi16<E>(Buf, GotEntryAddr);
   writeMipsLo16<E>(Buf + 4, GotEntryAddr);
   writeMipsLo16<E>(Buf + 12, GotEntryAddr);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 RelExpr MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::getThunkExpr(RelExpr Expr, uint32_t Type,
                                            const InputFile &File,
                                            const SymbolBody &S) const {
   // Any MIPS PIC code function is invoked with its address in register $t9.
   // So if we have a branch instruction from non-PIC code to the PIC one
   // we cannot make the jump directly and need to create a small stubs
   // to save the target function address.
   // See page 3-38 ftp://www.linux-mips.org/pub/linux/mips/doc/ABI/mipsabi.pdf
   if (Type != R_MIPS_26)
     return Expr;
   auto *F = dyn_cast<ELFFileBase<ELFT>>(&File);
   if (!F)
     return Expr;
   // If current file has PIC code, LA25 stub is not required.
   if (F->getObj().getHeader()->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
     return Expr;
   auto *D = dyn_cast<DefinedRegular<ELFT>>(&S);
   // LA25 is required if target file has PIC code
   // or target symbol is a PIC symbol.
   return D && D->isMipsPIC() ? R_THUNK_ABS : Expr;
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 uint64_t MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf,
                                                  uint32_t Type) const {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   switch (Type) {
   default:
     return 0;
   case R_MIPS_32:
   case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
     return read32<E>(Buf);
   case R_MIPS_26:
     // FIXME (simon): If the relocation target symbol is not a PLT entry
     // we should use another expression for calculation:
     // ((A << 2) | (P & 0xf0000000)) >> 2
     return SignExtend64<28>((read32<E>(Buf) & 0x3ffffff) << 2);
   case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
   case R_MIPS_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_PCLO16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
     return SignExtend64<16>(read32<E>(Buf));
   case R_MIPS_PC16:
     return getPcRelocAddend<E, 16, 2>(Buf);
   case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
     return getPcRelocAddend<E, 19, 2>(Buf);
   case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
     return getPcRelocAddend<E, 21, 2>(Buf);
   case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
     return getPcRelocAddend<E, 26, 2>(Buf);
   case R_MIPS_PC32:
     return getPcRelocAddend<E, 32, 0>(Buf);
   }
 }
 
 static std::pair<uint32_t, uint64_t>
 calculateMipsRelChain(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) {
   // MIPS N64 ABI packs multiple relocations into the single relocation
   // record. In general, all up to three relocations can have arbitrary
   // types. In fact, Clang and GCC uses only a few combinations. For now,
   // we support two of them. That is allow to pass at least all LLVM
   // test suite cases.
   // <any relocation> / R_MIPS_SUB / R_MIPS_HI16 | R_MIPS_LO16
   // <any relocation> / R_MIPS_64 / R_MIPS_NONE
   // The first relocation is a 'real' relocation which is calculated
   // using the corresponding symbol's value. The second and the third
   // relocations used to modify result of the first one: extend it to
   // 64-bit, extract high or low part etc. For details, see part 2.9 Relocation
   // at the https://dmz-portal.mips.com/mw/images/8/82/007-4658-001.pdf
   uint32_t Type2 = (Type >> 8) & 0xff;
   uint32_t Type3 = (Type >> 16) & 0xff;
   if (Type2 == R_MIPS_NONE && Type3 == R_MIPS_NONE)
     return std::make_pair(Type, Val);
   if (Type2 == R_MIPS_64 && Type3 == R_MIPS_NONE)
     return std::make_pair(Type2, Val);
   if (Type2 == R_MIPS_SUB && (Type3 == R_MIPS_HI16 || Type3 == R_MIPS_LO16))
     return std::make_pair(Type3, -Val);
   error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unsupported relocations combination " +
         Twine(Type));
   return std::make_pair(Type & 0xff, Val);
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 void MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type,
                                        uint64_t Val) const {
   const endianness E = ELFT::TargetEndianness;
   // Thread pointer and DRP offsets from the start of TLS data area.
   // https://www.linux-mips.org/wiki/NPTL
   if (Type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 || Type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 ||
       Type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 || Type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64)
     Val -= 0x8000;
   else if (Type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 || Type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 ||
            Type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 || Type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64)
     Val -= 0x7000;
   if (ELFT::Is64Bits || Config->MipsN32Abi)
     std::tie(Type, Val) = calculateMipsRelChain(Loc, Type, Val);
   switch (Type) {
   case R_MIPS_32:
   case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
     write32<E>(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_64:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
     write64<E>(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_26:
     write32<E>(Loc, (read32<E>(Loc) & ~0x3ffffff) | ((Val >> 2) & 0x3ffffff));
     break;
   case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
   case R_MIPS_GOT16:
   case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
     checkInt<16>(Loc, Val, Type);
   // fallthrough
   case R_MIPS_CALL16:
   case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
   case R_MIPS_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_PCLO16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
     writeMipsLo16<E>(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_PCHI16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
   case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
     writeMipsHi16<E>(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_HIGHER:
     writeMipsHigher<E>(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
     writeMipsHighest<E>(Loc, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_JALR:
     // Ignore this optimization relocation for now
     break;
   case R_MIPS_PC16:
     applyMipsPcReloc<E, 16, 2>(Loc, Type, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_PC19_S2:
     applyMipsPcReloc<E, 19, 2>(Loc, Type, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_PC21_S2:
     applyMipsPcReloc<E, 21, 2>(Loc, Type, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_PC26_S2:
     applyMipsPcReloc<E, 26, 2>(Loc, Type, Val);
     break;
   case R_MIPS_PC32:
     applyMipsPcReloc<E, 32, 0>(Loc, Type, Val);
     break;
   default:
     error(getErrorLocation(Loc) + "unrecognized reloc " + Twine(Type));
   }
 }
 
 template <class ELFT>
 bool MipsTargetInfo<ELFT>::usesOnlyLowPageBits(uint32_t Type) const {
   return Type == R_MIPS_LO16 || Type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST;
 }
 }
 }
Index: vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Target.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Target.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/ELF/Target.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,116 +1,117 @@
 //===- Target.h -------------------------------------------------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_ELF_TARGET_H
 #define LLD_ELF_TARGET_H
 
 #include "InputSection.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
 #include "llvm/Object/ELF.h"
 
 #include <memory>
 
 namespace lld {
 namespace elf {
 class InputFile;
 class SymbolBody;
 
 class TargetInfo {
 public:
   virtual bool isTlsInitialExecRel(uint32_t Type) const;
   virtual bool isTlsLocalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const;
   virtual bool isTlsGlobalDynamicRel(uint32_t Type) const;
   virtual bool isPicRel(uint32_t Type) const { return true; }
   virtual uint32_t getDynRel(uint32_t Type) const { return Type; }
   virtual void writeGotPltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {}
   virtual void writeGotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const {};
   virtual void writeIgotPlt(uint8_t *Buf, const SymbolBody &S) const;
   virtual uint64_t getImplicitAddend(const uint8_t *Buf, uint32_t Type) const;
 
   // If lazy binding is supported, the first entry of the PLT has code
   // to call the dynamic linker to resolve PLT entries the first time
   // they are called. This function writes that code.
   virtual void writePltHeader(uint8_t *Buf) const {}
 
   virtual void writePlt(uint8_t *Buf, uint64_t GotEntryAddr,
                         uint64_t PltEntryAddr, int32_t Index,
                         unsigned RelOff) const {}
 
   // Returns true if a relocation only uses the low bits of a value such that
   // all those bits are in in the same page. For example, if the relocation
   // only uses the low 12 bits in a system with 4k pages. If this is true, the
   // bits will always have the same value at runtime and we don't have to emit
   // a dynamic relocation.
   virtual bool usesOnlyLowPageBits(uint32_t Type) const;
 
   // Decide whether a Thunk is needed for the relocation from File
   // targeting S. Returns one of:
   // Expr if there is no Thunk required
   // R_THUNK_ABS if thunk is required and expression is absolute
   // R_THUNK_PC if thunk is required and expression is pc rel
   // R_THUNK_PLT_PC if thunk is required to PLT entry and expression is pc rel
   virtual RelExpr getThunkExpr(RelExpr Expr, uint32_t RelocType,
                                const InputFile &File,
                                const SymbolBody &S) const;
   virtual RelExpr getRelExpr(uint32_t Type, const SymbolBody &S) const = 0;
   virtual void relocateOne(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const = 0;
   virtual ~TargetInfo();
 
   unsigned TlsGdRelaxSkip = 1;
   unsigned PageSize = 4096;
   unsigned DefaultMaxPageSize = 4096;
 
   // On FreeBSD x86_64 the first page cannot be mmaped.
   // On Linux that is controled by vm.mmap_min_addr. At least on some x86_64
   // installs that is 65536, so the first 15 pages cannot be used.
   // Given that, the smallest value that can be used in here is 0x10000.
   uint64_t DefaultImageBase = 0x10000;
 
   uint32_t CopyRel;
   uint32_t GotRel;
   uint32_t PltRel;
   uint32_t RelativeRel;
   uint32_t IRelativeRel;
   uint32_t TlsDescRel;
   uint32_t TlsGotRel;
   uint32_t TlsModuleIndexRel;
   uint32_t TlsOffsetRel;
   unsigned GotEntrySize = 0;
   unsigned GotPltEntrySize = 0;
   unsigned PltEntrySize;
   unsigned PltHeaderSize;
 
   // At least on x86_64 positions 1 and 2 are used by the first plt entry
   // to support lazy loading.
   unsigned GotPltHeaderEntriesNum = 3;
 
   // Set to 0 for variant 2
   unsigned TcbSize = 0;
 
   bool NeedsThunks = false;
 
   virtual RelExpr adjustRelaxExpr(uint32_t Type, const uint8_t *Data,
                                   RelExpr Expr) const;
   virtual void relaxGot(uint8_t *Loc, uint64_t Val) const;
   virtual void relaxTlsGdToIe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const;
   virtual void relaxTlsGdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const;
   virtual void relaxTlsIeToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const;
   virtual void relaxTlsLdToLe(uint8_t *Loc, uint32_t Type, uint64_t Val) const;
 };
 
-std::string toString(uint32_t RelType);
 uint64_t getPPC64TocBase();
 uint64_t getAArch64Page(uint64_t Expr);
 
 extern TargetInfo *Target;
 TargetInfo *createTarget();
 }
+
+std::string toString(uint32_t RelType);
 }
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/include/lld/Core/Reproduce.h
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/include/lld/Core/Reproduce.h	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/include/lld/Core/Reproduce.h	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,73 +1,42 @@
 //===- Reproduce.h - Utilities for creating reproducers ---------*- C++ -*-===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #ifndef LLD_CORE_REPRODUCE_H
 #define LLD_CORE_REPRODUCE_H
 
 #include "lld/Core/LLVM.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/StringSet.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Error.h"
 
 namespace llvm {
-
-class raw_fd_ostream;
-
 namespace opt { class Arg; }
-
 }
 
 namespace lld {
 
-// This class creates a .cpio file for --reproduce (ELF) or /linkrepro (COFF).
-//
-// If "--reproduce foo" is given, we create a file "foo.cpio" and
-// copy all input files to the archive, along with a response file
-// to re-run the same command with the same inputs.
-// It is useful for reporting issues to LLD developers.
-//
-// Cpio as a file format is a deliberate choice. It's standardized in
-// POSIX and very easy to create. cpio command is available virtually
-// on all Unix systems. See
-// http://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9699919799/utilities/pax.html#tag_20_92_13_07
-// for the format details.
-class CpioFile {
-public:
-  static ErrorOr<CpioFile *> create(StringRef OutputPath);
-  void append(StringRef Path, StringRef Data);
-
-private:
-  CpioFile(std::unique_ptr<llvm::raw_fd_ostream> OS, StringRef Basename);
-
-  std::unique_ptr<llvm::raw_fd_ostream> OS;
-  llvm::StringSet<> Seen;
-  std::string Basename;
-};
-
 // Makes a given pathname an absolute path first, and then remove
 // beginning /. For example, "../foo.o" is converted to "home/john/foo.o",
 // assuming that the current directory is "/home/john/bar".
 std::string relativeToRoot(StringRef Path);
 
 // Quote a given string if it contains a space character.
 std::string quote(StringRef S);
 
 // Rewrite the given path if a file exists with that pathname, otherwise
 // returns the original path.
 std::string rewritePath(StringRef S);
 
 // Returns the string form of the given argument.
-std::string stringize(llvm::opt::Arg *Arg);
+std::string toString(llvm::opt::Arg *Arg);
 
 // Replaces backslashes with slashes if Windows.
 std::string convertToUnixPathSeparator(StringRef S);
 }
 
 #endif
Index: vendor/lld/dist/lib/Core/Reproduce.cpp
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/lib/Core/Reproduce.cpp	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/lib/Core/Reproduce.cpp	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,128 +1,76 @@
 //===- Reproduce.cpp - Utilities for creating reproducers -----------------===//
 //
 //                             The LLVM Linker
 //
 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
 //
 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
 
 #include "lld/Core/Reproduce.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Twine.h"
 #include "llvm/Option/Arg.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Error.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/FileSystem.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Format.h"
 #include "llvm/Support/Path.h"
 
 using namespace lld;
 using namespace llvm;
-using namespace sys;
+using namespace llvm::sys;
 
-CpioFile::CpioFile(std::unique_ptr<raw_fd_ostream> OS, StringRef S)
-    : OS(std::move(OS)), Basename(S) {}
-
-ErrorOr<CpioFile *> CpioFile::create(StringRef OutputPath) {
-  std::string Path = (OutputPath + ".cpio").str();
-  std::error_code EC;
-  auto OS = llvm::make_unique<raw_fd_ostream>(Path, EC, sys::fs::F_None);
-  if (EC)
-    return EC;
-  return new CpioFile(std::move(OS), path::filename(OutputPath));
-}
-
-static void writeMember(raw_fd_ostream &OS, StringRef Path, StringRef Data) {
-  // The c_dev/c_ino pair should be unique according to the spec,
-  // but no one seems to care.
-  OS << "070707";                        // c_magic
-  OS << "000000";                        // c_dev
-  OS << "000000";                        // c_ino
-  OS << "100664";                        // c_mode: C_ISREG | rw-rw-r--
-  OS << "000000";                        // c_uid
-  OS << "000000";                        // c_gid
-  OS << "000001";                        // c_nlink
-  OS << "000000";                        // c_rdev
-  OS << "00000000000";                   // c_mtime
-  OS << format("%06o", Path.size() + 1); // c_namesize
-  OS << format("%011o", Data.size());    // c_filesize
-  OS << Path << '\0';                    // c_name
-  OS << Data;                            // c_filedata
-}
-
-void CpioFile::append(StringRef Path, StringRef Data) {
-  if (!Seen.insert(Path).second)
-    return;
-
-  // Construct an in-archive filename so that /home/foo/bar is stored
-  // as baz/home/foo/bar where baz is the basename of the output file.
-  // (i.e. in that case we are creating baz.cpio.)
-  SmallString<128> Fullpath;
-  path::append(Fullpath, Basename, Path);
-
-  writeMember(*OS, convertToUnixPathSeparator(Fullpath), Data);
-
-  // Print the trailer and seek back.
-  // This way we have a valid archive if we crash.
-  uint64_t Pos = OS->tell();
-  writeMember(*OS, "TRAILER!!!", "");
-  OS->seek(Pos);
-}
-
 // Makes a given pathname an absolute path first, and then remove
 // beginning /. For example, "../foo.o" is converted to "home/john/foo.o",
 // assuming that the current directory is "/home/john/bar".
 // Returned string is a forward slash separated path even on Windows to avoid
 // a mess with backslash-as-escape and backslash-as-path-separator.
 std::string lld::relativeToRoot(StringRef Path) {
   SmallString<128> Abs = Path;
-  if (sys::fs::make_absolute(Abs))
+  if (fs::make_absolute(Abs))
     return Path;
   path::remove_dots(Abs, /*remove_dot_dot=*/true);
 
   // This is Windows specific. root_name() returns a drive letter
   // (e.g. "c:") or a UNC name (//net). We want to keep it as part
   // of the result.
   SmallString<128> Res;
   StringRef Root = path::root_name(Abs);
   if (Root.endswith(":"))
     Res = Root.drop_back();
   else if (Root.startswith("//"))
     Res = Root.substr(2);
 
   path::append(Res, path::relative_path(Abs));
   return convertToUnixPathSeparator(Res);
 }
 
 // Quote a given string if it contains a space character.
 std::string lld::quote(StringRef S) {
   if (S.find(' ') == StringRef::npos)
     return S;
   return ("\"" + S + "\"").str();
 }
 
 std::string lld::rewritePath(StringRef S) {
   if (fs::exists(S))
     return relativeToRoot(S);
   return S;
 }
 
-std::string lld::stringize(opt::Arg *Arg) {
+std::string lld::toString(opt::Arg *Arg) {
   std::string K = Arg->getSpelling();
   if (Arg->getNumValues() == 0)
     return K;
   std::string V = quote(Arg->getValue());
   if (Arg->getOption().getRenderStyle() == opt::Option::RenderJoinedStyle)
     return K + V;
   return K + " " + V;
 }
 
 std::string lld::convertToUnixPathSeparator(StringRef S) {
 #ifdef LLVM_ON_WIN32
   std::string Ret = S.str();
   std::replace(Ret.begin(), Ret.end(), '\\', '/');
   return Ret;
 #else
   return S;
 #endif
 }
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/COFF/linkrepro.test
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/COFF/linkrepro.test	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/COFF/linkrepro.test	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,38 +1,35 @@
-# cpio fails on windows with "Function not implemented".
-# REQUIRES: shell
-
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir/build1 %t.dir/build2 %t.dir/build3
 # RUN: yaml2obj < %p/Inputs/hello32.yaml > %t.obj
 
 # RUN: cd %t.dir/build1
 # RUN: lld-link %t.obj %p/Inputs/std32.lib /subsystem:console \
 # RUN:   /entry:main@0 /linkrepro:. /out:%t.exe
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff %t.obj repro/%:t.obj
 # RUN: diff %p/Inputs/std32.lib repro/%:p/Inputs/std32.lib
 # RUN: FileCheck %s --check-prefix=RSP < repro/response.txt
 
 # RUN: cd %t.dir/build2
 # RUN: lld-link %t.obj /libpath:%p/Inputs /defaultlib:std32 /subsystem:console \
 # RUN:   /entry:main@0 /linkrepro:. /out:%t.exe
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff %t.obj repro/%:t.obj
 # RUN: diff %p/Inputs/std32.lib repro/%:p/Inputs/std32.lib
 # RUN: FileCheck %s --check-prefix=RSP < repro/response.txt
 
 # RUN: cd %t.dir/build3
 # RUN: env LIB=%p/Inputs lld-link %t.obj /defaultlib:std32 /subsystem:console \
 # RUN:   /entry:main@0 /linkrepro:. /out:%t.exe
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff %t.obj repro/%:t.obj
 # RUN: diff %p/Inputs/std32.lib repro/%:p/Inputs/std32.lib
 # RUN: FileCheck %s --check-prefix=RSP < repro/response.txt
 
 # RSP: /subsystem:console
 # RSP: /entry:main@0
 # RSP-NOT: /linkrepro:
 # RSP: /out:
 # RSP: linkrepro.test.tmp.obj
 # RSP-NOT: defaultlib
 # RSP: std32.lib
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-flags.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-flags.s	(nonexistent)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-flags.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+// RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux %s -o %t.o
+// RUN: not ld.lld -shared %t.o -o %t 2>&1 | FileCheck %s
+
+// CHECK: error:  Section has flags incompatible with others with the same name {{.*}}incompatible-section-flags.s.tmp.o:(.foo)
+// CHECK: error:  Section has flags incompatible with others with the same name {{.*}}incompatible-section-flags.s.tmp.o:(.bar)
+
+.section .foo, "awT", @progbits, unique, 1
+.quad 0
+
+.section .foo, "aw", @progbits, unique, 2
+.quad 0
+
+
+.section .bar, "aw", @progbits, unique, 3
+.quad 0
+
+.section .bar, "awT", @progbits, unique, 4
+.quad 0

Property changes on: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-flags.s
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+FreeBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-types.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-types.s	(nonexistent)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-types.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+// RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux %s -o %t.o
+// RUN: not ld.lld -shared %t.o -o %t 2>&1 | FileCheck %s
+
+// CHECK: error: Section has different type from others with the same name {{.*}}incompatible-section-types.s.tmp.o:(.foo)
+
+.section .foo, "aw", @progbits, unique, 1
+.quad 0
+
+.section .foo, "aw", @nobits, unique, 2
+.quad 0

Property changes on: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/incompatible-section-types.s
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+FreeBSD=%H
\ No newline at end of property
Added: svn:mime-type
## -0,0 +1 ##
+text/plain
\ No newline at end of property
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/linkerscript/phdrs.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/linkerscript/phdrs.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/linkerscript/phdrs.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,143 +1,143 @@
 # REQUIRES: x86
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t
 # RUN: echo "PHDRS {all PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS ;} \
 # RUN:       SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:           . = 0x10000200; \
 # RUN:           .text : {*(.text*)} :all \
 # RUN:           .foo : {*(.foo.*)} :all \
 # RUN:           .data : {*(.data.*)} :all}" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t1 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-readobj -program-headers %t1 | FileCheck %s
 
 ## Check that program headers are not written, unless we explicitly tell
 ## lld to do this.
 # RUN: echo "PHDRS {all PT_LOAD;} \
 # RUN:       SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:           . = 0x10000200; \
 # RUN:           /DISCARD/ : {*(.text*)}  \
 # RUN:           .foo : {*(.foo.*)} :all \
 # RUN:       }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t1 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-readobj -program-headers %t1 | FileCheck --check-prefix=NOPHDR %s
 
 ## Check the AT(expr)
 # RUN: echo "PHDRS {all PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS AT(0x500 + 0x500) ;} \
 # RUN:       SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:           . = 0x10000200; \
 # RUN:           .text : {*(.text*)} :all \
 # RUN:           .foo : {*(.foo.*)} :all \
 # RUN:           .data : {*(.data.*)} :all}" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t1 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-readobj -program-headers %t1 | FileCheck --check-prefix=AT %s
 
 # RUN: echo "PHDRS {all PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS ;} \
 # RUN:       SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:           . = 0x10000200; \
 # RUN:           .text : {*(.text*)} :all \
 # RUN:           .foo : {*(.foo.*)}  \
 # RUN:           .data : {*(.data.*)} }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t1 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-readobj -program-headers %t1 | FileCheck --check-prefix=DEFHDR %s
 
 ## Check that error is reported when trying to use phdr which is not listed 
 ## inside PHDRS {} block
 ## TODO: If script doesn't contain PHDRS {} block then default phdr is always 
 ## created and error is not reported.
 # RUN: echo "PHDRS { all PT_LOAD; } \
 # RUN:       SECTIONS { .baz : {*(.foo.*)} :bar }" > %t.script
 # RUN: not ld.lld -o %t1 --script %t.script %t 2>&1 | FileCheck --check-prefix=BADHDR %s
 
 # CHECK:     ProgramHeaders [
 # CHECK-NEXT:  ProgramHeader {
 # CHECK-NEXT:    Type: PT_LOAD (0x1)
 # CHECK-NEXT:    Offset: 0x0
 # CHECK-NEXT:    VirtualAddress: 0x10000000
 # CHECK-NEXT:    PhysicalAddress: 0x10000000
 # CHECK-NEXT:    FileSize: 521
 # CHECK-NEXT:    MemSize: 521
 # CHECK-NEXT:    Flags [ (0x7)
 # CHECK-NEXT:      PF_R (0x4)
 # CHECK-NEXT:      PF_W (0x2)
 # CHECK-NEXT:      PF_X (0x1)
 # CHECK-NEXT:    ]
 
 # NOPHDR:     ProgramHeaders [
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:  ProgramHeader {
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    Type: PT_LOAD (0x1)
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    Offset: 0x200
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    VirtualAddress: 0x10000200
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    PhysicalAddress: 0x10000200
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    FileSize: 8
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    MemSize: 8
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    Flags [ (0x6)
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:      PF_R (0x4)
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:      PF_W (0x2)
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    ]
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:    Alignment: 4096
 # NOPHDR-NEXT:  }
 # NOPHDR-NEXT: ]
 
 # AT:       ProgramHeaders [
 # AT-NEXT:    ProgramHeader {
 # AT-NEXT:      Type: PT_LOAD (0x1)
 # AT-NEXT:      Offset: 0x0
 # AT-NEXT:      VirtualAddress: 0x10000000
 # AT-NEXT:      PhysicalAddress: 0xA00
 # AT-NEXT:      FileSize: 521
 # AT-NEXT:      MemSize: 521
 # AT-NEXT:      Flags [ (0x7)
 # AT-NEXT:        PF_R (0x4)
 # AT-NEXT:        PF_W (0x2)
 # AT-NEXT:        PF_X (0x1)
 # AT-NEXT:      ]
 
 ## Check the numetic values for PHDRS.
 # RUN: echo "PHDRS {text PT_LOAD FILEHDR PHDRS; foo 0x11223344; } \
-# RUN:       SECTIONS { . = SIZEOF_HEADERS; .foo : { *(.*) } : text : foo}" > %t1.script
+# RUN:       SECTIONS { . = SIZEOF_HEADERS; .foo : { *(.foo* .text*) } : text : foo}" > %t1.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t2 --script %t1.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-readobj -program-headers %t2 | FileCheck --check-prefix=INT-PHDRS %s
 
 # INT-PHDRS:      ProgramHeaders [
 # INT-PHDRS:        ProgramHeader {
 # INT-PHDRS:           Type:  (0x11223344)
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      Offset: 0xB0
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      VirtualAddress: 0xB0
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      PhysicalAddress: 0xB0
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      FileSize:
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      MemSize:
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      Flags [
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:        PF_R
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:        PF_W
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:        PF_X
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      ]
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:      Alignment:
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:    }
 # INT-PHDRS-NEXT:  ]
 
 # DEFHDR:     ProgramHeaders [
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:  ProgramHeader {
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    Type: PT_LOAD (0x1)
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    Offset: 0x0
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    VirtualAddress: 0x10000000
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    PhysicalAddress: 0x10000000
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    FileSize: 521
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    MemSize: 521
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    Flags [ (0x7)
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:      PF_R (0x4)
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:      PF_W (0x2)
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:      PF_X (0x1)
 # DEFHDR-NEXT:    ]
 
 # BADHDR:       {{.*}}.script:1: section header 'bar' is not listed in PHDRS
 
 .global _start
 _start:
  nop
 
 .section .foo.1,"a"
 foo1:
  .long 0
 
 .section .foo.2,"aw"
 foo2:
  .long 0
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/linkerscript/sections.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/linkerscript/sections.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/linkerscript/sections.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,124 +1,118 @@
 # REQUIRES: x86
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t
 
 # Empty SECTIONS command.
 # RUN: echo "SECTIONS {}" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t1 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-objdump -section-headers %t1 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=SEC-DEFAULT %s
 
 # SECTIONS command with the same order as default.
 # RUN: echo "SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:          .text : { *(.text) } \
 # RUN:          .data : { *(.data) } }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t2 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-objdump -section-headers %t2 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=SEC-DEFAULT %s
 
 #             Idx Name          Size
 # SEC-DEFAULT: 1 .text         0000000e {{[0-9a-f]*}} TEXT DATA
 # SEC-DEFAULT: 2 .data         00000020 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-DEFAULT: 3 other         00000003 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-DEFAULT: 4 .bss          00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}} BSS
-# SEC-DEFAULT: 5 .shstrtab     00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-DEFAULT: 6 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-DEFAULT: 7 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-DEFAULT: 8 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-DEFAULT: 9 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-DEFAULT: 5 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-DEFAULT: 6 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-DEFAULT: 7 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-DEFAULT: 8 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 
 # Sections are put in order specified in linker script, other than alloc
 # sections going first.
 # RUN: echo "SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:          .bss : { *(.bss) } \
 # RUN:          other : { *(other) } \
 # RUN:          .shstrtab : { *(.shstrtab) } \
 # RUN:          .symtab : { *(.symtab) } \
 # RUN:          .strtab : { *(.strtab) } \
 # RUN:          .data : { *(.data) } \
 # RUN:          .text : { *(.text) } }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t3 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-objdump -section-headers %t3 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=SEC-ORDER %s
 
 #           Idx Name          Size
 # SEC-ORDER: 1 .bss          00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}} BSS
 # SEC-ORDER: 2 other         00000003 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
-# SEC-ORDER: 3 .shstrtab     00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-ORDER: 4 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-ORDER: 5 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-ORDER: 6 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-ORDER: 7 .data         00000020 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
-# SEC-ORDER: 8 .text         0000000e {{[0-9a-f]*}} TEXT DATA
+# SEC-ORDER: 3 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-ORDER: 4 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-ORDER: 5 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-ORDER: 6 .data         00000020 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
+# SEC-ORDER: 7 .text         0000000e {{[0-9a-f]*}} TEXT DATA
 
 # .text and .data have swapped names but proper sizes and types.
 # RUN: echo "SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:          .data : { *(.text) } \
 # RUN:          .text : { *(.data) } }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t4 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-objdump -section-headers %t4 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=SEC-SWAP-NAMES %s
 
 #                Idx Name          Size
 # SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 1 .data         0000000e {{[0-9a-f]*}} TEXT DATA
 # SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 2 .text         00000020 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 3 other         00000003 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 4 .bss          00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}} BSS
-# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 5 .shstrtab     00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 6 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 7 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 8 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 9 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 5 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 6 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 7 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-SWAP-NAMES: 8 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 
 # .shstrtab from the input object file is discarded.
 # RUN: echo "SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:          /DISCARD/ : { *(.shstrtab) } }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t5 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-objdump -section-headers %t5 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=SEC-DISCARD %s
 
 #             Idx Name          Size
 # SEC-DISCARD: 1 .text         0000000e {{[0-9a-f]*}} TEXT DATA
 # SEC-DISCARD: 2 .data         00000020 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-DISCARD: 3 other         00000003 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-DISCARD: 4 .bss          00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}} BSS
 # SEC-DISCARD: 5 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 # SEC-DISCARD: 6 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 # SEC-DISCARD: 7 .shstrtab     0000003b {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 # SEC-DISCARD: 8 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 
 # Multiple SECTIONS command specifying additional input section descriptions
 # for the same output section description - input sections are merged into
 # one output section.
 # RUN: echo "SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:          .text : { *(.text) } \
 # RUN:          .data : { *(.data) } } \
 # RUN:       SECTIONS { \
 # RUN:          .data : { *(other) } }" > %t.script
 # RUN: ld.lld -o %t6 --script %t.script %t
 # RUN: llvm-objdump -section-headers %t6 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=SEC-MULTI %s
 
 #           Idx Name          Size
 # SEC-MULTI: 1 .text         0000000e {{[0-9a-f]*}} TEXT DATA
 # SEC-MULTI: 2 .data         00000023 {{[0-9a-f]*}} DATA
 # SEC-MULTI: 3 .bss          00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}} BSS
-# SEC-MULTI: 4 .shstrtab     00000002 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-MULTI: 5 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-MULTI: 6 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-MULTI: 7 .shstrtab     00000035 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
-# SEC-MULTI: 8 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-MULTI: 4 .comment      00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-MULTI: 5 .symtab       00000030 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-MULTI: 6 .shstrtab     00000035 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
+# SEC-MULTI: 7 .strtab       00000008 {{[0-9a-f]*}}
 
 .globl _start
 _start:
     mov $60, %rax
     mov $42, %rdi
 
 .section .data,"aw"
 .quad 10, 10, 20, 20
 .section other,"aw"
 .short 10
 .byte 20
-.section .shstrtab,""
-.short 20
 .section .bss,"",@nobits
 .short 0
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-backslash.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-backslash.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-backslash.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
-# REQUIRES: x86, cpio, shell
+# REQUIRES: x86, shell
 
 # Test that we don't erroneously replace \ with / on UNIX, as it's
 # legal for a filename to contain backslashes.
 # RUN: llvm-mc %s -o foo\\.o -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux
-# RUN: ld.lld foo\\.o --reproduce repro
-# RUN: cpio -it < repro.cpio | FileCheck %s
+# RUN: ld.lld foo\\.o --reproduce repro.tar
+# RUN: tar tf repro.tar | FileCheck %s
 
-# CHECK: repro/{{.*}}/foo\.o
+# CHECK: repro/{{.*}}/foo\\.o
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-error.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-error.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-error.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,15 +1,14 @@
-# Extracting the cpio archive can get over the path limit on windows.
+# Extracting the tar archive can get over the path limit on windows.
 # REQUIRES: shell
 
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir
 # RUN: cd %t.dir
 
-# RUN: not ld.lld --reproduce repro abc -o t 2>&1 | FileCheck %s
+# RUN: not ld.lld --reproduce repro.tar abc -o t 2>&1 | FileCheck %s
 # CHECK: cannot open abc: {{N|n}}o such file or directory
 
-# RUN: grep TRAILER repro.cpio
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: FileCheck --check-prefix=RSP %s < repro/response.txt
 # RSP: abc
 # RSP: -o t
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-linkerscript.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-linkerscript.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-linkerscript.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,17 +1,17 @@
 # REQUIRES: x86, shell
 
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir/build
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t.dir/build/foo.o
 # RUN: echo "INPUT(\"%t.dir/build/foo.o\")" > %t.dir/build/foo.script
 # RUN: cd %t.dir
-# RUN: ld.lld build/foo.script -o bar --reproduce repro
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: ld.lld build/foo.script -o bar --reproduce repro.tar
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff build/foo.script repro/%:t.dir/build/foo.script
 # RUN: diff build/foo.o repro/%:t.dir/build/foo.o
 
 .globl _start
 _start:
   mov $60, %rax
   mov $42, %rdi
   syscall
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-thin-archive.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-thin-archive.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-thin-archive.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,15 +1,15 @@
 # REQUIRES: x86, shell
 
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux %s -o %t.dir/foo.o
 # RUN: cd %t.dir
 # RUN: llvm-ar --format=gnu rcT foo.a foo.o
-# RUN: ld.lld -m elf_x86_64 foo.a -o bar --reproduce repro
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: ld.lld -m elf_x86_64 foo.a -o bar --reproduce repro.tar
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff foo.a repro/%:t.dir/foo.a
 # RUN: diff foo.o repro/%:t.dir/foo.o
 
 .globl _start
 _start:
   nop
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-windows.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-windows.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-windows.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-# REQUIRES: x86, cpio
+# REQUIRES: x86
 
 # Test that a repro archive always uses / instead of \.
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir/build
 # RUN: llvm-mc %s -o %t.dir/build/foo.o -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux
 # RUN: cd %t.dir
-# RUN: ld.lld build/foo.o --reproduce repro
-# RUN: cpio -it < repro.cpio | FileCheck %s
+# RUN: ld.lld build/foo.o --reproduce repro.tar
+# RUN: tar tf repro.tar | FileCheck %s
 
 # CHECK: repro/response.txt
 # CHECK: repro/{{.*}}/build/foo.o
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-windows2.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-windows2.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce-windows2.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,11 +1,10 @@
-# REQUIRES: system-windows, x86, cpio
+# REQUIRES: system-windows, x86
 
 # Test that a response.txt file always uses / instead of \.
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir/build
 # RUN: llvm-mc %s -o %t.dir/build/foo.o -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux
 # RUN: cd %t.dir
-# RUN: ld.lld build/foo.o --reproduce repro
-# RUN: echo "*response.txt" > list.txt
-# RUN: cpio -i --to-stdout --pattern-file=list.txt < repro.cpio | FileCheck %s
+# RUN: ld.lld build/foo.o --reproduce repro.tar
+# RUN: tar -O -x -f repro.tar repro/response.txt | FileCheck %s
 # CHECK: {{.*}}/build/foo.o
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/reproduce.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,67 +1,67 @@
-# REQUIRES: x86, cpio
+# REQUIRES: x86
 
-# Extracting the cpio archive can get over the path limit on windows.
+# Extracting the tar archive can get over the path limit on windows.
 # REQUIRES: shell
 
 # RUN: rm -rf %t.dir
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir/build1
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t.dir/build1/foo.o
 # RUN: cd %t.dir
-# RUN: ld.lld --hash-style=gnu build1/foo.o -o bar -shared --as-needed --reproduce repro
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: ld.lld --hash-style=gnu build1/foo.o -o bar -shared --as-needed --reproduce repro.tar
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff build1/foo.o repro/%:t.dir/build1/foo.o
 
 # RUN: FileCheck %s --check-prefix=RSP < repro/response.txt
 # RSP: {{^}}--hash-style gnu{{$}}
 # RSP-NOT: repro{{[/\\]}}
 # RSP-NEXT: {{[/\\]}}foo.o
 # RSP-NEXT: -o bar
 # RSP-NEXT: -shared
 # RSP-NEXT: --as-needed
 
 # RUN: FileCheck %s --check-prefix=VERSION < repro/version.txt
 # VERSION: LLD
 
 # RUN: mkdir -p %t.dir/build2/a/b/c
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t.dir/build2/foo.o
 # RUN: cd %t.dir/build2/a/b/c
-# RUN: env LLD_REPRODUCE=repro ld.lld ./../../../foo.o -o bar -shared --as-needed
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro.cpio
+# RUN: env LLD_REPRODUCE=repro.tar ld.lld ./../../../foo.o -o bar -shared --as-needed
+# RUN: tar xf repro.tar
 # RUN: diff %t.dir/build2/foo.o repro/%:t.dir/build2/foo.o
 
 # RUN: echo "{ local: *; };" >  ver
 # RUN: echo "{};" > dyn
 # RUN: echo > file
 # RUN: echo > file2
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o 'foo bar'
-# RUN: ld.lld --reproduce repro2 'foo bar' -L"foo bar" -Lfile -Tfile2 \
+# RUN: ld.lld --reproduce repro2.tar 'foo bar' -L"foo bar" -Lfile -Tfile2 \
 # RUN:   --dynamic-list dyn -rpath file --script=file --version-script ver \
 # RUN:   --dynamic-linker "some unusual/path" -soname 'foo bar' -soname='foo bar'
-# RUN: cpio -id < repro2.cpio
+# RUN: tar xf repro2.tar
 # RUN: FileCheck %s --check-prefix=RSP2 < repro2/response.txt
 # RSP2:      "{{.*}}foo bar"
 # RSP2-NEXT: -L "{{.*}}foo bar"
 # RSP2-NEXT: -L {{.+}}file
 # RSP2-NEXT: --script {{.+}}file2
 # RSP2-NEXT: --dynamic-list {{.+}}dyn
 # RSP2-NEXT: -rpath {{.+}}file
 # RSP2-NEXT: --script {{.+}}file
 # RSP2-NEXT: --version-script [[PATH:.*]]ver
 # RSP2-NEXT: --dynamic-linker "some unusual/path"
 # RSP2-NEXT: -soname="foo bar"
 # RSP2-NEXT: -soname="foo bar"
 
-# RUN: cpio -it < repro2.cpio | FileCheck %s
+# RUN: tar tf repro2.tar | FileCheck %s
 # CHECK:      repro2/response.txt
 # CHECK-NEXT: repro2/version.txt
 # CHECK-NEXT: repro2/{{.*}}/dyn
 # CHECK-NEXT: repro2/{{.*}}/ver
 # CHECK-NEXT: repro2/{{.*}}/foo bar
 # CHECK-NEXT: repro2/{{.*}}/file2
 # CHECK-NEXT: repro2/{{.*}}/file
 
 .globl _start
 _start:
   mov $60, %rax
   mov $42, %rdi
   syscall
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/section-name.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/section-name.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/section-name.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,59 +1,58 @@
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t
 # RUN: ld.lld %t -o %tout
 # RUN: llvm-objdump --section-headers  %tout | FileCheck %s
 # REQUIRES: x86
 
 .global _start
 .text
 _start:
 
 .section .text.a,"ax"
 .byte 0
 .section .text.,"ax"
 .byte 0
 .section .rodata.a,"a"
 .byte 0
 .section .rodata,"a"
 .byte 0
 .section .data.a,"aw"
 .byte 0
 .section .data,"aw"
 .byte 0
-.section .bss.a,"",@nobits
+.section .bss.a,"aw",@nobits
 .byte 0
-.section .bss,"",@nobits
+.section .bss,"aw",@nobits
 .byte 0
 .section .foo.a,"aw"
 .byte 0
 .section .foo,"aw"
 .byte 0
 .section .data.rel.ro,"aw",%progbits
 .byte 0
 .section .data.rel.ro.a,"aw",%progbits
 .byte 0
 .section .data.rel.ro.local,"aw",%progbits
 .byte 0
 .section .data.rel.ro.local.a,"aw",%progbits
 .byte 0
 .section .tbss.foo,"aGwT",@nobits,foo,comdat
 .byte 0
 .section .gcc_except_table.foo,"aG",@progbits,foo,comdat
 .byte 0
 .section .tdata.foo,"aGwT",@progbits,foo,comdat
 .byte 0
 
 // CHECK:  1 .rodata  00000002
 // CHECK:  2 .gcc_except_table 00000001
 // CHECK:  3 .text         00000002
 // CHECK:  4 .tdata        00000001
 // CHECK:  5 .tbss         00000001
 // CHECK:  6 .data.rel.ro  00000004
 // CHECK:  7 .data         00000002
 // CHECK:  8 .foo.a        00000001
 // CHECK:  9 .foo          00000001
-// CHECK: 10 .bss          00000001
-// CHECK: 11 .bss          00000001
-// CHECK: 12 .comment      00000008
-// CHECK: 13 .symtab       00000060
-// CHECK: 14 .shstrtab     00000075
-// CHECK: 15 .strtab       0000001d
+// CHECK: 10 .bss          00000002
+// CHECK: 11 .comment      00000008
+// CHECK: 12 .symtab       00000060
+// CHECK: 13 .shstrtab     00000075
+// CHECK: 14 .strtab       0000001d
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/string-table.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/string-table.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/string-table.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,43 +1,27 @@
 // RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-unknown-linux %s -o %t
 // RUN: ld.lld %t -o %t2
 // RUN: llvm-readobj -sections %t2 | FileCheck %s
 // REQUIRES: x86
 
 .global _start
 _start:
 
-.section        foobar,"",@progbits,unique,1
-.section        foobar,"T",@progbits,unique,2
-.section        foobar,"",@nobits,unique,3
-.section        foobar,"",@nobits,unique,4
+.section        foobar,"",@progbits
 
 .section bar, "a"
 
 // Both sections are in the output and that the alloc section is first:
 // CHECK:      Name: bar
 // CHECK-NEXT: Type: SHT_PROGBITS
 // CHECK-NEXT: Flags [
 // CHECK-NEXT:  SHF_ALLOC
 // CHECK-NEXT: ]
 // CHECK-NEXT: Address: 0x200120
 
 // CHECK:      Name: foobar
 // CHECK-NEXT: Type: SHT_PROGBITS
-// CHECK-NEXT: Flags [
-// CHECK-NEXT: ]
-// CHECK-NEXT: Address: 0x0
-
-// CHECK:      Name: foobar
-// CHECK-NEXT: Type: SHT_PROGBITS
-// CHECK-NEXT: Flags [
-// CHECK-NEXT:   SHF_TLS
-// CHECK-NEXT: ]
-// CHECK-NEXT: Address: 0x0
-
-// CHECK:      Name: foobar
-// CHECK-NEXT: Type: SHT_NOBITS
 // CHECK-NEXT: Flags [
 // CHECK-NEXT: ]
 // CHECK-NEXT: Address: 0x0
 
 // CHECK-NOT:  Name: foobar
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/undef.s
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/undef.s	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/ELF/undef.s	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,27 +1,27 @@
 # REQUIRES: x86
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux %s -o %t.o
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux %p/Inputs/undef.s -o %t2.o
 # RUN: llvm-mc -filetype=obj -triple=x86_64-pc-linux %p/Inputs/undef-debug.s -o %t3.o
 # RUN: llvm-ar rc %t2.a %t2.o
 # RUN: not ld.lld %t.o %t2.a %t3.o -o %t.exe 2>&1 | FileCheck %s
 # RUN: not ld.lld -pie %t.o %t2.a %t3.o -o %t.exe 2>&1 | FileCheck %s
 # CHECK: error: undef.s:(.text+0x1): undefined symbol 'foo'
 # CHECK: error: undef.s:(.text+0x6): undefined symbol 'bar'
 # CHECK: error: undef.s:(.text+0x10): undefined symbol 'foo(int)'
 # CHECK: error: {{.*}}2.a({{.*}}.o):(.text+0x0): undefined symbol 'zed2'
-# CHECK: error: dir/undef-debug.s:3: undefined symbol 'zed3'
-# CHECK: error: dir/undef-debug.s:7: undefined symbol 'zed4'
-# CHECK: error: dir/undef-debug.s:11: undefined symbol 'zed5'
+# CHECK: error: dir{{/|\\}}undef-debug.s:3: undefined symbol 'zed3'
+# CHECK: error: dir{{/|\\}}undef-debug.s:7: undefined symbol 'zed4'
+# CHECK: error: dir{{/|\\}}undef-debug.s:11: undefined symbol 'zed5'
 
 # RUN: not ld.lld %t.o %t2.a -o %t.exe -no-demangle 2>&1 | \
 # RUN:   FileCheck -check-prefix=NO-DEMANGLE %s
 # NO-DEMANGLE: error: undef.s:(.text+0x10): undefined symbol '_Z3fooi'
 
 .file "undef.s"
 
   .globl _start
 _start:
   call foo
   call bar
   call zed1
   call _Z3fooi
Index: vendor/lld/dist/test/lit.cfg
===================================================================
--- vendor/lld/dist/test/lit.cfg	(revision 311539)
+++ vendor/lld/dist/test/lit.cfg	(revision 311540)
@@ -1,264 +1,260 @@
 # -*- Python -*-
 
 import os
 import platform
 import re
 import subprocess
 import locale
 
 import lit.formats
 import lit.util
 
 # Configuration file for the 'lit' test runner.
 
 # name: The name of this test suite.
 config.name = 'lld'
 
 # Tweak PATH for Win32
 if sys.platform in ['win32']:
     # Seek sane tools in directories and set to $PATH.
     path = getattr(config, 'lit_tools_dir', None)
     path = lit_config.getToolsPath(path,
                                    config.environment['PATH'],
                                    ['cmp.exe', 'grep.exe', 'sed.exe'])
     if path is not None:
         path = os.path.pathsep.join((path,
                                      config.environment['PATH']))
         config.environment['PATH'] = path
 
 # Choose between lit's internal shell pipeline runner and a real shell.  If
 # LIT_USE_INTERNAL_SHELL is in the environment, we use that as an override.
 use_lit_shell = os.environ.get("LIT_USE_INTERNAL_SHELL")
 if use_lit_shell:
     # 0 is external, "" is default, and everything else is internal.
     execute_external = (use_lit_shell == "0")
 else:
     # Otherwise we default to internal on Windows and external elsewhere, as
     # bash on Windows is usually very slow.
     execute_external = (not sys.platform in ['win32'])
 
 
 # testFormat: The test format to use to interpret tests.
 #
 # For now we require '&&' between commands, until they get globally killed and
 # the test runner updated.
 config.test_format = lit.formats.ShTest(execute_external)
 
 # suffixes: A list of file extensions to treat as test files.
 config.suffixes = ['.ll', '.objtxt', '.test']
 
 # excludes: A list of directories to exclude from the testsuite. The 'Inputs'
 # subdirectories contain auxiliary inputs for various tests in their parent
 # directories.
 config.excludes = ['Inputs']
 
 # test_source_root: The root path where tests are located.
 config.test_source_root = os.path.dirname(__file__)
 
 # test_exec_root: The root path where tests should be run.
 lld_obj_root = getattr(config, 'lld_obj_root', None)
 if lld_obj_root is not None:
     config.test_exec_root = os.path.join(lld_obj_root, 'test')
 
 # Set llvm_{src,obj}_root for use by others.
 config.llvm_src_root = getattr(config, 'llvm_src_root', None)
 config.llvm_obj_root = getattr(config, 'llvm_obj_root', None)
 
 # Tweak the PATH to include the tools dir and the scripts dir.
 if lld_obj_root is not None:
     llvm_tools_dir = getattr(config, 'llvm_tools_dir', None)
     if not llvm_tools_dir:
         lit_config.fatal('No LLVM tools dir set!')
     path = os.path.pathsep.join((llvm_tools_dir, config.environment['PATH']))
     path = os.path.pathsep.join((os.path.join(getattr(config, 'llvm_src_root', None),'test','Scripts'),path))
 
     config.environment['PATH'] = path
 
     llvm_libs_dir = getattr(config, 'llvm_libs_dir', None)
     if not llvm_libs_dir:
         lit_config.fatal('No LLVM libs dir set!')
     path = os.path.pathsep.join((llvm_libs_dir,
                                  config.environment.get('LD_LIBRARY_PATH','')))
     config.environment['LD_LIBRARY_PATH'] = path
 
     # Propagate LLVM_SRC_ROOT into the environment.
     config.environment['LLVM_SRC_ROOT'] = getattr(config, 'llvm_src_root', '')
 
     # Propagate PYTHON_EXECUTABLE into the environment
     config.environment['PYTHON_EXECUTABLE'] = getattr(config, 'python_executable',
                                                       '')
 ###
 
 # Check that the object root is known.
 if config.test_exec_root is None:
     # Otherwise, we haven't loaded the site specific configuration (the user is
     # probably trying to run on a test file directly, and either the site
     # configuration hasn't been created by the build system, or we are in an
     # out-of-tree build situation).
 
     # Check for 'lld_site_config' user parameter, and use that if available.
     site_cfg = lit_config.params.get('lld_site_config', None)
     if site_cfg and os.path.exists(site_cfg):
         lit_config.load_config(config, site_cfg)
         raise SystemExit
 
     # Try to detect the situation where we are using an out-of-tree build by
     # looking for 'llvm-config'.
     #
     # FIXME: I debated (i.e., wrote and threw away) adding logic to
     # automagically generate the lit.site.cfg if we are in some kind of fresh
     # build situation. This means knowing how to invoke the build system though,
     # and I decided it was too much magic. We should solve this by just having
     # the .cfg files generated during the configuration step.
 
     llvm_config = lit.util.which('llvm-config', config.environment['PATH'])
     if not llvm_config:
         lit_config.fatal('No site specific configuration available!')
 
     # Get the source and object roots.
     llvm_src_root = lit.util.capture(['llvm-config', '--src-root']).strip()
     llvm_obj_root = lit.util.capture(['llvm-config', '--obj-root']).strip()
     lld_src_root = os.path.join(llvm_src_root, "tools", "lld")
     lld_obj_root = os.path.join(llvm_obj_root, "tools", "lld")
 
     # Validate that we got a tree which points to here, using the standard
     # tools/lld layout.
     this_src_root = os.path.dirname(config.test_source_root)
     if os.path.realpath(lld_src_root) != os.path.realpath(this_src_root):
         lit_config.fatal('No site specific configuration available!')
 
     # Check that the site specific configuration exists.
     site_cfg = os.path.join(lld_obj_root, 'test', 'lit.site.cfg')
     if not os.path.exists(site_cfg):
         lit_config.fatal(
             'No site specific configuration available! You may need to '
             'run "make test" in your lld build directory.')
 
     # Okay, that worked. Notify the user of the automagic, and reconfigure.
     lit_config.note('using out-of-tree build at %r' % lld_obj_root)
     lit_config.load_config(config, site_cfg)
     raise SystemExit
 
 # For each occurrence of a lld tool name as its own word, replace it
 # with the full path to the build directory holding that tool.  This
 # ensures that we are testing the tools just built and not some random
 # tools that might happen to be in the user's PATH.
 
 # Regex assertions to reject neighbor hyphens/dots (seen in some tests).
 # For example, we want to prefix 'lld' and 'ld.lld' but not the 'lld' inside
 # of 'ld.lld'.
 NoPreJunk = r"(?<!(-|\.|/))"
 NoPostJunk = r"(?!(-|\.))"
 
 config.substitutions.append( (r"\bld.lld\b", 'ld.lld --full-shutdown') )
 
 tool_patterns = [r"\bFileCheck\b",
                  r"\bnot\b",
                  NoPreJunk + r"\blld\b" + NoPostJunk,
                  r"\bld.lld\b",
                  r"\blld-link\b",
                  r"\bllvm-as\b",
                  r"\bllvm-mc\b",
                  r"\bllvm-nm\b",
                  r"\bllvm-objdump\b",
                  r"\bllvm-readobj\b",
                  r"\bobj2yaml\b",
                  r"\byaml2obj\b"]
 
 for pattern in tool_patterns:
     # Extract the tool name from the pattern.  This relies on the tool
     # name being surrounded by \b word match operators.  If the
     # pattern starts with "| ", include it in the string to be
     # substituted.
     tool_match = re.match(r"^(\\)?((\| )?)\W+b([0-9A-Za-z-_\.]+)\\b\W*$",
                           pattern)
     tool_pipe = tool_match.group(2)
     tool_name = tool_match.group(4)
     tool_path = lit.util.which(tool_name, llvm_tools_dir)
     if not tool_path:
         # Warn, but still provide a substitution.
         lit_config.note('Did not find ' + tool_name + ' in ' + llvm_tools_dir)
         tool_path = llvm_tools_dir + '/' + tool_name
     config.substitutions.append((pattern, tool_pipe + tool_path))
 
 # Add site-specific substitutions.
 config.substitutions.append( ('%python', config.python_executable) )
 
 ###
 
 # When running under valgrind, we mangle '-vg' onto the end of the triple so we
 # can check it with XFAIL and XTARGET.
 if lit_config.useValgrind:
     config.target_triple += '-vg'
 
 # Shell execution
 if execute_external:
     config.available_features.add('shell')
 
 # zlib compression library
 if config.have_zlib == "1":
     config.available_features.add("zlib")
 
 # Running on Darwin OS
 if platform.system() in ['Darwin']:
     config.available_features.add('system-linker-mach-o')
 
 # Running on ELF based *nix
 if platform.system() in ['FreeBSD', 'Linux']:
     config.available_features.add('system-linker-elf')
 
 # Running on Windows
 if platform.system() in ['Windows']:
     config.available_features.add('system-windows')
 
 # Set if host-cxxabi's demangler can handle target's symbols.
 if platform.system() not in ['Windows']:
     config.available_features.add('demangler')
 
 # llvm-config knows whether it is compiled with asserts (and)
 # whether we are operating in release/debug mode.
 import subprocess
 try:
     llvm_config_cmd = \
      subprocess.Popen([os.path.join(llvm_tools_dir, 'llvm-config'),
                      '--build-mode', '--assertion-mode', '--targets-built'],
                       stdout = subprocess.PIPE)
 except OSError as why:
     print("Could not find llvm-config in " + llvm_tools_dir)
     exit(42)
 
 llvm_config_output = llvm_config_cmd.stdout.read().decode('utf_8')
 llvm_config_output_list = llvm_config_output.split("\n")
 
 if re.search(r'DEBUG', llvm_config_output_list[0]):
     config.available_features.add('debug')
 if re.search(r'ON', llvm_config_output_list[1]):
     config.available_features.add('asserts')
 
 archs = llvm_config_output_list[2]
 if re.search(r'AArch64', archs):
     config.available_features.add('aarch64')
 if re.search(r'ARM', archs):
     config.available_features.add('arm')
 if re.search(r'Mips', archs):
     config.available_features.add('mips')
 if re.search(r'X86', archs):
     config.available_features.add('x86')
 if re.search(r'PowerPC', archs):
     config.available_features.add('ppc')
 if re.search(r'AMDGPU', archs):
     config.available_features.add('amdgpu')
 llvm_config_cmd.wait()
 
 # Set a fake constant version so that we get consitent output.
 config.environment['LLD_VERSION'] = 'LLD 1.0'
 
 # Check if Windows resource file compiler exists.
 cvtres = lit.util.which('cvtres', config.environment['PATH'])
 rc = lit.util.which('rc', config.environment['PATH'])
 if cvtres and rc:
     config.available_features.add('winres')
-
-# Check if "cpio" command exists.
-if lit.util.which('cpio', config.environment['PATH']):
-    config.available_features.add('cpio')